Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Plans (23)
E LC2020-00083 ,\ 1, 0 PRQF.ss ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST OFFICE COPY ‘' kG1NF64 2 ' 472777PEr 9r NOTE: This is a standard symbol list and not all items listed may be used. . OREGON ✓GNFQ2,�0 �-� Abbreviations NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE Lighting Switches and Receptacles gREr k 0'4�P NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION I EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I (E) EXISTING >IS4 COMBINATION EXIT SIGN CEILING MOUNTED AND DUAL HEAD DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (MULTIPLE LETTERS INDICATE MULTIPLE NESC NATIONAL ELECTRIC SAFETY CODE EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING WITH BATTERY PACK. ARRROW(S) OPTIONS) (R) RELOCATE INDICATES DIRECTION IF SHOWN A= ABOVE COUNTER V) NTS NOT TO SCALEG = GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER • 4) (X) DEMOLISH di X COMBINATION EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED AND DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY L = ISOLATED GROUND OC ON CENTER EGRESS LIGHTING WITH BATTERY PACK. ARRROW(S) INDICATES P = PENDANT MOUNTED WITH CORD GRIPS. VERIFY PENDANT > A AMPERES, AMBER DIRECTION IF SHOWN LENGTH 0 OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (t)°- S= SPLIT WIRED AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING EXIT SIGN CEILING MOUNTED, ARROW(S) INDICATES DIRECTION IF U = USB PORT(S) L. SHOWN W= WEATHERPROOF CONTINUOUS USE COVER, GFCI C 0 PH PHASE PROTECTED, WITH WEATHER-RESISTANT RECEPTACLE a . AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED, ARROW(S) INDICATES DIRECTION IF SHOWN Q PNL PANEL AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. SEE LETTER CODE LIST AT DUPLEXE ii2 RECEPTACLE FOR OPTIONSO 0 PVC POLY-VINYL-CHLORIDE li RECESSED 1' X 4' LUMINAIRE 0 AIC AVAILABLE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY ® EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION PWR POWER CL ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 0: RECESSED LUMINAIRE L QTY QUANTITY ® SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE. LETTER CODE DENOTES RECEPTACLE (1) 0 a } AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE ® CONFIGURATION RECESSED LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY r D H c REQD REQUIRED CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT LX-XXR = NEMA CONFIGURATION TWIST-LOCK RECEPTACLE BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM X-XXR = NEMA CONFIGURATION STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLE t /1 U RFI REQUEST FOR INFORMATION P= PENDANT MOUNT WITH CORD GRIPS. VERIFY PENDANT ( ) a) C CONDUIT, CLOSE, CONTROL O SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED 2'X 4' LUMINAIRE LENGTH — RM ROOM X= COORDINATE RECEPTACLE CONFIGURATION WITH EQUIPMENT (1) ((I) NE CA CABLE BEING SUPPLIED • SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED 2'X 4'LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL ` -I— RMC RMC RIGID METAL CONDUIT EMERGENCY BATTERY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT as CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR (�J/] �. CAT CATEGORY ❑ 0 v, SHT SHEET P= PASSIVE INFRARED D = DUAL TECHNOLOGY 11) CLG CEILING o) SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED 1' X 4' LUMINAIRE U = ULTRASONIC, 360 DEG RANGE SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE H = ULTRASONIC, HALLWAY PATTERN $1 f3) > COORD COORDINATE v (LOWERCASE) =VACANCY CONTROL DESIGNATION STD STANDARD t MI SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED 1'X 4' LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL LI _ CU COPPER EMERGENCY BATTERY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT os WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR O U — SWBD SWITCHBOARD P = PASSIVE INFRARED 0 I— ' dB DECIBEL D = DUAL TECHNOLOGY U TBD TO BE DETERMINED • SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL v (LOWERCASE) -VACANCY CONTROL DESIGNATIONI DrDIA DIAMETER EMERGENCY BATTERY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT !� TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORU DIM DIMENSION EH WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR/SWfTCH L. SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED STRIPLIGHT S = PASSIVE INFRARED WITH INTEGRAL "OFF" SWITCHn 1 V) TYP TYPICAL T= DUAL RELAY PASSIVE INFRARED WITH TWO INTEGRAL "OFF" �J 0 L DIV DIVISION SWITCHES O UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES 1=0= SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED STRIPLIGHT WITH INTEGRAL D = PASSIVE INFRARED WITH INTEGRAL DIMMER TO OFF. U CD O 0 DN DOWN EMERGENCY BATTERY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT v (LOWERCASE) =VACANCY CONTROL DESIGNATION •— N UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED Q DTL DETAIL UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY Q WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE 0 PHOTO ELECTRIC SWITCH DWG DRAWING D = CONTINUOUS DIMMING PHOTOCELL PROJECT NO. S = SWITCHED PHOTOCELL V VOLTS, VOLTAGE f WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY 19 123.1 E EMERGENCY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH DRAWN BY EA EACH W/ WITH TC, TFF 2 = DOUBLE POLE SWITCH 3 = THREE-WAY SWITCH W/O WITHOUT 4 = FOUR-WAY SWITCH CHECKED BY : EF EXHAUST FAN a THRU z(LOWERCASE) = LUMINAIRE CONTROL DESIGNATION WP WEATHERPROOF Miscellaneous D = DIMMER TFF, JB EL ELEVATION M = MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD DATE : #10 XFMR TRANSFORMER BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. ARROW INDICATES HOME RUN TO PANEL W= WEATHERPROOF SWITCH EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING V= LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH 11.11.2019 WITH CIRCUITS AS NOTED. WIRE SIZE IS#12 AWG MINIMUM UNLESS B-27,29,31. NOTED OTHERWISE. SHORT TICK MARKS INDICATE PHASE REVISION : FA FIRE ALARM Connections I Equipment CONDUCTORS. LONG TICK MARKS INDICATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. A SINGLE CURVED TICK MARK INDICATES INSULATED GREEN GROUND FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS CONDUCTOR. SECOND CURVED TICK MARK INDICATES "ISOLATED vFD COMBINATION ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WITH SAFETY GROUND" (GREEN INSULATION WITH YELLOW STRIPE) CONDUCTOR. Telecommunications FMC FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT DISCONNECT SWITCH IG BRANCH PANEL RECEIVED FT FOOT, FEET a COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER/FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH V DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLET. PROVIDE DOUBLE GANG BACK BOX AND FEB 0 2020 SINGLE GANG ADAPTER PLATE WITH 1"C. ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. G, GND GROUND n CIRCUIT BREAKER PROVIDE OUTLET WITH QUANTITY OF CABLES DESCRIBED NEXT TO 3LTY OF TIGARD ori HEAVY DUTY FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SYMBOL TO MDF RACK. REFER TO DIVISION 27 SPECIFICATIONS. BUILDING DIVISION GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER .=1=, DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER CITY OF TIGARD reYrCEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOXY REVIEWED FOR ' DE COMPLIANCE GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER J Approved: [ +! k CT r - G 4 1 FLUSH WALL MOUNTED BRANCH PANEL OTC: i i GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ID FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX �� J� e- �� Pcrmt #: V GB33 HT HEIGHT GROUND BAR Address: 112 oo ..� .) f; 2 WALL-MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX Suite #: • ID IDENTIFICATION MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL/SUB DISTRIBUTION PANEL By: Date: Z4 ,4. v n- IEEE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS 'a MOTOR CONNECTION / IG ISOLATED GROUND NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH 0 DUAL CHANNEL POWER/DATE POLE. INSTALL POWER/DATA POLE PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. IN INCH, INCHES KV KILOVOLT El TRANSFORMER Raceways KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES SHEET INDEX CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING SPACE KW KILOWATT General E0.1 COVER SHEET- ELECTRICAL LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE _ DEMOLISH CONDUIT ROUTED BELOW FLOOR/GRADE E0.2 SPECIFICATIONS- ELECTRICAL —X—X— E0.3 SPECIFICATIONS- ELECTRICAL LFMC LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT E0.4 SPECIFICATIONS-ELECTRICAL EXISTING WORK S CONDUIT ELLED DOWN E0.5 SPECIFICATIONS-ELECTRICAL LV LOW VOLTAGE E0.6 SPECIFICATIONS-ELECTRICAL E0.7 SPECIFICATIONS-ELECTRICAL MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS NEW WORK 0 CONDUIT ELLED UP E0.8 SPECIFICATIONS-ELECTRICAL E0.9 SPECIFICATIONS-ELECTRICAL MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER © ) CONDUIT/WIRING CONTINUATION E0.10 SPECIFICATIONS-ELECTRICAL DETAIL NUMBER AND SHEET LOCATION ( ED2.1 OVERALL DEMO PLAN - ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET MIN MINIMUM Mir E2.1 OVERALL PLAN -LIGHTING CONDUlT/WIRING STUBBED OUT WITH END CAP OR INSULATED PLASTIC E3.1 OVERALL PLAN - POWER - ELECTRICAL � MISC MISCELLANEOUS XX-X EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION, REFER TO SHEET 5.1 BUSHING E3.2 ROOF PLAN - POWER LOCATION E4.1 ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS - ELECTRICAL MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION O KEYED NOTE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT E5.1 SCHEDULES- ELECTRICAL E5.2 SCHEDULES- ELECTRICAL MT, MTD MOUNT, MOUNTED E6.1 DETAILS- ELECTRICAL N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT N/A NOT APPLICABLE INTERFACE N NEUTRAL ENGINEERING r„cjE ' 2019-061 � 1C BEN EVANS , I Main street, Suite 1600 d,OR 97204 503.3822266 erfaceengineenng.com \2019\2019-o6a1\cad\electrical\D641eo.1.dw i IDh t/2019 9,05:59 Ant ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER STANGE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0641E0.1.DWG - LAYOUTI 1,,,g,626,;„ EDIT: 11./20/2019 6: 22 PM BY BENE PLOT: 11/20/2019 6: 35 PM BY BEN EVANS IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIVIIIIIII •<<- PROFFss SECTION 28 00 00-ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS REVISIONS.COORDINATE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF"SUBMITTALS".FOR ANY PRODUCT MARKED"OR EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO EXCAVATION.REPAIR ANY WORK DAMAGED DURING EXCAVATION OR BACKFILLING. 1. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE DOCUMENTS TO PROVIDE NECESSARY INFORMATION AND ADJUSTMENTS TO ELECTRICAL �5 GINE- /p APPROVED EQUIVALENT",A SUBSTITUTION REQUEST MUST BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO b. EXCAVATION:DO NOT EXCAVATE UNDER FOOTINGS,FOUNDATION BASES,OR RETAINING WALLS. SYSTEM REQUIRED TO MEET CODE,AND ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. <v • PART 4-GENERAL �i 29 PURCHASE,DELIVERY OR INSTALLATION. 4' 72777P C r 1.01SECTION INCLUDES c. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND SYSTEMS.REVIEW THE PROJECT GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR 2. COORDINATE WITH OWNER SO THAT WORK CAN BE SCHEDULED NOT TO INTERRUPT OPERATIONS,NORMAL �, , / x S 11.SHOP DRAWINGS:PROVIDE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH INCLUDE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL REFERENCES TO CORROSIVE OR DELETERIOUS SOILS WHICH WILL REDUCE THE PERFORMANCE OR SERVICE LIFE ACTIVITIES,BUILDING ACCESS OR ACCESS TO DIFFERENT AREAS.OWNER WILL COOPERATE TO BEST OF THEIR % �/ Ge• —2' • A. WORK INCLUDED IN 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS APPLIES TO DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL WORK TO SYSTEMS,DEVICE LAYOUT PLANS,AND CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS.REFERENCE INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26, OF UNDERGROUND SYSTEMS MATERIALS. PROVIDE MATERIALS,LABOR,TOOLS,PERMITS,INCIDENTALS,AND OTHER SERVICES TO PROVIDE AND MAKE READY FOR ABILITY TO ASSIST IN COORDINATED SCHEDULE,BUT WILL REMAIN FINAL AUTHORITY AS TO TIME OF WORK OREGON ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHOP DRAWINGS OUTSIDE OF THESE E. FIRESTOPPING: PERMITTED. ✓ O OWNER'S USE OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS FOR PROPOSED PROJECT. REQUIREMENTS. 2• �//(/6 t)2 20� �"k B. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDE,BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO,SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT a. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS,SIZE AND ELEVATION FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO 1. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 07,THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION.IN THE ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC 3. EXAMINATION: 9,Q P AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,DRAWINGS,ADDENDA, INSTALLATION. REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: a. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT BEFORE COMMENCING WORK,COMPENSATE k K. Oik- - OWNER/ARCHITECT AGREEMENT,ANDOWNER/CONTRACTORDDIMS AGREEMENT.CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS BEFORE 12.SAMPLES:PROVIDE SAMPLES WHEN REQUESTED BY INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS. a. COORDINATE LOCATION AND PROTECTION LEVEL OF FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED WALLS,CEILINGS,AND FLOORS. OWNER FOR DAMAGES CAUSED BY FAILURE TO LOCATE AND PRESERVE UTILITIES.REPLACE DAMAGED ITEMS WITH COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. WHEN THESE ASSEMBLIES ARE PENETRATED,SEAL AROUND PIPING AND EQUIPMENT WITH APPROVED NEW MATERIAL TO MATCH EXISTING. I EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I 13.RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL.INSTALL FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL COMPLETE AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER'S C. DEFINITIONS: a. MAKE ANY CORRECTIONS OR CHANGE IN SUBMITTALS WHEN REQUIRED,PROVIDE SUBMITTALS AS SPECIFIED.THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E814,STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR FIRE TESTS OF .111111111111111111 b. VERIFY THAT ABANDONED WIRING AND EQUIPMENT SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. 1. PROVIDE:TO FURNISH AND INSTALL,COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE. ENGINEER WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO EDIT AND/OR INTERPRET THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS.INDICATE THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRE STOPS. c. DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS. N 2. FURNISH:SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE,READY FOR UNPACKING,ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION. CHANGES FOR THE RESUBMITTAL IN A COVER LETTER WITH REFERENCE TO PAGE(S)CHANGED AND REFERENCE F. PLENUMS: 1) VERIFY ACCURACY OF INFORMATION SHOWN PRIOR TO BIDDING AND PROVIDE SUCH LABOR AND MATERIAL AS 3. INSTALL:INCLUDES UNLOADING,UNPACKING,ASSEMBLING,ERECTING,INSTALLATION,APPLYING,FINISHING, RESPONSE TO COMMENT.CLOUD CHANGES IN THE SUBMITTALS. 1. IN PLENUMS,PROVIDE PLENUM RATED MATERIALS THAT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS TO BE INSTALLED IN PLENUMS. IS NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH WORK. • PROTECTING,CLEANING AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS AT PROJECT SITE AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE ITEMS OF WORK b. RESUBMIT FOR REVIEW UNTIL REVIEW INDICATES NO EXCEPTION TAKEN OR"MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED". IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF DISCREPANCY. 2) VERIFY LOCATION AND NUMBER OF ELECTRICAL OUTLETS,LUMINAIRES,PANELS,ETC.IN FIELD. FURNISHED. 14.OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS,OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS: > •- G. START UP EQUIPMENT,IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S START-UP INSTRUCTIONS,AND IN PRESENCE OF 4. APPROVED OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT:TO POSSESS THE SAME PERFORMANCE QUALITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS a. SUBMIT,AT ONE TIME,ELECTRONIC FILES(PDF FORMAT)OF MANUFACTURER'S OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE.TEST CONTROLS AND DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. d. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. -I-- AND FULFILL THE UTILITARIAN FUNCTION WITHOUT ANY DECREASE IN QUALITY,DURABILITY OR LONGEVITY.FOR INSTRUCTION MANUALS AND PARTS LISTS FOR EQUIPMENT OR ITEMS REQUIRING SERVICING.SUBMIT DATA WHEN REPLACE DAMAGED OR MALFUNCTIONING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT. 1) PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IF UTILITIES ARE FOUND WHICH ARE NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 0 EQUIPMENT/PRODUCTS DEFINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS"EQUIVALENT",SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS MUST BE WORK IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE AND IN SAME ORDER FORMAT AS SUBMITTALS.INCLUDE NAME AND LOCATION4. EXECUTION: SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR CONSIDERATION,IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,AND OF SOURCE PARTS AND SERVICE FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. H. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS/METALS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT. " APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS FOR SUBSTITUTED ITEMS. 3.02 SEISMIC CONTROL a. REMOVE EXISTING LUMINAIRES,SWITCHES,RECEPTACLES,AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES c W 1) INCLUDE COPY OF APPROVED SUBMITTAL DATA ALONG WITH SUBMITTAL REVIEW LETTERS RECEIVED FROM AND ASSOCIATED WIRING FROM WALLS,CEILINGS,FLOORS,AND OTHER SURFACES SCHEDULED FOR REMODELING, 5. AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION(AHJ);INDICATES REVIEWING AUTHORITIES,INCLUDING LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL, ENGINEER.DATA TO CLEARLY INDICATE INSTALLED EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBERS.DELETE OR CROSS OUT A. CONFIRM SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS,AND Q OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER,OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE,AND OTHER REVIEWING ENTITY DATA PERTAINING TO OTHER EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT. INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. RELOCATION,OR DEMOLITION UNLESS SHOWN AS RETAINED OR RELOCATED ON DRAWINGS. ^ WHOSE APPROVAL IS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN SYSTEMS ACCEPTANCE. 2) INCLUDE COPY OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE FOR EQUIPMENT.AT FRONT B. GENERAL: b. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY OF EXISTING SYSTEMS �L E 1.02RELATED SECTIONS OF EACH TAB,PROVIDE ROUTINE MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION FOR SCHEDULED EQUIPMENT.INCLUDE 1. EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGNS FOR ELECTRICAL(DIVISION 26)EQUIPMENT AND DISTRIBUTION,I.E.POWER DURING CONSTRUCTION.REMOVE OR RELOCATE ELECTRICAL BOXES,CONDUIT,WIRING,EQUIPMENT,AND A. CONTENTS OF SECTION APPLIES TO DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE AND HIGHLIGHT MAINTENANCE REQUIRED TO DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT,GENERATORS,UPS,ETC.TO CONFORM TO REGULATIONS OF JURISDICTION HAVING LUMINAIRES,AS ENCOUNTERED IN REMOVED OR REMODELED AREAS IN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AFFECTED BYO O B. RELATED WORK: MAINTAIN WARRANTY.FURNISH LIST OF ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PARTS,INCLUDING PART NUMBERS,SIZES, AUTHORITY. THIS WORK. (I) L1. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS APPLY TO THIS DIVISION INCLUDING,BUT Np7 LIMITED TO: QUANTITIES,RELEVANT TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. 2. RESTRAINTS WHICH ARE USED TO PREVENT DISRUPTION OF FUNCTION OF PIECE OF EQUIPMENT BECAUSE OF c. REMOVE AND RESTORE WIRING WHICH SERVES USABLE EXISTING OUTLETS CLEAR OF CONSTRUCTION OR -T�` a. SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 3) INCLUDE WARRANTY PER DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, APPLICATION OF HORIZONTAL FORCE TO BE SUCH THAT FORCES ARE CARRIED TO FRAME OF STRUCTURE IN SUCH A DEMOLITION. CL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26, WAY THAT FRAME WILL NOT BE DEFLECTED WHEN APPARATUS IS ATTACHED TO A MOUNTING BASE AND EQUIPMENT d. IF EXISTING JUNCTION BOXES WILL BE MADE INACCESSIBLE,OR IF ABANDONED OUTLETS SERVE AS FEED b. DRAWINGS ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. PAD,OR TO STRUCTURE IN NORMAL WAY,UTILIZING ATTACHMENTS PROVIDED.SECURE EQUIPMENT AND THROUGH BOXES FOR OTHER EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS BEING RETAINED,PROVIDE NEW 00 4) INCLUDE PRODUCT CERTIFICATES OF WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TO WITHSTAND A FORCE IN DIRECTION EQUAL TO VALUE DEFINED BY JURISDICTION HAVING CONDUIT AND WIRE TO BYPASS INACCESSIBLE JUNCTION BOXES AND ABANDONED OUTLETS. � 4.– c. ADDENDA AUTHORITY. � d. OWNER/ARCHITECT AGREEMENT 5) INCLUDE COPY OF COMPLETE PARTS LIST FOR EQUIPMENT.INCLUDE AVAILABLE EXPLODED VIEWS OF e. IF EXISTING CONDUITS PASS THROUGH PARTITIONS OR CEILING WHICH ARE BEING REMOVED OR REMODELED, ASSEMBLIES AND SUB ASSEMBLIES. 3. PROVIDE STAMPED SHOP DRAWINGS FROM t10ENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF SEISMIC BRACING AND SEISMIC PROVIDE NEW CONDUIT AND WIRE TO REROUTE CLEAR OF CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION AND MAINTAINC e. OWNER/CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT 6) INCLUDE COMMISSIONING REPORTS. MOVEMENT ASSEMBLIES FOR CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ALONG WITH EQUIPMENT SERVICE TO EXISTING LOAD. ♦ /1 CT "�(��f. CODES,STANDARDS,PUBLIC ORDINANCES AND PERMITS SUBMITTALS. V , 7) INCLUDE COPY OF STARTUP AND TEST REPORTS SPECIFIC TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. f. EXTEND CIRCUITING AND DEVICES IN EXISTING WALLS TO BE FURRED OUT. 1A3REFERENCES AND STANDARDS 8) ENGINEER WILL RETURN INCOMPLETE DOCUMENTATION WITHOUT REVIEW.ENGINEER WILL PROVIDE ONE SET 4. PROVIDE STAMPED SHOP DRAWINGS FROM LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF SEISMIC FLEXIBLE JOINTS FOR A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS PER DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, OF REVIEW COMMENTS IN SUBMITTAL REVIEW FORMAT.CONTRACTOR MUST ARRANGE FOR ADDITIONAL CONDUIT CROSSING BUILDING EXPANSION OR SEISMIC JOINTS.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ALONG WITH SEISMIC g. REMOVE ABANDONED WIRING TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY. 0 r /) ._ GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS AND THOSE LISTED IN THIS SECTION. REVIEWS;CONTRACTOR TO BEAR COSTS FOR ADDITIONAL REVIEWS AT ENGINEER'S HOURLY RATES. BRACING DETAILS. h. REMOVE EXPOSED ABANDONED CONDUIT,INCLUDING ABANDONED CONDUIT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING V -� 5. PROVIDE MEANS TO PROHIBIT EXCESSIVE MOTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DURING EARTHQUAKE. FINISHES.CUT CONDUIT FLUSH WITH WALLS AND FLOORS,AND PATCH SURFACES. $n B. CODES TO INCLUDE LATEST ADOPTED EDITIONS,INCLUDING CURRENT AMENDMENTS,SUPPLEMENTS AND LOCAL b. THOROUGHLY INSTRUCT OWNER IN PROPER OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS.WHERE NOTED IN Si.... JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,OF/FROM: INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS,TRAINING WILL INCLUDE CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION WITH APPLICABLE TRAINING AIDS AND 3.03 REVIEW AND OBSERVATION I. DISCONNECT ABANDONED OUTLETS AND REMOVE DEVICES.REMOVE ABANDONED OUTLETS IF CONDUIT 01 " '- 1. STATE OF OREGON: SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS.FIELD INSTRUCTION PER SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS, A. CONFIRM REVIEW AND OBSERVATION REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING SERVICING THEM IS ABANDONED AND REMOVED.PROVIDE BLANK COVER FOR ABANDONED OUTLETS WHICH ARE a yj a. OAR-OREGON ADMINISTRATIVE RULES DEMONSTRATION. REQUIREMENTS,DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND NOT REMOVED. b. OESC-OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY ELECTRICAL CODE c. COPIES OF CERTIFICATES OF CODE AUTHORITY INSPECTIONS,ACCEPTANCE,CODE REQUIRED ACCEPTANCE INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. J. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ABANDONED PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. TESTS,LETTER OF CONFORMANCE AND OTHER SPECIAL GUARANTEES,CERTIFICATES OF WARRANTIES,SPECIFIED B. NOTIFY ARCHITECT,IN WRITING,AT FOLLOWING STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION SO THAT THEY MAY,AT THEIR OPTION,VISIT c. OESC-OREGON ELECTRICAL SPECIALTY CODE k. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SERVING UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT THAT HAS ELSEWHERE OR INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. SITE FOR REVIEW AND CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION: BEEN REMOVED. :3: 3); d. OFC-OREGON FIRE CODE 15.RECORD DRAWINGS: 1. UNDERGROUND CONDUIT INSTALLATION PRIOR TO BACKFILLING. "'jam . e. OMSC-OREGON MECHANICAL SPECIALTY CODE I. EXISTING LIGHTING WHICH IS TO REMAIN,LEAVE LUMINAIRES IN PROPER WORKING ORDER. (V) a. MAINTAIN AT SITE AT LEAST ONE SET OF DRAWINGS FOR RECORDING'AS-CONSTRUCTED'CONDITIONS.INDICATE 2. PRIOR TO COVERING WALLS. C f. OPSC-OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE m. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION WORK. ON DRAWINGS CHANGES TO ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCING REVISION DOCUMENT,AND INCLUDE BURIED 3. PRIOR TO CEILING COVER/INSTALLATION. L.. 0 o g. OSSC-OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE ELEMENTS,LOCATION OF CONDUIT,AND LOCATION OF CONCEALED ELECTRICAL ITEMS.INCLUDE ITEMS CHANGED 4. WHEN MAIN SYSTEMS,OR PORTIONS OF,ARE BEING TESTED AND READY FOR INSPECTION BY AHJ. n. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS WHICH REMAIN ACTIVE.MODIFY INSTALLATION OR C. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITIONS FROM: BY FIELD ORDERS,SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS,AND CONSTRUCTED CONDITIONS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AS APPROPRIATE. c) F.,..C. FINAL PUNCH: 1. ABA-ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS ACT b. RECORD DRAWINGS ARE TO INCLUDE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE/CONNECTION C B E S C Q SCHEDULES THAT ACCURATELY 1. PRIOR TO REQUESTING A FINAL PUNCH VISIT FROM THE ENGINEER,REQUEST FROM ENGINEER THE ELECTRICAL 3.12 ACCEPTANCE t} 2. ADA-AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT REFLECT"AS CONSTRUCTED OR INSTALLED"FOR PROJECT. PRECLOSEOUT CHECKLIST,COMPLETE THE CHECKLIST CONFIRMING COMPLETION OF SYSTEMS'INSTALLATION,AND A. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL I 3. ANSI-AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE C. AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT,INPUT CHANGES TO ORIGINAL PROJECT ON CAD DRAWINGS AND MAKE ONE SET OF RETURN TO ENGINEER.REQUEST A FINAL PUNCH VISIT FROM THE ENGINEER,UPON ENGINEER'S ACCEPTANCE THAT REQUIREMENTS.IN THE ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL BLACK-LINE DRAWINGS CREATED FROM CAD FILES IN VERSION/RELEASE EQUAL TO CONTRACT DRAWINGS.SUBMIT0 4. APWA-AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE READY FOR FINAL PUNCH. SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: L. 5. ASCE-AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS GAD DISK AND DRAWINGS UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2. COSTS INCURRED BY ADDITIONAL TRIPS REQUIRED DUE TO INCOMPLETE SYSTEMS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF 1. SYSTEM CANNOT BE CONSIDERED FOR ACCEPTANCE UNTIL WORK IS COMPLETED AND DEMONSTRATED TO f'� 6. ASHRAE GUIDELINE 0,THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS d. SEE DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ITEMS TO INCLUDE IN RECORD DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR. ARCHITECT THAT INSTALLATION IS IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS,DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S 00 (/) 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE \j 7. ASTM-ASTM INTERNATIONAL 3.04 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS,PARTICULARLY IN REFERENCE TO FOLLOWING: L A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:WORK AND MATERIALS INSTALLED TO CONFORM WITH ALL LOCAL,STATE AND FEDERAL 8. CFR-CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS A. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL a. CLEANING (i) 0) 0 9. EPA-ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY CODES,AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS.WHERE CODE REQUIREMENTS ARE AT VARIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS.IN THE ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITHa CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS AS A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT AND INCLUDE COSTS NECESSARY INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: b. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS a moo so 10.ETL-ELECTRICAL TESTING LABORATORIES TO MEET THESE IN CONTRACT.MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO COMPLY WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS,AS c. TRAINING OF OPERATING PERSONNEL I 11.FCC-FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION CURRENTLY REVISED AND INTERPRETED FOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.INSTALL EQUIPMENT 1. DURING REMODELING OR ADDITION TO EXISTING STRUCTURE,WHILE EXISTING STRUCTURE IS OCCUPIED,PRESENT .— SERVICES TO REMAIN INTACT UNTIL NEW CONSTRUCTION,FACILITIES OR EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. d. RECORD DRAWINGS 12.FM-FM GLOBAL PROVIDED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. 1 11111111111111111111, _ 13.IBC-INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE B. WHENEVER THIS SPECIFICATION CALLS FOR MATERIAL,WORKMANSHIP,ARRANGEMENT OR CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHER 2. PRIOR TO CHANGING OVER TO NEW SERVICE,VERIFY THAT EVERY ITEM IS THOROUGHLY PREPARED.INSTALL NEW e. WARRANTY AND GUARANTY CERTIFICATES 14.IEC-INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION QUALITY AND/OR CAPACITY THAN THAT REQUIRED BY GOVERNING CODES,HIGHER QUALITY AND/OR CAPACITY TAKE WIRING,AND WIRING TO POINT OF CONNECTION. f. START-UP/TEST DOCUMENT AND COMMISSIONING REPORTS PROJECT N O. 15.IEEE-INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS PRECEDENCE. 3. COORDINATE TRANSFER TIME TO NEW SERVICE WITH OWNER.IF REQUIRED,PERFORM TRANSFER DURING OFF-PEAK 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 19-123.1 C. DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE DIAGRAMMATIC AND REFLECT THE BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT. HOURS.ONCE CHANGEOVER IS STARTED,PURSUE TO ITS COMPLETION TO KEEP INTERFERENCE TO A MINIMUM. 16.IES-ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY THEY ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EVERY ITEM IN ITS DIMENSIONS,OR DETAILS OF EQUIPMENT OR PROPOSED a. IF OVERTIME IS NECESSARY,THERE WILL BE NO ALLOWANCE MADE BY OWNER FOR EXTRA EXPENSE FOR SUCH A. CONFIRM FIELD QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 26 00 00, DRAWN BY 17.ISO-INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION SYSTEMS LAYOUT.VERIFY ACTUAL DIMENSIONS OF SYSTEMS(I.E.DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT,DUCT BANKS,LIGHT OVERTIME OR SHIFT WORK. ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. 18.MSS-MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY FIXTURES,ETC.)AND EQUIPMENT PROPOSED TO ASSURE THAT SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT WILL FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE. 4. NO INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES TO ANY PART OF EXISTING FACILITIES WILL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT EXPRESS B. TESTS: TC,TFF 19.NEC-NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION COSTS INCURRED FOR EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN BASIS PERMISSION IN EACH INSTANCE FROM OWNER.REQUESTS FOR OUTAGES MUST STATE SPECIFIC DATES,HOURS AND 1. CONDUCT TESTS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. 20.NECA-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION OF DESIGN,INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,ELECTRICAL,HVAC,FIRE SPRINKLER,AND MAXIMUM DURATIONS,WITH OUTAGES KEPT TO THESE SPECIFIC DATES,HOURS AND MAXIMUM DURATIONS.OBTAIN REFERENCE INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR REQUIRED TESTS.DOCUMENT TESTS AND INCLUDE IN CHECKED BY 21.NEMA-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION PLUMBING SYSTEMS. WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM OWNER FOR ANY INTERRUPTION OF POWER,LIGHTING OR SIGNAL CIRCUITS AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 22.NETA-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION D. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS:FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.IF IN CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT SYSTEMS. TFF,JB BEFORE STARTING a. ORGANIZE WORK TO MINIMIZE DURATION OF POWER INTERRUPTION. Z. DURING SITE EVALUATIONS BY ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER,PROVIDE APPROPRIATE PERSONNEL WITH TOOLS TO DOCUMENTS,OBTAIN CLARIFICATION.NOTIFY ENGINEER/ARCHITECT,IN WRITING, WORK 23.NFPA-NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATIONREMOVE AND REPLACE TRIMS,COVERS,AND DEVICES SO THAT PROPER EVALUATION OF INSTALLATION CAN BE DATE : 24.OSHA-OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION E. ITEMS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE NOT NECESSARILY INCLUDED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR VICE VERSA.CONFIRM b. COORDINATE UTILITY SERVICE OUTAGES WITH UTILITY COMPANY. PERFORMED. 25.UL-UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. REQUIREMENTS IN ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING 11.1 1.2019 F. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT ARE UL LISTED. A. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 3.14 LETTER OF CONFORMANCE D. SEE DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REFERENCES. REQUIREMENTS.IN THE ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITH A. PROVIDE LETTER OF CONFORMANCE,COPIES OF MANUFACTURERS'WARRANTIES AND EXTENDED WARRANTIES WITH A REVISION : 1.04SUBMITTALS 1.08WARRANTY INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: STATEMENT THAT ELECTRICAL ITEMS WERE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, A. PROVIDE WRITTEN WARRANTY COVERING THE WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL UL LISTINGS AND FM GLOBAL APPROVALS.INCLUDE LETTER OF CONFORMANCE,COPIES OF MANUFACTURERS' A. SEE DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AS WELL AS INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26, COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 1. PROPOSED FLOOR CUTTING/CORE DRILLING/SLEEVE LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY PROJECT STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. ENGINEER.SUBMIT PROPOSED LOCATIONS TO ARCHITECT/PROJECT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.WHERE SLABS ARE OF WARRANTIES AND EXTENDED WARRANTIES IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. B. PROVIDE DRAWINGS IN FORMAT AND SOFTWARE RELEASE EQUAL TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS.DRAWINGS TO BE THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26, POST TENSION CONSTRUCTION,PERFORM X-RAY SCAN OF PROPOSED PENETRATION LOCATIONS AND SUBMIT SCAN 3.15 SALVAGED EQUIPMENT AND RECYCLED MATERIAL SAME SHEET SIZE AND SCALE AS THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. RESULTS INCLUDING PROPOSED PENETRATION LOCATIONS TO PROJECT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECT FOR B. SECTIONS UNDER THIS DIVISION CAN REQUIRE ADDITIONAL AND/OR EXTENDED WARRANTIES THAT APPLY BEYOND BASIC APPROVAL.WHERE SLABS ARE OF WAFFLE TYPE CONSTRUCTION,SHOW COLUMN CAP EXTENT AND CELL LOCATIONS A. SALVAGE THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT NOT BEING REUSED AND RETURN TO OWNER: C. IN ADDITION: WARRANTY UNDER DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND THE GENERAL CONDITIONS.CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN RELATIVE TO PROPOSED PENETRATION(S). 1. LUMINAIRES 1. "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN"CONSTITUTES THAT REVIEW IS FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. CUTTING,PATCHING AND REPAIRING FOR WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS DIVISION INCLUDING PLASTERING,MASONRY 2. PANELBOARDS EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF CHECKING FOR CONFORMANCE WITH 1.07000RDINATION DOCUMENTS WORK,CONCRETE WORK,CARPENTRY WORK,AND PAINTING INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION WILL BE PERFORMED INFORMATION GIVEN.ANY ACTION IS SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3. BREAKERS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITY AND WILL CONFIRM AND CORRELATE AT THE A. PREPARE AND SUBMIT COORDINATED LAYOUT DRAWINGS(COMPOSITE DRAWINGS),PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION,TO BY SKILLED CRAFTSMEN OF EACH RESPECTIVE TRADE IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPROPRIATE DIVISION OF WORK. JOB SITE,FABRICATION PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION,COORDINATION OF THE WORK WITH THAT COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND LOCATION OF HVAC EQUIPMENT,DUCTWORK,GRILLES,DIFFUSERS,PIPING,PLUMBING 3. ADDITIONAL OPENINGS REQUIRED IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TO BE MADE BY DRILLING OR CUTTING.USE OF JACK B. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT CANNOT BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE,SELLJGIVE TO RECYCLING COMPANY.RECYCLE OF ALL OTHER TRADES,AND THE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. EQUIPMENT/FIXTURES,FIRE SPRINKLERS,PLUMBING,LIGHTS,CABLE TRAY AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES WITH HAMMER IS SPECIFICALLY PROHIBITED.PATCH OPENINGS IN AND THROUGH CONCRETE AND MASONRY WITH GROUT. FOLLOWING EXCESS,REMOVED,OR DEMOLISHED ELECTRICAL MATERIAL: 2. PROVIDE PRODUCT SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT ONLY.ELECTRONIC FORMAT MUST BE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS,AND OTHER TRADES(INCLUDING PLUMBING,FIRE PROTECTION, 4. RESTORE NEW OR EXISTING WORK THAT IS CUT AND/OR DAMAGED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION.PATCH AND REPAIR 1. COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS,BUSES,AND MOTOR/TRANSFORMER WINDINGS. ELECTRICAL,CEILING SUSPENSION,AND TILE SYSTEMS),AND PROVIDE MAINTENANCE ACCESS REQUIREMENTS. SUBMITTED VIA ZIP FILE VIA E-MAIL OR POSTED TO FTP SITE.FOR ELECTRONIC FORMAT,PROVIDE ONE FILE PER SPECIFICALLY WHERE EXISTING ITEMS HAVE BEEN REMOVED.THIS INCLUDES REPAIRING AND PAINTING WALLS, 2. STEEL AND ALUMINUM FROM RACEWAYS,BOXES,ENCLOSURES,AND HOUSINGS. COORDINATE WITH SUBMITTED ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS(I.E ROOFING,CEILING,FINISHES)AND STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS DIVISION CONTAINING ONE BOOKMARKER PDF FILE WITH EACH BOOKMARK CORRESPONDING TO EACH SPECIFICATION CEILINGS,ETC.WHERE EXISTING CONDUIT AND DEVICES ARE REMOVED AS PART OF THIS PROJECT.WHERE SECTION.ARRANGE BOOKMARKS IN ASCENDING ORDER OF SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER.INDIVIDUAL AS SUBMITTED,INCLUDING FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATION.IDENTIFY ZONE OF INFLUENCE FROM FOOTINGS AND ENSURE 3. ACRYLIC AND GLASS FROM LUMINAIRE LENSES/REFRACTORS. SYSTEMS ARE NOT ROUTED WITHIN THE ZONE OF INFLUENCE.UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY DIVISION 00, ALTERATIONS DISTURB LAWNS,PAVING,AND/OR WALKS,SURFACES TO BE REPAIRED,REFINISHED AND LEFT IN SUBMITTALS SENT PIECEMEAL IN A PER SPECIFICATION SECTION METHOD WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW OR CONDITION MATCHING EXISTING PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. C. PROVIDE SEPARATE ON-SITE STORAGE SPACE FOR RECYCLED AND SALVAGED MATERIAL.CLEARLY LABEL SPACE. COMMENT.ALL TRANSMISSIONS/SUBMISSIONS TO BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT.PROVIDE SEPARATE SUBMITTALS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS OR DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,DIVISION 23,HVAC TO 5. ADDITIONAL WORK REQUIRED BY LACK OF PROPER COORDINATION WILL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO D. CONFIRM ADDITIONAL SALVAGED EQUIPMENT AND RECYCLED MATERIALS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. FOR POWER SYSTEM STUDY(PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 05 73)AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT(FOR EXAMPLE, COMBINE INFORMATION FURNISHED BY OTHER TRADES INTO MASTER COORDINATION DOCUMENTS. THE OWNER. SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS).PROVIDE SEPARATE SUBMITTALS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL CUTSHEETS,AND B. PREPARE DRAWINGS AS FOLLOWS: END OF SECTION 3.06 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND SERVICEABILITY FOR LIGHTING CONTROL SHOP DRAWINGS.DEVIATIONS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 1. DRAWINGS IN CAD FORMAT.CAD FORMAT RELEASE EQUAL TO DESIGN DOCUMENTS.DRAWINGS TO BE SAME SHEET A. REPLACE OR REPOSITION EQUIPMENT WHICH IS TOO LARGE OR LOCATED INCORRECTLY TO PERMIT SERVICING,AT NO 3. PRODUCT DATA:PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26, SIZE AND SCALE AS CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND INDICATE LOCATION,SIZE AND ELEVATION ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OF ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. SECTION 26 05 09-EQUIPMENT WIRING ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. EQUIPMENT AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. 4. IDENTIFY/MARK EACH SUBMITTAL IN DETAIL.NOTE WHAT DIFFERENCES,IF ANY,EXIST BETWEEN THE SUBMITTED ITEM 2. REVIEW AND REVISE,AS NECESSARY,SECTION CUTS IN CONTRACT DRAWINGS AFTER VERIFICATION OF FIELD 3.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING PART 1-GENERAL AND THE SPECIFIED ITEM.FAILURE TO IDENTIFY THE DIFFERENCES WILL BE CONSIDERED CAUSE FOR DISAPPROVAL. CONDITIONS. A. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 1.01SUMMARY IF DIFFERENCES ARE NOT IDENTIFIED AND/OR NOT DISCOVERED DURING THE SUBMITTAL REVIEW PROCESS, 3. INCORPORATE ADDENDA ITEMS AND CHANGE ORDERS. REQUIREMENTS.IN THE ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL A. WORK INCLUDED: CONTRACTOR REMAINS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS THAT MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS 4. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COORDINATION AS REQUESTED BY OTHER TRADES. SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: AND DRAWINGS. 1. HANDLE MATERIALS DELIVERED TO PROJECT SITE WITH CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE.STORE MATERIALS ON SITE INSIDE i. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS,WHETHER FURNISHED BY OWNER OR OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT. C. ADVISE ARCHITECT IN EVENT CONFLICT OCCURS IN LOCATION OR CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT.BEAR COSTS RESULTING BUILDING OR PROTECTED FROM WEATHER,DIRT AND CONSTRUCTION DUST.PRODUCTS AND/OR MATERIALS THAT 1.02RELATED SECTIONS a. LABEL SUBMITTAL TO MATCH NUMBERING/REFERENCES AS SHOWN IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.HIGHLIGHT AND FROM FAILURE TO PROPERLY COORDINATE INSTALLATION OR FAILURE TO ADVISE ARCHITECT OF CONFLICT. BECOME DAMAGED DUE TO WATER,DIRT,AND/OR DUST AS A RESULT OF IMPROPER STORAGE AND HANDLING TO BE LABEL APPLICABLE INFORMATION TO INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT OR CROSS OUT/REMOVE EXTRANEOUS DATA NOT D. VERIFY IN FIELD EXACT SIZE.LOCATION,AND CLEARANCES REGARDING EXISTING MATERIAL,EQUIPMENT AND REPLACED BEFORE INSTALLATION. A CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. APPLICABLE TO SUBMITTED MODEL.CLEARLY NOTE OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES TO BE PROVIDED,INCLUDING APPARATUS,AND ADVISE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THAT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND THAT EXISTING 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS FIELD INSTALLED ITEMS.HIGHLIGHT CONNECTIONS GYRO OTHER TRADES. IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION RELATED THERETO. 2. PROTECT EQUIPMENT TO AVOID DAMAGE.CLOSE CONDUIT OPENINGS WITH CAPS OR PLUGS.KEEP MOTORS AND b. INCLUDE IEINTECHNICALALLED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONSBWT OTHER AD DIMENSIONED DRAWINGS FOR PRODUCTS, BEARINGS IN WATERTIGHT AND DUSTPROOF COVERS DURING ENTIRE COURSE OF INSTALLATION. A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, FIXTURES,EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES INSTALLED,FURNISHED OR PROVIDED.REFERENCE INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26, E. SUBMIT FINAL COORDINATION DRAWINGS WITH CHANGES AS RECORD DRAWINGS AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 3. PROTECT BUS DUCT AND SIMILAR ITEMS UNTIL IN SERVICE. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS REQUIRED IN PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL OUTSIDE OF PART 2-PRODUCTS 3.08 CLEANING 1A4SUBMITTALS THESE REQUIREMENTS. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. CONFIRM CLEANING REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL c. SEE DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OUTSIDE OF A. ARTICLES,FIXTURES,AND EQUIPMENT OFA KIND TO BE STANDARD PRODUCT OF ONE MANUFACTURER. REQUIREMENTS AND INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. REQUIREMENTS. THESE REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP B. UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION,THOROUGHLY CLEAN ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,REMOVING DIRT,DEBRIS,DUST, 5. MAXIMUM OF TWO REVIEWS OF COMPLETE SUBMITTAL PACKAGE.ARRANGE FOR ADDITIONAL REVIEWS AND/OR EARLY A BASE CONTRACT UPON FURNISHING MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED.MATERIALS,EQUIPMENT,AND FIXTURES USED FOR TEMPORARY LABELS AND TRACES OF FOREIGN SUBSTANCES.THROUGHOUT WORK,REMOVE CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS B. IN ADDITION: REVIEW OF LONG-LEAD ITEMS;BEAR COSTS OF THESE ADDITIONAL REVIEWS AT ENGINEER'S HOURLY RATES. CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE NEW,LATEST PRODUCTS AS LISTED IN MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED CATALOG DATA AND ARE AND SURPLUS MATERIALS ACCUMULATED DURING WORK. 1. VERIFY MECHANICAL AND UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WITH DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT - INCOMPLETE SUBMITTAL PACKAGES/SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED TO CONTRACTOR WITHOUT REVIEW. TO BE UL OR ETL APPROVED OR HAVE ADEQUATE APPROVAL OR BE ACCEPTABLE BY STATE,COUNTY,AND CITY 3.09 INSTALLATION SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT.SUBMIT CONFIRMATION OF THIS VERIFICATION AS A PART OF,OR 6. RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS:MAKE CORRECTIONS OR CHANGES IN SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED,AND IN AUTHORITIES.EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE SUPPLIER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING STATE,COUNTY,AND CITY ACCEPTANCE ADDENDUM TO,THE ELECTRICAL PRODUCT SUBMITTALS. A CONFIRM INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 1N DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND CONSIDERATION OF ENGINEER'S COMMENTS.IDENTIFY ENGINEER'S COMMENTS AND PROVIDE AN INDIVIDUAL ON EQUIPMENT/FIXTURES THAT ARE NOT UL OR ETL APPROVED OR ARE NOT LISTED FOR INSTALLATION. DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE RESPONSE TO EACH OF THE ENGINEER'S COMMENTS.CLOUD CHANGES IN THE SUBMITTALS AND FURTHER IDENTIFY B. NAMES AND MANUFACTURER'S NAMES DENOTE CHARACTER AND QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT DESIRED AND ARE NOT TO BE 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. A QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL CHANGES WHICH ARE IN RESPONSE TO ENGINEER'S COMMENTS. CONSTRUED AS LIMITING COMPETITION. 7. CHANGSTRUCES WHIG ARE WEIGHTS,DIMENSIONS,MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS AND LIKE INFORMATION B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS,PLUMB AND REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING,PROVIDEEIEMIC BRACING,AND SUPPORT.INDICATE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION AND C. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: LEVEL AND FIRMLY ANCHORED TO VIBRATION ISOLATORS.MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES. 1.08WARRANTY SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS TO MEET ASCE 7-10 REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS.PROVIDE 4. COMPLY WITH LOCAL,STATE OF OREGON,AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS RELATING TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. C. STARTUP EQUIPMENT,IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S START-UP INSTRUCTIONS,AND IN PRESENCE OF A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERED SEISMIC DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT SEISMIC CERTIFICATION.EQUIPMENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR AS 2. COMPLY WITH DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE.TEST CONTROLS AND DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 AND IN STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS. REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT RELATING TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. REPLACE DAMAGED OR MALFUNCTIONING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT. 3. DO NOT USE ANY MATERIALS CONTAINING A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE.IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE D. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS/METALS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. PART 2-PRODUCTS 8. TRADE COORDINATION:INCLUDE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS,ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS,DEVICE LAYOUT ENCOUNTERED,DO NOT DISTURB;IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT,HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE 2.01 MATERIALS S P E I C I F I CAT/ONS PLANS,WIRING DIAGRAMS,AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED PER DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL COORDINATION3.10 PAINTING DOCUMENTS.FOR EQUIPMENT WITH ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS,FURNISH COPY OF APPROVED SUBMITTAL FOR REMOVED BY OWNER UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. A. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 09,FINISHES.IN THE ABSENCE OF A MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR EQUIPMENT WIRING:AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS. – ELECTRICAL INCLUSION IN DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS.ELECTRIC MOTORS ARE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY DIVISION PART 3-EXECUTION SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: 2.02 GENERAL 23 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.DURING SHOP DRAWING STAGE OF THE PROJECT,VERIFY CORRECT DISCONNECT 3.01 ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION 1. FERROUS METAL:AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK,THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND PAINT EXPOSED SUPPORTS SIZES,CONDUCTOR SIZES,ETC.,AND BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE MECHANICAL TRADE.BE A. CONFIRM ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING CONSTRUCTED OF FERROUS METAL SURFACES(I.E.,HANGERS,HANGER RODS,EQUIPMENT STANDS,ETC.)WITH ONE A. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,THE FOLLOWING VOLTAGE AND PHASE CHARACTERISTICS APPLY TO MOTORS: RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR INSTALLATIONS AS A RESULT OF EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS,DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND COAT OF BLACK ASPHALT VARNISH FOR EXTERIOR OR BLACK ENAMEL FOR INTERIOR,SUITABLE FOR HOT SURFACES. 1. 3/4 HP AND UNDER:120 VOLT,1 PHASE. INCOMPATIBILITY DISCOVERED AFTER SHOP DRAWING REVIEW. INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. 2. IN ELECTRICAL ROOM,ON ROOF OR OTHER EXPOSED AREAS,EQUIPMENT NOT PAINTED WITH ENAMEL TO RECEIVE 2. 1 HP AND OVER:208 VOLT,3 PHASE. 9. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR OPENINGS IN BUILDING FOR ADMITTANCE OF EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS(I.E.,JUNCTION BOXES,LIGHT FIXTURES,POWER SUPPLIES,MOTORS,ETC.)SO TWO COATS OF PRIMER AND ONE COAT OF RUSTPROOF ENAMEL,COLORS AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. OR ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. THAT THEY MAY BE SERVICED,RESET,REPLACED OR RECALIBRATED BY SERVICE PEOPLE WITH NORMAL SERVICE TOOLS 3. SEE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER PAINTING. B. SAFETY SWITCHES:PROVIDE AS REQUIRED BY OESC AND AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 26 28 16,ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND 10.SUBSTITUTIONS AND VARIATION FROM BASIS OF DESIGN: AND EQUIPMENT.DO NOT INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN PASSAGEWAYS,DOORWAYS,SCUTTLES OR CRAWLSPACES WHICH 4. STRUCTURAL STEEL:REPAIR DAMAGE TO STRUCTURAL STEEL FINISHES OR FINISHES OF OTHER MATERIALS CIRCUIT BREAKERS. a. THE BASIS OF DESIGN DESIGNATED PRODUCT ESTABLISHES THE QUALITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS FOR THE WOULD IMPEDE OR BLOCK THE INTENDED USAGE. DAMAGED BY CUTTING,WELDING OR PATCHING TO MATCH ORIGINAL. EVALUATION OF ANY COMPARABLE PRODUCTS BY OTHER LISTED ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS IF INCLUDED IN C. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS COMPLETE AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 5. CONDUIT:CLEAN,PRIMER COAT AND PAINT INTERIOR/EXTERIOR CONDUIT EXPOSED IN PUBLIC AREAS WITH TWO THIS SPECIFICATION OR INCLUDED IN AN APPROVED SUBSTITUTION REQUEST AS JUDGED BY THE DESIGN OBTAIN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FROM MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OF EQUIPMENT AND EXAMINE COATS PAINT SUITABLE FOR METALLIC SURFACES.COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. PROFESSIONAL. INSTRUCTIONS THOROUGHLY.WHEN REQUIREMENTS OF INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT 6. COVERS:COVERS SUCH AS MANHOLES,VAULTS AND THE LIKE WILL BE FURNISHED WITH FINISHES WHICH RESIST �,,yy I N T E R A C E b. IF SUBSTITUTIONS AND/OR EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT/PRODUCTS ARE BEING PROPOSED,IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY DOCUMENTS,REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION.THIS INCLUDES CORROSION AND RUST. ' E N G I N E E R I N G ' OF PARTIES CONCERNED,INVOLVED IN,AND FURNISHING THE SUBSTITUTE AND/OR EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT TO PROPER INSTALLATION METHODS,SEQUENCING,AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES AND DISCIPLINES. VERIFY AND COMPARE THE CHARACTERISTICS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THAT FURNISHED TO THAT SPECIFIED D. EARTHWORK: PROJECT 2019-0641 AND/OR SHOWN.IF GREATER CAPACITY AND/OR MORE MATERIALS AND/OR MORE LABOR IS REQUIRED FOR THE 1. CONFIRM EARTHWORK REQUIREMENTS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.IN THE ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS, 3.11 DEMOLITION CONTACT BEN EVANS E ROUGH-IN,CIRCUITRY OR CONNECTIONS THAN FOR THE ITEM SPECIFIED AND PROVIDED FOR,THEN PROVIDE 0 . 2 COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: A. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 02,EXISTING CONDITIONS.IN THE 100 SW Main Street Suite 1600 COMPENSATION FOR ADDITIONAL CHARGES REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER ROUGH-IN,CIRCUITRY AND ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS AND THE CONNECTIONS FOR THE EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED.NO ADDITIONAL CHARGES ABOVE THE BASE BID, a. PERFORM EXCAVATION,DEWATERING,SHORING,BEDDING,AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF WORK Portland,OR 97204 INCLUDING RESULTING CHARGES FOR WORK PERFORMED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS,WILL BE ALLOWED FOR SUCH IN THIS DIVISION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RELATED EARTHWORK SECTIONS.CONTACT UTILITIES AND LOCATE FOLLOWING: TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceeng ineering.com 411111111111111111111111111111111 2019 Efll\cad\elect0ric l\064 WG e0.1 EOg1,1/7/2DIT2:511 20/2019 6:34 PM BY BENE PLOT: 11/`20`2019 S:35 PM BY BEN EVANS ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER ;TANGE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. ���EO PROpesS PART 3-EXECUTION A. GENERAL: BONDING CONNECTIONS.USE CORROSION INHIBITOR APPROPRIATE FOR PROTECTING A CONNECTION BETWEEN METALS 2. CONCRETE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS:USE PRECAST INSERTS OR EXPANSION ANCHORS. -"- N4 aG 1 N�� /0 3.01 EXAMINATION 1. DO NOT INSTALL OR HANDLE THERMOPLASTIC INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE IN TEMPERATURES BELOW-10 DEGREES USED. 3. STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS:USE BEAM CLAMPS,STEEL SPRING CLIPS,STEEL RAMSET FASTENERS,OR WELDED ��` ,72777PE'1' 9r- -- A. PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF PRODUCT DATA FOR ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT,OBTAIN AND EXAMINE PRODUCT C(14 DEGREES F).DO NOT HANDLE THERMOSET INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE IN TEMPERATURES BELOW-40 E. GROUNDING SYSTEM RESISTANCE TO GROUND NOT TO EXCEED 25 OHMS.MAKE NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS OR FASTENERS. i /-1.----, '�,._..___ DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY THE OWNER AND BY OTHER TRADES ON THE PROJECT. DEGREES C(40 DEGREES F). ADDITIONS TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM FOR COMPLIANCE.SUBMIT FINAL TESTS TO ASSURE THAT THIS �;� ie-- t.%/'�` REQUIREMENT IS MET. 4. CONCRETE SURFACES:USE SELF-DRILLING ANCHORS OR EXPANSION ANCHORS. UPDATE THE SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ACCORDINGLY,NOTING PROPER RATINGS FOR 2. INSTALL CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAYS HAVING ADEQUATE,CODE SIZE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA FOR WIRES INDICATED. OREGON OVERCURRENT DEVICES,FUSES,SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES,CONDUIT AND WIRING,AND THE LIKE.AS A MINIMUM, 5. HOLLOW MASONRY,PLASTER,AND GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS:USE TOGGLE BOLTS OR HOLLOW WALL FASTENERS. F. RESISTANCE OF GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM:MEASURE USING A FOUR-TERMINAL FALL-OF-POTENTIAL METHOD AS '1/4/ p'� THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THE 3. INSTALL CONDUCTORS WITH CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE TO INSULATION. DEFINED IN IEEE 81.TAKE GROUND RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS BEFORE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IS 6. SOLID MASONRY WALLS:USE EXPANSION ANCHORS. �qF 02,2 Q- _ FOLLOWING DIVISIONS OF WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT: 4. DO NOT APPLY GREATER TENSION ON CONDUCTORS THAN RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER DURING ENERGIZED AND IN NORMALLY DRY CONDITIONS,NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS AFTER LAST RAINFALL.TAKE RESISTANCE 7. SHEET METAL:USE SHEET METAL SCREWS. �k K. 0A-°. 1. DIVISION 8,OPENINGS INSTALLATION. MEASUREMENTS OF SEPARATE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEMS BEFORE SYSTEMS ARE BONDED TOGETHER BELOW 2. DIVISION 21,FIRE SUPPRESSION 5. USE OF PULLING COMPOUNDS IS PERMITTED.CLEAN RESIDUE FROM EXPOSED CONDUCTORS AND RACEWAY GRADE.COMBINED RESISTANCE OF SEPARATE SYSTEMS MAY BE USED TO MEET REQUIRED RESISTANCE,BUT SPECIFIED 8. WOOD ELEMENTS:USE WOOD SCREWS. EXPIRES: 12/31/20 3. DIVISION 22,PLUMBING ENTRANCES AFTER CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION.DO NOT USE PULLING COMPOUNDS FOR INSTALLATION OF NUMBER OF ELECTRODES MUST STILL BE PROVIDED. D. FASTENERS:PROVIDE FASTENERS OF TYPES AS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED ITEMS; CONDUCTORS CONNECTED TO GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKERS OR GFCI RECEPTACLES. SURFACE-APPLIED FASTENERS ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. - 4. DIVISION 23,HVAC,HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING G. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA STANDARD ATS,EXCEPT SECTION 4. 5. DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS 6. CONDUCTOR SIZE AND QUANTITY: H. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS LISTED IN NETA STANDARD AB,SECTION 7.13. E. BOLTS:LOW CARBON STEEL EXTERNALLY AND INTERNALLY THREADED FASTENERS CONFORMING WITH REQUIREMENTS V) OF ASTM A307;INCLUDE NECESSARY NUTS AND PLAIN HARDENED WASHERS.FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL ELEMENTS 6. DIVISION 28,ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY a. INSTALL NO CONDUCTORS SMALLER THAN 12 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. 3.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODES INSTALLATION SUPPORTING MECHANICAL MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR CONNECTION • w 11 3.02 INSTALLATION b. PROVIDE REQUIRED CONDUCTORS FOR A FULLY OPERABLE SYSTEM. AGROUND ROD ELECTRODE: ' THERETO,USE FASTENERS CONFORMING TO ASTM A325. >DO NOT INSTALL UNRELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR WIRING ON MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITHOUT PRIOR c. POWER CIRCUITS:NO.12 AWG MINIMUM,EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS: 1. VERIFY THAT FINAL BACKFILL AND COMPACTION HAVE BEEN COMPLETED BEFORE DRIVING ROD ELECTRODES. F. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:PROVIDE INCIDENTAL ACCESSORY MATERIALS,TOOLS,METHODS,AND EQUIPMENT A. OIMMIN APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT. 1) NO.10 AWG FOR 15A,120V CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 100 FT. REQUIRED FOR FABRICATION. O -1- B. PROVIDE MOISTURE TIGHT EQUIPMENT WIRING AND SWITCHES IN DUCTS OR PLENUMS USED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL AIR. 2. BOND#6 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO DRIVEN GROUND RODS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2) NO.8 AWG FOR 15A,120V CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 150 FT. 3. TAP AT CENTER GROUND ROD AND EXTEND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO SERVICE GROUNDING BUS. REQUIRED BY CODE. 2.03 SUPPORT CHANNEL,HANGERS AND SUPPORTS C. CONNECT MOTOR AND APPLIANCFJUTILtZAT10N EQUIPMENT COMPLETE FROM PANEL TO MOTOR/EQUIPMENT AS 3) NO.10 AWG FOR 20A,120V CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 70 FT. INSTALL GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO SERVICE GROUNDING BUS IN RIGID PVC CONDUIT FOR PHYSICAL A. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS-GENERAL:CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIALS OF SIZE AND TYPE ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE L. /"�� D. INSTALL MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTROLLERS FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS. 4) NO.8 AWG FOR 20A,120V CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 100 FT. PROTECTION WHERE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR PASSES THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR OR OTHER LOADS OF EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT,INCLUDING WEIGHT OF WIRE IN CONDUIT. V/W CONCRETE STRUCTURE. 1. CHANNEL MATERIAL:CARBON STEEL. 0 E. APPLIANCE/UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT: d. WHEN EXACT RUN LENGTHS ARE DETERMINED FOR ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS,AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE B. METAL UNDERGROUND WATER SERVICE:BOND WATER SERVICE PIPE TO SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS OR TO THE 2. COATING:HOT DIP GALVANIZED. • 1. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE CABLE AND CORD CAP FOR FINAL CONNECTION UNLESS EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED WITH SAME. CONDUCTORS,ENSURE THAT THE MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP,BASED ON 80 PERCENT OF THE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE PROVIDE RECEPTACLE CONFIGURED TO RECEIVE CORD CAP. DEVICE,DOES NOT EXCEED 3 PERCENT.INCREASE WIRE SIZE FROM#12AWG,IF NECESSARY,TO ENSURE THAT GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM.CONNECT TO WATER PIPE ON UTILITY SIDE OF ISOLATING FITTINGS OR METERS,BOND B PIPE STRAPS:TWO-HOLE GALVANIZED OR MALLEABLE IRON. E0 /1 2. VERIFY SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET NEMA CONFIGURATION AND AMPERE RATING WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR THE 3 PERCENT VOLTAGE DROP IS NOT EXCEEDED. ACROSS WATER METERS. V TO ORDERING WIRING DEVICES AND COVERPLATES. 7. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRALS(ONE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR EACH PHASE CONDUCTOR)IN ALL 120V CIRCUITS. C. OTHER METAL PIPING SYSTEMS:BOND GAS PIPING SYSTEM,FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEM AND OTHER METAL PIPING C. LUMINA{RE CHAIN:90 LB.TEST WITH STEEL HOOKS. O SYSTEMS TO SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS OR TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. D. MISCELLANEOUS METAL:PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS SPECIFIED HEREUNDER,INCLUDING MATERIALS, [ { l y'- F. ADA AUTOMATIC DOORS: B. CONDUCTORS IN CABINETS: FABRICATION,FASTENINGS AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR FINISHED INSTALLATION,WHERE INDICATED ON VVV/// /� 1. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING IN CONTINUOUS RACEWAY FROM DOOR CONTROLLER UNIT TO MANUAL WALL CONTROL 1. CABLE AND TREE WIRES IN PANELS AND CABINETS FOR POWER AND CONTROL.USE PLASTIC TIES IN PANELS AND D. BOND TOGETHER METAL SIDING NOT ATTACHED TO GROUNDED STRUCTURE;BOND TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS THAT ARE NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.THE Ir.- STATIONS,PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCH DISCONNECT FOR DOOR CONTROLLER AS REQUIRED BY CODE. CABINETS. 3.03 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR DESIGN. 2. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 08,OPENINGS AND DRAWING REQUIREMENTS. 2. TIE AND BUNDLE FEEDER CONDUCTORS IN WIREWAYS OF PANELBOARDS. A. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1. FABRICATE MISCELLANEOUS UNITS TO SIZE SHAPES AND PROFILES INDICATED OR,IF NOT INDICATED,OF REQUIRED QJ0 0 0) 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3. HOLD CONDUCTORS AWAY FROM SHARP METAL EDGES. 3.04 GROUNDING BUSBAR INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS TO RECEIVE ADJACENT OTHER WORK TO BE RETAINED BY FRAMING.EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SHOWN, -I- A PERFORM FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. FABRICATE FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES AND PLATES AND STEEL BARS,OF WELDED CONSTRUCTION USING ~ 3.04 SYSTEMS STARTUP C. HOMERUNS: A. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MITERED JOINTS FOR FIELD CONNECTION.CUT,DRILL AND TAP UNITS TO RECEIVE HARDWARE AND SIMILAR ITEMS. C5- ' ` C1. DO NOT CHANGE INTENT OF BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS WITHOUT APPROVAL.HOMERUNS FOR 20A BRANCH 3.05 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION v I l,,J ,�` A. PROVIDE FIELD REPRESENTATIVE TO PREPARE AND START EQUIPMENT. E. STRUCTURAL SHAPES:WHERE MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS ARE NEEDED TO BE FABRICATED FROM STRUCTURAL (� 1. TEST AND CORRECT FOR PROPER ROTATION OF POLYPHASE MOTORS. CIRCUITS MAY BE COMBINED TO A MAXIMUM OF SIX CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS INCLUDING NEUTRAL A. RACEWAYS: STEEL SHAPES AND PLATES,PROVIDE MEMBERS CONSTRUCTED OF STEEL CONFORMING WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM CONDUCTORS IN HOMERUNS.APPLY DERATING FACTORS AS REQUIRED PER NEC.INCREASE CONDUCTOR SIZE ASA36 OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. B. ADJUST FOR PROPER OPERATION WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TOLERANCES. NEEDED. 1. GROUND METALLIC RACEWAY SYSTEMS.BOND TO GROUND TERMINAL WITH CODE SIZE JUMPER EXCEPT WHERE 0 V) S E C. DEMONSTRATE PROPER OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT TO OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. CODE SIZE OR LARGER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IS INCLUDED WITH CIRCUIT,USE GROUNDING BUSHING F. STEEL PIPE:PROVIDE SEAMLESS STEEL PIPE CONFORMING TO REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A53,TYPE S,GRADE A,OR D. IDENTIFY WIRE AND CABLE UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 53,IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. WITH LAY-IN LUG. GRADE B.WEIGHT AND SIZE REQUIRED AS SPECIFIED. END OF SECTION IDENTIFY EACH CONDUCTOR WITH ITS PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER AS INDICATED. L. E. EXPOSED CABLE IS NOT ALLOWED. 2. CONNECT METAL RACEWAYS,WHICH TERMINATE WITHIN AN ENCLOSURE BUT WITHOUT MECHANICAL CONNECTION TO G. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:PROVIDE INCIDENTAL ACCESSORY MATERIALS,TOOLS,METHODS,AND EQUIPMENT , 0 ENCLOSURE,BY GROUNDING BUSHINGS AND GROUND CONDUCTOR TO GROUNDING BUS. REQUIRED FOR FABRICATION. �" N SECTION 26 0519-LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES F. ALL CABLE MUST BE RUN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES AND HIDDEN FROM VIEW WHEN POSSIBLE. 3. WHERE EQUIPMENT SUPPLY CONDUCTORS ARE IN FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT,INSTALL STRANDED COPPER PART 3-EXECUTION 0 PART 1-GENERAL WHERE INSTALLED IN TRAY EACH POWER CABLE IS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH LAMACOID NAMETAG ENGRAVED WITH EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FROM OUTLET BOX TO EQUIPMENT FRAME. C N 1.01SUMMARY IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT BEING FED.TAG TO BE FASTENED TO CABLE USING TIE-WRAPS.PROVIDE NAMETAG AT 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS EACH FLOOR LEVEL. 4. INSTALL EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR,CODE SIZE MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED ON DRAWINGS,IN METALLIC AND A. FABRICATION-MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. N43: N43: WORK INCLUDED: NONMETALLIC RACEWAY SYSTEMS. 1. LUGS AND PADS G. DO NOT INSTALL PVC JACKETED CABLES IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS,UNLESS THEY ARE SPECIALLY RATED PLENUM 1. GENERAL:VERIFY DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION.FORM METAL ITEMS TO ACCURATE SIZES AND • 2. WIRES AND CABLES CABLES. B. FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS: CONFIGURATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION;MAKE WITH C 3. CONNECTORS 3.04 CONNECTORS 1. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS GREEN INSULATED COPPER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND LINES STRAIGHT AND ANGLES SHARP,CLEAN AND TRUE;DRILL,COUNTERSINK,TAP,AND OTHERWISE PREPARE ITEMS BRANCH CIRCUITS. FOR CONNECTIONS WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES,AS REQUIRED.FABRICATE TO DETAIL OF STRUCTURAL SHAPES, 0 0 -- 1.02RELATED SECTIONS A. INSTALL TO ASSURE A SOLID AND SAFE CONNECTION. 2. WHERE INSTALLED IN A CONTINUOUS SOLID METALLIC RACEWAY SYSTEM AND LARGER SIZES ARE NOT DETAILED, PLATES AND BARS;WELD JOINTS WHERE PRACTICABLE;PROVIDE BOLTS AND OTHER CONNECTION DEVICES0 Emil .;- A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. SELECT HAND TWIST CONNECTORS FOR WIRE SIZE AND INSTALL TIGHTLY ON CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SIZED IN REQUIRED.INCLUDE ANCHORAGES;CLIP ANGLES,SLEEVES,ANCHOR PLATES,AND SIMILAR DEVICES.HOT DIPPED 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF NEC ARTICLE 250,TABLE 250-122. GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION ITEMS INSTALLED IN EXTERIOR LOCATIONS.SET ACCURATELY IN POSITION AS C. INSTALL COMPRESSION CONNECTORS USING METHODS AND TOOLS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. ..0 A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 3. PROVIDE ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTORS FOR ELECTRICALLY SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.INSTALL ISOLATED REQUIRED AND ANCHOR SECURELY TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.CONSTRUCT ITEMS WITH JOINTS FORMED FOR7) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D. DO NOT INSTALL STRANDED CONDUCTORS UNDER SCREW TERMINALS UNLESS COMPRESSION LUGS ARE INSTALLED. GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ISOLATED FROM EQUIPMENT GROUND SYSTEM EXCEPT AT COMMON GROUND STRENGTH AND RIGIDITY,ACCURATELY MACHINING FOR PROPER FIT;WHERE EXPOSED TO WEATHER,FORM TO LL 1.04SUBMITTALS E. DO NOT CONNECT WIRING WITHOUT UL LISTED CONNECTORS THAT ARE LISTED FOR THE PURPOSES. CONNECTION AT SERVICE EQUIPMENT.PROVIDE ISOLATED GROUND BUS IN PANELBOARDS ISOLATED FROM EXCLUDE WATER. / A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL END OF SECTION EQUIPMENT GROUND SYSTEM. 2. FINISHES: v) 1.... V) REQUIREMENTS. C. BOND BOXES,CABINETS,ENCLOSURES AND PANELBOARD EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS TO ENCLOSURE WITH a. FERROUS METAL:AFTER FABRICATION,BUT BEFORE ERECTION,CLEAN SURFACES BY MECHANICAL OR CHEMICALa.) 0 METHODS TO REMOVE RUST,SCALE,OIL,CORROSION,OR OTHER SUBSTANCES DETRIMENTAL TO BONDING OF B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: SPECIFIED CONDUCTORS AND LUGS.INSTALL LUGS ONLY ON THOROUGHLY CLEANED CONTACT SURFACES. O SECTION 28 05 26-GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SUBSEQUENTLY APPLIED PROTECTIVE COATINGS.FOR METAL ITEMS EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR MOISTURE, 0 ]�'''( 1. CABLE INSULATION TEST REPORTS IN PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION. PART 1-GENERAL D. MOTORS,EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES:INSTALL CODE SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO(MOTOR) GALVANIZE{N MANNER TO OBTAIN G90 ZINC COATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A123.PROVIDE OTHER0) 1,,,J 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE EQUIPMENT FRAME OR MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATED GROUND TERMINAL. NON-GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL WITH ONE COAT OF APPROVED RUST-RESISTING PAINT PRIMER,IN MANNER TO • 1.01SUMMARY `� A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL E. RECEPTACLES:CONNECT GROUND TERMINAL OF RECEPTACLE AND ASSOCIATED OUTLET BOX TO EQUIPMENT OBTAIN NOT LESS THAN 1.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS.TOUCH-UP DAMAGED AREAS IN PRIMER WITH SAMEImm.mlr- REQUIREMENTS. A. WORK INCLUDED: GROUNDING CONDUCTOR.SELF GROUNDING NATURE OF RECEPTACLE DEVICES DOES NOT ELIMINATE EQUIPMENT MATERIAL,BEFORE INSTALLATION.APPLY ZINC COATINGS AND PAINT PRIMERS UNIFORMLY AND SMOOTHLY;LEAVE 1.06WARRANTY 1. GROUNDING ELECTRODES GROUNDING CONDUCTOR BOLTED TO OUTLET BOX. READY FOR FINISH PAINTING AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS 2. CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES END OF SECTION b. METAL IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE,MASONRY AND OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS:WHERE METAL ITEMS ARE TO PROJECT NO. AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. BE ERECTED IN CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR MATERIALS,PROVIDE CONTACT SURFACES WITH COATING OF AN 3. GROUNDING BUSBAR APPROVED ZINC-CHROMATE PRIMER IN MANNER TO OBTAIN NOT LESS THAN 1.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS,IN 19-123.1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 4. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SECTION 26 05 29-HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ADDITION TO OTHER COATINGS SPECIFIED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS DRAWN BY : A. LUGS AND PADS: 1.02RELATED SECTIONS PART 1-GENERAL c. FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES:CLEAN FIELD WELDS,BOLTED CONNECTIONS,AND ABRADED AREAS AND APPLY 1. ANDERSON A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.01SUMMARY GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT TO COMPLY WITH ASTM A780. TC,TFF 2. ILSCO 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. WORK INCLUDED: 3.02 ANCHORS,THREADED ROD AND FASTENERS INSTALLATION CHECKED BY : 3. PANDUIT A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 1. ANCHORS,THREADED ROD AND FASTENERS A SAFETY FACTOR OF 4 REQUIRED FOR EVERY FASTENING DEVICE OR SUPPORT FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.SUPPORTS 4. THOMAS&BETTS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. SUPPORT CHANNEL,HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO WITHSTAND FOUR TIMES THE WEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT IT SUPPORTS. TFF,JB - 5. 3M 1.04SUBMITTALSB. DO NOT USE OTHER TRADE'S FASTENING DEVICES AS SUPPORTING MEANS FOR LUMINAIRES,EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS. 1.02RELATED SECTIONS DATE 6. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL C. DO NOT FASTEN SUPPORTS TO PIPES,DUCTS,MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT,OR CONDUIT. A CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 11.11.2019 B. WIRES AND CABLES: REQUIREMENTS. D. DO NOT USE SUPPORTS OR FASTENING DEVICES TO SUPPORT OTHER THAN ONE PARTICULAR ITEM. . 1. GENERAL: 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: - E. SECURELY SUSPEND JUNCTION BOXES,PULL BOXES OR OTHER CONDUIT TERMINATING HOUSINGS LOCATED ABOVE REVISION : a. GENERAL CABLE 1. TEST REPORTS OF GROUND RESISTANCE FOR SERVICE AND SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM GROUNDS. A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, SUSPENDED CEILING FROM FLOOR ABOVE OR ROOF STRUCTURE TO PREVENT SAGGING AND SWAYING. b. OKONITE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. F. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING PER OSSC REQUIREMENTS. c. SOUTHWIRE 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04SUBMITTALS d. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL G. INSTALL SURFACE-MOUNTED CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS WITH MINIMUM OF FOUR ANCHORS. REQUIREMENTS. A. SUBMITTALS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS SECTION. H. USE SPRING LOCK WASHERS UNDER FASTENER NUTS FOR STRUT. G. CONNECTORS: 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. ANDERSON POWER PRODUCTS B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: I. CUTTING AND DRILLING 2. BURNDY 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI/NFPA 70. A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 D0,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 1. DO NOT DRILL OR CUT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT PRIOR PERMISSION FROM ARCHITECT. 3. ILSCO REQUIREMENTS. 1.06 WARRANTY 3.03 SUPPORT CHANNEL,HANGERS AND SUPPORTS INSTALLATION 4. 3M B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY AND SECURELY SUPPORT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5. THOMAS&BETTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. MANUFACTURERS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF BOLTED METAL FRAMING SUPPORT SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS,IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER,AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. 6. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. WHOSE PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR NOT LESS THAN 10 YEARS. 2.02 LUGS AND PADS PART 2-PRODUCTS 2. SUPPORT SYSTEMS TO BE SUPPLIED BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. B. SAFETY FACTOR OF 4 REQUIRED FOR EVERY FASTENING DEVICE OR SUPPORT FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.SUPPORTS A. AMPACITY:CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF PAD FOR MULTIPLE CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS TO MATCH AMPERE RATING OF 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 3. ENGINEERING RESPONSIBILITY:DESIGN AND PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS FOR EACH TO WITHSTAND FOUR TIMES THE WEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT IT SUPPORTS. PANELBOARD BUS OR EQUIPMENT LINE TERMINALS, A. GROUNDING ELECTRODES: MULTIPLE PIPE SUPPORT,TRAPEZE,EQUIPMENT HANGERS/SUPPORTS,AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT BY A QUALIFIED C. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT OF LUMINAIRES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION WHEN HEIGHTS ARE NOT DETAILED. - B. COPPER PADS:DRILLED AND TAPPED FOR MULTIPLE CONDUCTOR TERMINALS. 1. ERICO STRUCTURAL PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. D. INSTALL VERTICAL SUPPORT MEMBERS FOR EQUIPMENT AND LUMINAIRES,STRAIGHT AND PARALLEL TO BUILDING C. LUGS:COMPRESSION TYPE FOR USE WITH STRANDED BRANCH CIRCUIT OR CONTROL CONDUCTORS;MECHANICAL LUGS 2. THOMAS&BETTS a. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER QUALIFICATIONS:A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER WHO IS LEGALLY QUALIFIED TO WALLS. FOR USE WITH SOLID BRANCH AND FEEDER CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS. PRACTICE IN JURISDICTION WHERE PROJECT IS LOCATED AND WHO IS EXPERIENCED IN PROVIDING ENGINEERING E. INSTALL HORIZONTAL SUPPORT MEMBERS STRAIGHT AND PARALLEL TO CEILINGS OR FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS 2.03 WIRES AND CABLES 3. TALLEY SERVICES OF THE KIND INDICATED.ENGINEERING SERVICES ARE DEFINED AS THOSE PERFORMED FOR OTHERWISE NOTED. A. BUILDING WIRES: 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. INSTALLATIONS OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT IN F. PROVIDE INDEPENDENT SUPPORTS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBER FOR LUMINAIRES,MATERIALS,OR EQUIPMENT INSTALLED B. CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES: MATERIAL,DESIGN,AND EXTENT. IN OR ON CEILING,WALLS OR IN VOID SPACES OR OVER SUSPENDED CEILINGS. 1. COPPER:SOFT-DRAWN WITH CONDUCTIVITY OF NOT LESS THAN 98 PERCENT IACS AT 20 DEGREES C(68 DEGREES F). 1.06WARRANTY 600 VOLT RATED THROUGHOUT.CONDUCTORS 12 AWG AND 10 AWG,SOLID.CONDUCTORS 8 AWG AND LARGER, 1. BURNDY HYGROUND COMPRESSION SYSTEM G. DO NOT USE OTHER TRADE'S FASTENING DEVICES AS SUPPORTING MEANS FOR LUMINAIRES,EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS. STRANDED.12 AWG MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE.MINIMUM INSULATION RATING OF 90 DEGREES C.INSULATION TYPE: 2. ERICO/CADWELD A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS H. DO NOT FASTEN SUPPORTS TO PIPES,DUCTS,MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT,OR CONDUIT. THHN/THWN-2. AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED UNLESS WRITTEN APPROVAL IS RECEIVED FROM THE ENGINEER. 3. AMP AMPACT GROUNDING SYSTEM 1.07PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS I. DO NOT USE SUPPORTS OR FASTENING DEVICES TO SUPPORT OTHER THAN ONE PARTICULAR ITEM. B. PHASE COLOR TO BE CONSISTENT AT FEEDER TERMINATIONS;A-B-C,TOP TO BOTTOM,LEFT TO RIGHT,FRONT TO BACK. 4. PIPE GROUNDING CLAMP: J. SUPPORT CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES OF OUTLETS,BOXES,PANELS,CABINETS AND DEFLECTIONS UNLESS MORE ' a. BURNDY GAR SERIES A. GENERAL:PROVIDE CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: STRINGENTLY REQUIRED Y OESC. 18-IN C. COLOR CODE CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS: 1. WHEN SUPPORTS,ANCHORAGES,AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SUPPORTS,ANCHORAGES AND b. 0 2 GEDNEY SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR CONDUIT,CABLE TRAY AND EQUIPMENT ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS,THE K. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS NOT TO EXCEED 8 FOOT SPACING UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY OESC. PHASE 208 VOLT WYE c. THOMAS&BETTS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR DESIGN. L. SUPPORT FLEXIBLE CONDUITS WITHIN 12-INCHES OF OUTLETS,BOXES,PANELS,CABINETS AND DEFLECTIONS UNLESS A BLACK d. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 2. CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING SHALL NOT INTRODUCE TWISTING,TORSION,OR LATERAL BENDING IN THE OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY OESC. B RED C. GROUNDING BUSBAR: FRAMING MEMBERS.PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL AS REQUIRED. M. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS FOR FLEXIBLE CONDUITS NOT TO EXCEED 48-INCHES SPACING UNLESS C BLUE B. ENGINEERED SUPPORT SYSTEMS:THE FOLLOWING SUPPORT SYSTEMS TO BE DESIGNED,DETAILED,AND BEAR THE SEAL OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY OESC. NEUTRAL WHITE 1. CHATSWORTH OF A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF OREGON. N. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS FOR AUXILIARY GUTTERS AND WIREWAYS UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY GROUND GREEN 2. ERICO 1. SUPPORT FRAMES SUCH AS CONDUIT RACKS OR STANCHIONS FOR CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT WHICH PROVIDE OESC IS AS FOLLOWS: ISOLATED GROUND GREEN W/YELLOW TRACE 3. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D SUPPORT FROM BELOW. 1. SHEET METAL AUXILIARY GUTTERS AND WIREWAYS-4-FEET APART HORIZONTALLY AND 10-FEET VERTICALLY. 4. PANDUIT 2. EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SUPPORT FRAME ANCHORAGE TO SUPPORTING SLAB OR STRUCTURE. 2. NON-METALLIC AUXILIARY GUTTERS AND WIREWAYS-30-INCHES APART HORIZONTALLY AND 3-FEET VERTICALLY. 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. C. PROVIDE CHANNEL SUPPORT SYSTEMS,FOR CONDUITS TO SUPPORT MULTIPLE CONDUITS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 0. INSTALL STRUT HANGERS AS INSTRUCTED BY STRUT MANUFACTURER.SUSPEND STRUT HANGERS AS INSTRUCTED BY . D. MC CABLE:NOT ALLOWED. D. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR COMBINED WEIGHT OF SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND SYSTEM CONTENTS. STRUT MANUFACTURER FOR THE LOAD,WITH A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 8-FEET ON CENTER AND WITHIN 2-FEET OF - E. AC CABLE(ARMORED CABLE):NOT ALLOWED. 1. GENERAL CABLE D. PROVIDE HEAVY-DUTY STEEL TRAPEZES FOR PIPING TO SUPPORT MULTIPLE CONDUIT CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING OUTLET BOX,CABINET,JUNCTION BOX OR OTHER CHANNEL RACEWAY TERMINATION UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY F. NMB CABLE:NOT ALLOWED. 2. OKONITE COMBINED WEIGHT OF SUPPORTED SYSTEMS AND SYSTEM CONTENTS. OESC. G. SO CORD:ANNEALED COPPER CONDUCTORS,600 VOLT RATED.MINIMUM SIZE NO.12 AWG WITH GROUND WIRE.MAXIMUM 3. SOUTHWIRE E. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. P. COORDINATE ROUTING OF CONDUIT RACKS WITH MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY OTHER TRADES.WHERE " OF SIX CONDUCTORS AND GROUND PER CABLE.90 DEGREES C RATED THERMOSET JACKET. F. OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM AHJ FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT HANGER AND SUPPORT SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED FOR PIPING CONDUIT RACKS ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW,COORDINATE LOCATION AND INSTALLATION WITH ARCHITECT FOR OPTIMAL 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT APPEARANCE. 2.04 CONNECTORS AND EQUIPMENT. 2.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODES Q. SECURELY SUSPEND JUNCTION BOXES,PULL BOXES OR OTHER CONDUIT TERMINATING HOUSINGS LOCATED ABOVE A. SPLIT BOLT CONNECTORS NOT ALLOWED. AGROUND RODS:COPPER-CLAD STEEL,MINIMUM 3/4-INCH DIAMETER,10-FEET LONG,TAPERED POINT,CHAMFERED TOP. PART 2-PRODUCTS SUSPENDED CEILING FROM FLOOR ABOVE OR ROOF STRUCTURE TO PREVENT SAGGING AND SWAYING. B. CONDUCTOR BRANCH CIRCUITS:WIRE NUTS WITH INTEGRAL SPRING CONNECTORS FOR CONDUCTORS 12 AWG 2.01 MANUFACTURERS R. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING PER OSSC REQUIREMENTS. THROUGH 8 AWG.PUSH-IN TYPE CONNECTORS WHERE CONDUCTORS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE TWISTED TOGETHER 2.03 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. A. GROUNDING CONNECTORS:HYDRAULIC COMPRESSION TOOL APPLIED CONNECTORS OR EXOTHERMIC WELDING A. ANCHORS,THREADED ROD AND FASTENERS: S. WHERE SERVICE DISCONNECTS ARE MOUNTED ON BUILDING EXTERIOR,PHYSICALLY ATTACH SERVICE DISCONNECT TO PROCESS CONNECTORS OR POWDER ACTUATED COMPRESSION TOOL APPLIED CONNECTORS. 1. ANCHOR IT THE BUILDING OR STRUCTURE SERVED. SPECIFICATIONS PART 3•EXECUTION B. PIPE GROUNDING CLAMP:MECHANICAL GROUND CONNECTOR WITH CABLE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO PIPE. 2. EPCON SYSTEM T. INSTALL SURFACE-MOUNTED CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS WITH MINIMUM OF FOUR ANCHORS. - ELECTRICAL 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 2.04 GROUNDING BUSBAR 3. HILTI-HIT SYSTEM U. USE SHEET METAL CHANNEL TO BRIDGE STUDS ABOVE AND BELOW CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS RECESSED IN HOLLOW A. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS AND OSSC. 4. POWER FAST SYSTEM PARTITIONS. B. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. GROUNDING BUSBAR:1/4-INCH THICK BY 4-INCH HIGH BY 14-INCH LONG COPPER GROUNDING BUSBAR WITH INSULATORS THAT MEET ANSI J-STD-607-A SPECIFICATIONS.UL 467 LISTED.HOLE PATTERNS IN BUSBAR TO ACCOMMODATE TWO-HOLE 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. V. WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS: 1. TEST CONDUCTOR INSULATION ON FEEDERS OF 100 AMP AND GREATER FOR CONFORMITY WITH 1000 VOLT LUGS,FOUR-HOLE CONFIGURATION. B. SUPPORT CHANNEL,HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. IN WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS USE STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORTS TO STAND CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS 1-INCH OFF MEGOHMMETER.USE INSULATED CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION TESTING PROCEDURES.MINIMUM INSULATION 2.05 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WALL. RESISTANCE ACCEPTABLE IS 1 MEGOHM FOR SYSTEMS 600 VOLTS AND BELOW.NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF INSULATION1. B-LINE RESISTANCE IS LESS THAN 1 MEGOHM. A. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR:SOFT-DRAW BARE STRANDED COPPER FOR WIRE SIZES LARGER THAN#10 AWG 2. KINDORF END OF SECTION 2. TEST REPORT:PREPARE A TYPED TABULAR REPORT INDICATING THE TESTING INSTRUMENT,THE FEEDER TESTED, BARE.SOLID COPPER FOR WIRE SIZES#10 AWG AND SMALLER. 3. SUPERSTRUT AMPERAGE RATING OF THE FEEDER,INSULATION TYPE,VOLTAGE,THE APPROXIMATE LENGTH OF THE FEEDER, B. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR:GREEN INSULATED,INSULATION TYPE TO MATCH THAT OF ASSOCIATED FEEDER - 4. UNISTRUT . CONDUIT TYPE,AND THE MEASURED RESISTANCE OF THE MEGOHMMETER TEST.SUBMIT TEST REPORTS WITH OR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING,SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS. PART 3-EXECUTION 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. �� INTERFACE 3. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA STANDARD ATS,EXCEPT SECTION 4. 2.02 ANCHORS,THREADED ROD AND FASTENERS ENGINEERING - 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 4. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS LISTED IN NETA STANDARD ATS,SECTION 7.3.2. A. VERIFY SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. A. ANCHORS,THREADED ROD AND FASTENERS-GENERAL:CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIALS OF SIZE AND TYPE ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE LOADS OF EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT,INCLUDING WEIGHT OF WIRE IN CONDUIT. PROJECT 2019-0641 3.02 LUGS AND PADS B. BOND SECTIONS OF SERVICE EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE TO SERVICE GROUND BUS. CONTACT BEN EVANS A. THOROUGHLY CLEAN SURFACES TO REMOVE ALL DIRT,OIL,GREAT OR PAINT. B. CONCRETE INSERTS:CAST IN CONCRETE FOR SUPPORT FASTENERS FOR LOADS UP TO 800 LBS. E0 • 3 C. SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS:GROUND EACH SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM PER NEC ARTICLE 250. C. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS: 100 SW Main Street Suite 1600 B. USE TORQUE WRENCH TO TIGHTEN PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. D. CORROSION INHIBITORS:APPLY A CORROSION INHIBITOR TO CONTACT SURFACES WHEN MAKING GROUNDING AND Portland,OR 97204 1. DO NOT USE POWDER-ACTUATED ANCHORS. 3.03 WIRES AND CABLES TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com 1 p:\2019 2019-0641 cad\elechicoi 0641e0.2-e0.10.dwg II/70_19_12:59;07 P ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER :TANGS ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0 41 E0. - E0.1 .DWG - EO.3 I I : 120/2019 6:34 PM BY BENE I PLOT: 11/20/2019 6:35 PM BY BEN EVANS 1111111111 R • '��ED OP,E•cl . SECTION 26 05 33-RACEWAYS 3. FINISH:BRUSHED ALUMINUM OR WHITE. 3.08 CONDUIT FITTINGS INSTALLATION B. LOCATION:INSTALL OVER FLUSH WALL OUTLET BOXES TO PERMIT FLEXIBLE RACEWAY EXTENSION FROM FLUSH OUTLET ��� �G I N FF /O,y - PART 1-GENERAL PART 3-EXECUTION A CONDUIT JOINTS:ASSEMBLE CONDUITS CONTINUOUS AND SECURE TO BOXES,PANELS,LUMINAIRES AND EQUIPMENT TO FIXED OR MOVABLE EQUIPMENT. w 40 'A s' `e 72777P F,' MAINTAIN CONTINUITY.PROVIDE WATERTIGHT !" WITHFITTINGS CON U TY.P O TIG T JOINTS WHERE EMBEDDEDIN -• 1.01SUMMARY 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS GS TO CONCRETE,BELOW 2.05 WEATHERPROOF OUTLET BOXES ..--�� � �..�- A. WORK INCLUDED: A. FINISHED SURFACES:SCHEDULE RACEWAY INSTALLATION TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH INSTALLED WALL AND CEILING GRADE OR IN DAMP LOCATIONS.SEAL METAL CONDUIT WITH METAL THREAD PRIMER.RIGID CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO p' ��' BE THREADED,CLEAN AND TIGHT(METAL TO METAL).THREADLESS CONNECTIONS ARE NOT PERMITTED FOR RMC. A CONSTRUCTION:PROVIDE CORROSION RESISTANT CAST METAL WEATHERPROOF OUTLET WIRING BOXES,OF THE TYPE, OREGON 1. RIGID METAL CONDUIT(RMC) SURFACES.IF UNAVOIDABLE,COORDINATE WORK AND REPAIRS WITH ARCHITECT. SHAPE AND SIZE,INCLUDING DEPTH OF BOX,WITH THREADED CONDUIT ENDS,CAST METAL FACEPLATE WITH 2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)EXTERNALLY COATED GALVANIZED RIGID METAL CONDUIT B. CONDUIT SIZE: B. JOIN NONMETALLIC CONDUIT USING CEMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.WIPE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT DRY SPRING-HINGED WATERPROOF CAP SUITABLY CONFIGURED FOR EACH APPLICATION,INCLUDING FACEPLATE,GASKET, . `e/4/ 02 200 -� 1. MINIMUM SIZE:1/2-INCH FOR POWER AND CONTROL,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.3/4-INCH FOR AND CLEAN BEFORE JOINING.APPLY FULL EVEN COAT OF CEMENT TO ENTIRE AREA INSERTED IN FITTING.ALLOW JOINT BLANK PLUGS AND CORROSION PROOF FASTENERS.WEATHERPROOF BOXES TO BE CONSTRUCTED TO HAVE SMOOTH '9. , Q� 3. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING(EMT) TO CURE FOR 20 MINUTES,MINIMUM. SIDES,GRAY FINISH. k K. 0 L- • 4. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(FMC) COMMUNICATION/DATA,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.3/4-INCH FOR SIGNAL SYSTEMS,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ( ) C. USE SET SCREW TYPE FITTINGS ONLY IN DRY LOCATIONS.WHEN SET SCREW FITTINGS ARE UTILIZED PROVIDE 5. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(LFMC) C. UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS: INSULATED CONTINUOUS EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT,FROM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE TO PART 3-EXECUTION 'EXPIRES: 12/31/20 6. ELECTRICAL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)CONDUIT 1. MORE THAN 5-FEET FROM FOUNDATION WALL:USE PVC. OUTLET. 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AMU - 7. CONDUIT FITTINGS 2. WITHIN 5-FEET FROM FOUNDATION WALL:USE PVC COATED RMC. D. USE COMPRESSION FITTINGS IN DRY LOCATIONS,DAMP AND RAIN-EXPOSED LOCATIONS.MAXIMUM SIZE PERMITTED IN A. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FLOOR BOXES AND WALL MOUNTED WIRING DEVICE BOXES WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND 8. TELE-POWER POLES 3. MINIMUM SIZE:1-INCH. DAMP LOCATIONS AND LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO RAIN IS 2-INCHES IN DIAMETER. STRUCTURAL FLOOR PLANS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. V) B. PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF CONDUIT AND FITTINGS,WITH ASSOCIATED COUPLINGS,CONNECTORS,AND FITTINGS, D. PROVIDE TWO PULL STRINGS/TAPES IN EMPTY CONDUITS.TYPES: E. USE THREADED TYPE FITTINGS IN WET LOCATIONS,AND DAMP OR RAIN-EXPOSED LOCATIONS WHERE CONDUIT SIZE IS B. INSTALL BOXES SECURELY,IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER,AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1,STANDARD PRACTICE OF • n1 AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 1. UTILITY COMPANY CONDUIT:POLYESTER MEASURE/PULLING TAPE,GREENLEE 4436 OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. GREATER THAN 2-INCHES. GOOD WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION. V./ 1.02RELATED SECTIONS COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH UTILITY COMPANY. F. USE PVC COATED,THREADED TYPE FITTINGS IN CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS. 2. FEEDERS:POLYESTER MEASURE/PULLING TAPE,GREENLEE 4436 OR APPROVED. C. SECURE BOXES RIGIDLY TO SUBSTRATE UPON WHICH THEY ARE BEING MOUNTED. •- A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. G. USE INSULATED TYPE BUSHINGS WITH GROUND PROVISION AT SWITCHBOARDS,PANELBOARDS,SAFETY DISCONNECT D. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS,AND AS REQUIRED FOR SPLICES,TAPS,WIRE PULLING,EQUIPMENT 'H B. IN ADDITION,REFERENCE THE FOLLOWING: 3. BRANCH CIRCUITS AND LOW VOLTAGE:GREENLEE POLY LINE 431 OR APPROVED. SWITCHES,JUNCTION BOXES THAT HAVE FEEDERS 60 AMPERES AND GREATER. CONNECTIONS,AND AS REQUIRED BY NEC.LOCATE BOXES AND CONDUIT BODIES SO AS TO ENSURE ACCESSIBILITY OF0 4. IF FISH TAPE IS USED FOR PULLING LINE OR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING,FIBERGLASS TYPE TO BE USED.METAL FISH H. CONDULETS AND CONDUIT BODIES: L 1. SECTION 26 05 29,HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL WIRING. Stow 2. SECTION 26 05 34,BOXES TAPES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 1. DO NOT USE CONDULETS AND CONDUIT BODIES IN CONDUITS FOR SIGNAL WIRING OR FOR CONDUCTOR SPLICING. E. SET WALL MOUNTED BOXES AT ELEVATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 5. SECURE PULL STRING/TAPE AT EACH END. 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS I. SLEEVES AND CHASES-FLOOR,CEILING AND WALL PENETRATIONS:PROVIDE NECESSARY RIGID CONDUIT SLEEVES, 6. PROVIDE CAPS ON ENDS OF EMPTY CONDUIT TO BE USED IN FUTURE. OPENINGS AND CHASES WHERE CONDUITS OR CABLES ARE REQUIRED TO PASS THROUGH FLOORS,CEILINGS OR WALLS. F. ELECTRICAL BOXES ARE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS UNLESS DIMENSIONED. O A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 7. LABEL BOTH ENDS OF EMPTY CONDUITS WITH LOCATION OF OPPOSITE END. J. EXPANSION JOINTS: G. INSTALL BOXES TO PRESERVE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF PARTITIONS AND OTHER ELEMENTS,USING MATERIALS AND 0) Q GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.04SUBMITTALS E. ELBOWS:USE FIBERGLASS OR PVC COATED RMC FOR UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS. METHODS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 07,THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION.1. PROVIDE CONDUITS CROSSING EXPANSION JOINTS WHERE CAST IN CONCRETE WITH EXPANSION-DEFLECTION N L O F. ELBOW FOR LOW ENERGY SIGNAL SYSTEMS:USE LONG RADIUS FACTORY ELLS WHERE LINKING SECTIONS OF RACEWAY FITTINGS,INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. H. LOCATE FLUSH MOUNTING BOX IN MASONRY WALL TO REQUIRE CUTTING OF MASONRY UNIT CORNER ONLY.COORDINATE O A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL FOR INSTALLATION OF SIGNAL CABLE. 2. SECURE CONDUITS 3-INCHES AND LARGER TO BUILDING STRUCTURE ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A BUILDING EXPANSION MASONRY CUTTING TO ACHIEVE NEAT OPENING. �,� REQUIREMENTS. G. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. JOINT WITH AN EXPANSION-DEFLECTION FITTING ACROSS JOINT INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S I. �" 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE I. INSTALL FLUSH MOUNTING BOX WITHOUT DAMAGING WALL INSULATION OR REDUCING ITS EFFECTIVENESS. �V H. PLAN LOCATIONS OF CONDUIT RUNS IN ADVANCE OF THE INSTALLATION AND COORDINATE WITH DUCTWORK,PLUMBING, RECOMMENDATIONS. /ti A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL CEILING AND WALL CONSTRUCTION IN THE SAME AREAS. 3. PROVIDE CONDUITS LESS THAN 3-INCHES WHERE NOT CAST IN CONCRETE WITH JUNCTION BOXES SECURELY J. SUPPORT BOXES INDEPENDENTLY OF CONDUIT,EXCEPT CAST BOX THAT IS CONNECTED TO TWO RIGID METAL CONDUITS �. 0 LL REQUIREMENTS. FASTENED ON BOTH SIDES OF EXPANSION JOINT,CONNECTED TOGETHER WITH 15-INCHES OF SLACK(MINIMUM OF BOTH SUPPORTED WITHIN 12-INCHES OF BOX. 1p) 0 I. LOCATE PENETRATIONS AND HOLES IN ADVANCE WHERE THEY ARE PROPOSED IN THE STRUCTURAL SECTIONS SUCH AS 1.06WARRANTY 15-INCHES LONGER THAN STRAIGHT LINE LENGTH)FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND COPPER GREEN GROUND BONDING K. BOX COLOR CODING AND MARKING:REFERENCE SECTION 26 05 53,IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. (3 .1_.FOOTINGS,BEAMS,AND WALLS.PENETRATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE ONLY WHEN THE FOLLOWING OCCURS: JUMPER.IN LIEU OF THIS FLEXIBLE CONDUIT,AN EXPANSION DEFLECTION FtTTtNG,AS INDICATED FOR CONDUITS • A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS 1. WHERE SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. L. ADJUST BOXES TO BE PARALLEL WITH BUILDING LINES.BOXES NOT PLUMB TO BUILDING LINES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. • AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 3-INCH AND LARGER MAY BE INSTALLED. 3 i c 1.070EFINITIONS 2. AS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION,AND AFTER SUBMITTAL OF DRAWING 4. VERIFY EXPANSION/DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. M. INSTALL KNOCKOUT CLOSURES IN UNUSED BOX OPENINGS. imic SHOWING LOCATION,SIZE,AND POSITION OF EACH PENETRATION. /� A. RACEWAY SYSTEM IS DEFINED AS CONSISTING OF CONDUIT,TUBING,DUCT,AND FITTINGS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED J. VERIFY ROUTING AND TERMINATION LOCATIONS OF CONDUIT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. K. SEISMIC JOINTS: N. CLEAN INTERIOR OF BOXES TO REMOVE DUST,DEBRIS,AND OTHER MATERIAL. �„/ 1 0 TO CONNECTORS,COUPLINGS,OFFSETS,ELBOWS,BUSHINGS,EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS,AND OTHER 1. NO CONDUITS CAST IN CONCRETE ALLOWED TO CROSS SEISMIC JOINT. 0. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND RESTORE FINISH. v K. CONDUIT ROUTING IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS UNLESS DIMENSIONED.ROUTE AS REQUIRED COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES.COMPLETE ELECTRICAL RACEWAY INSTALLATION BEFORE STARTING THE TO COMPLETE WIRING SYSTEM. 2. PROVIDE CONDUITS WITH JUNCTION BOXES SECURELY FASTENED ON BOTH SIDES OF SEISMIC JOINT,CONNECTED 3.02 OUTLET BOXES INSTALLATION -I- INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. TOGETHER WITH 15-INCHES OF SLACK(MINIMUM OF 15-INCHES LONGER THAN STRAIGHT LINE LENGTH)FLEXIBLE0D E PART 2-PRODUCTS L. INSTALL RACEWAYS SECURELY,IN NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER,AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1,STANDARD PRACTICES CONDUIT AND COPPER GREEN GROUND BONDING JUMPER.PRIOR TO INSTALLATION,VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT THAT A MOUNT OUTLET BOXES,UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY ADA,OR NOTED ON DRAWINGS,FOLLOWING DISTANCES 2.01 MANUFACTURERS FOR GOOD WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR: 0w` 15-INCHES IS ADEQUATE FOR DESIGNED MOVEMENT,AND IF NOT,INCREASE THIS LENGTH AS REQUIRED. [��j] } M. INSTALL STEEL CONDUIT AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 101,STANDARD FOR INSTALLING STEEL CONDUITS. 3. PROVIDE CONDUITS LESS THAN 3-INCHES WHERE NOT CAST IN CONCRETE WITH JUNCTION BOXES SECURELY 1. CONTROL SWITCHES: 5....., A. RIGID METAL CONDUIT(RMC): N. INSTALL NONMETALLIC CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. FASTENED ON BOTH SIDES OF EXPANSION JOINT,CONNECTED TOGETHER WITH 15-INCHES OF SLACK(MINIMUM OF a. 48-INCHES TO THE TOP OF OUTLET BOX. 0 1. ALLIED TUBE&CONDUIT 0. INSERTS,ANCHORS AND SLEEVES. 15-INCHES LONGER THAN STRAIGHT LINE LENGTH)FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND COPPER GREEN GROUND BONDING0 b. 4-INCHES ABOVE TOP OF BACKSPLASH AT COUNTERTOPS/WORKSTATIONS,NOT-TO-EXCEED 44-INCHES ABOVEC 2. BECK MANUFACTURING INC. 1. COORDINATE LOCATION OF INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PRIOR TO CONCRETE POUR. JUMPER.IN LIEU OF THIS FLEXIBLE CONDUIT,AN EXPANSION-DEFLECTION FITTING,AS INDICATED FOR CONDUITS 3. PICOMA 3-INCH AND LARGER MAY BE INSTALLED. FINISHED FLOOR TO THE TOP OF OUTLET BOX PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. :3: ]i); 2. COORDINATE LOCATION OF SLEEVES WITH CONSIDERATION FOR OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS PRIOR TO CONCRETE 2. RECEPTACLES:15-INCHES TO THE BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX. 4. WHEATLAND TUBE COMPANY POUR. L. PROVIDE RIGID CONDUIT COUPLING FLUSH WITH SURFACE OF SLAB OR WALL FOR CONDUIT STUBBED IN CONCRETE SLAB > 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. OR WALL TO SERVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR AN OUTLET UNDER TABLE OR TO SUPPLY SHOP TOOL,ETC.PROVIDE 3. TELECOM OUTLETS:15-INCHES TO THE BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX. P. CONDUIT SUPPORTS: PLUG WHERE CONDUIT IS TO BE USED IN FUTURE. B. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)EXTERNALLY COATED GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT: 4. OTHER OUTLETS:AS INDICATED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS. R 1. ARRANGE SUPPORTS TO PREVENT MISALIGNMENT DURING WIRING INSTALLATION. 3.09 TELE-POWER POLES INSTALLATION L 1. ALLIED TUBE&CONDUIT 2. SUPPORT CONDUIT USING COATED STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON STRAPS,LAY-IN ADJUSTABLE HANGERS,CLEVIS B. INACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS:INSTALL OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES NO MORE THAN 6-INCHES FROM CEILING ACCESS ... 0 U 2. THOMAS&BETTS CORPORATION HANGERS,AND SPLIT HANGERS. A INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS,PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES. PANEL OR FROM REMOVABLE RECESSED LUMINAIRE. 0 1 ! 3. ROBROY INDUSTRIES 3. GROUP RELATED CONDUITS;SUPPORT USING CONDUIT RACK.CONSTRUCT RACK USING STEEL CHANNEL.PROVIDE B. INSTALL SECURELY,INA NEAT MANNER WITH GOOD WORKMANSHIP,AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. C. FLUSH OUTLETS IN INSULATED SPACES:MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER. 0 4. O'KOTE INC. SPACE ON EACH FOR CONDUITS. END OF SECTION D. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL DEVICE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS(SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES)WITH ARCHITECTURALID 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 4. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUIT WITH WIRE OR PERFORATED PIPE STRAPS.REMOVE WIRE USED FOR TEMPORARY DRAWINGS TO PREVENT MOUNTING DEVICES IN MIRRORS,BACK SPLASHES,AND BEHIND CABINETS. ::[:: (i!L im / � C. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING(EMT): SUPPORTS. SECTION 26 05 34-BOXES V 1. ALLIED TUBE&CONDUIT 5. DO NOT ATTACH CONDUIT TO CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. E. LOCATE OUTLET BOXES TO ALLOW LUMINAIRES POSITIONED AS SHOWN ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. PART 1-GENERAL F. ALIGN ADJACENT WALL MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES,THERMOSTATS,AND SIMILAR DEVICES.ADJACENT VI 2. BECK MANUFACTURING WL Q. FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT LENGTH NOT-TO-EXCEED 6-FEET,3-FEET IN CONCEALED WALLS.PROVIDE SUFFICIENT SLACK 1 0 3. PICOMA TO REDUCE THE EFFECT OF VIBRATION. 1.01SUMMARY BOXES NOT ALIGNED VERTICALLY TO BE ADJUSTED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 0 V 4. WHEATLAND TUBE COMPANY R. INSTALL CONDUIT SEALS AT BOUNDARIES WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURES DIFFER BY 10 DEGREES F OR MORE AS A. WORK INCLUDED: G. USE FLUSH MOUNTING OUTLET BOX IN FINISHED AREAS. 00 CF) O SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.INSTALL SFr4LS ON WARM SIDE OF PARTITION. 0 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1. OUTLET BOXES H. DO NOT INSTALL FLUSH MOUNTING BOX BACK-TO-BACK IN WALLS;PROVIDE MINIMUM 6-INCHES SEPARATION.PROVIDE S. SEAL RACEWAYS STUBBING UP INTO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.PLUG RACEWAYS WITH CONDUCTORS WITH DUCT-SEAL. MINIMUM 24-INCHES OR SEPARATED BY STUD WALL PARTITION IN ACOUSTIC RATED WALLS. D. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(FMC): mom No CAP SPARE RACEWAYS AND PLUG PVC RACEWAY PRODUCTS WITH PLASTIC PLUGS AS MADE BY UNDERGROUND 2. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES a 1. AFC CABLE SYSTEMS INC. PRODUCTS,OR EQUAL,SHAPED TO FIT SNUGLY INTO THE STUBUP. 3. BOX EXTENSION ADAPTER I. SECURE FLUSH MOUNTING BOX TO INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION STUDS.ACCURATELY POSITION TO ALLOW FOR e- 2. ELECTRI-FLEX COMPANY SURFACE FINISH THICKNESS. T. SEAL RACEWAYS PENETRATING AN EXTERIOR BUILDING WALL TO PREVENT MOISTURE AND VERMIN FROM ENTERING 4. WEATHERPROOF OUTLET BOXES 3. INTERNATIONAL METAL HOSE INTO THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. J. USE STAMPED STEEL BRIDGES TO FASTEN FLUSH MOUNTING OUTLET BOX BETWEEN STUDS. PROJECT N O. 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. B. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION.INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO OUTLET K. USE ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHANNEL FASTENERS FOR HUNG CEILING OUTLET BOX. U. USE SUITABLE CAPS ON SPARE AND EMPTY CONDUITS TO PROTECT INSTALLED CONDUIT AGAINST ENTRANCE OF DIRT BOXES,JUNCTION BOXES,PULL BOXES,BUSHINGS,LOCKNUTS AND OTHER NECESSARY COMPONENTS. E. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(LFMC): AND MOISTURE. 1.02RELATED SECTIONS L. USE GANG BOX WHERE MORE THAN ONE DEVICE IS MOUNTED TOGETHER.DO NOT USE SECTIONAL BOX. 19-123.1 1. AFC CABLE SYSTEMS INC. V. KEEP POWER WIRING INDEPENDENT OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WIRING. M. USE GANG BOX WITH PLASTER RING FOR SINGLE DEVICE 2. ELECTRI-FLEX COMPANY W.KEEP EMERGENCY SYSTEM WIRING INDEPENDENT OF OTHER WIRING SYSTEMS PER NEC 700. A OUTLETS.CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. DRAWN BY : 3. INTERNATIONAL METAL HOSE B. IN ADDITION,REFERENCE THE FOLLOWING: N. ADJUST FLUSH-MOUNTING OUTLETS TO MAKE FRONT FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL MATERIAL. X. ARRANGE CONDUIT TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND PRESENT NEAT APPEARANCE. TC,TFF 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. Y. DO NOT INSTALL CONDUITS ON SURFACE OF BUILDING EXTERIOR,ALONG VAPOR BARRIER,ACROSS ROOF,ON TOP OF 1. SECTION 26 05 33,RACEWAYS 3.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLATION F. ELECTRICAL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)CONDUIT: PARAPET WALLS,OR ACROSS FLOORS,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 2. SECTION 26 05 53,IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. INSTALL PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND IN UNFINISHED AREAS ONLY. CHECKED BY : 1. AFC CABLE SYSTEMS INC. Z. EXPOSED CONDUITS ARE PERMITTED ONLY IN FOLLOWING AREAS: 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS B. INACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS:INSTALL OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES NO MORE THAN 6-INCHES FROM CEILING ACCESS TFF,JB 2. ELECTRI-FLEX COMPANY 1. MECHANICAL ROOMS,ELECTRICAL ROOMS OR SPACES WHERE WALLS,CEILINGS AND FLOORS WILL NOT BE COVERED PANEL OR FROM REMOVABLE RECESSED LUMINAIRE. 3. INTERNATIONAL METAL HOSE WITH FINISHED MATERIAL. A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, DATE 4. JM EAGLE 2. EXISTING WALLS THAT ARE CONCRETE OR BLOCK CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. C. DO NOT FASTEN BOXES TO CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 3. WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 1.04SUBMITTALS D. LARGE PULL BOXES:USE HINGED ENCLOSURE IN INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS,SURFACE-MOUNTED CAST METAL BOX IN 11.1 1.2019 OTHER LOCATIONS. - G. CONDUIT FITTINGS: 4. ROUTE EXPOSED CONDUIT PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS,TIGHT TO FINISHED SURFACES AND NEATLY A SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 3.04 BOX EXTENSION ADAPTER INSTALLATION REVISION : 1. BUSHINGS: OFFSET INTO BOXES. REQUIREMENTS. a. INSULATED TYPE FOR THREADED RACEWAY WITHOUT FACTORY INSTALLED PLASTIC THROAT CONDUCTOR AA. DO NOT INSTALL CONDUITS OR OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN OBVIOUS PASSAGES,DOORWAYS,SCUTTLES OR 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A MATCH MATERIAL TO BOX. PROTECTION: CRAWL SPACES WHICH WOULD IMPEDE OR BLOCK AREA PASSAGE'S INTENDED USAGE. A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL B. INSTALL GASKETS AT EXTERIOR AND WET LOCATIONS. 1) THOMAS&BETTS 1222 SERIES AB. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL POWER WIRING AND SIGNAL SYSTEMS WIRING. REQUIREMENTS, 3.05 WEATHERPROOF OUTLET BOXES INSTALLATION 2) O-Z GEDNEY B SERIES AC. BELOW GRADE CONDUIT: 1.06WARRANTY A USE CAST OUTLET BOX IN EXTERIOR LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO WEATHER AND WET LOCATIONS. 3) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1. USE PVC,PVC COATED RMC,OR FIBERGLASS CONDUIT. A WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS B. INSTALL GASKETS. 2. RACEWAY CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS: 2. PROVIDE WATERTIGHT CONDUIT SLEEVES AND RUBBER SEALS FOR CONDUIT ENTERING BUILDING BELOW GRADE, AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. a. THOMAS&BETTS SERIES LINK-SEAL SYSTEM BY THUNDERLINE CORPORATION OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. END OF SECTION b. 0-Z GEDNEY SERIES AD. ROUTE CONDUIT INSTALLED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. PART 2-PRODUCTS c. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. AE. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE CLEARANCE BETWEEN CONDUIT AND PIPING. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS SECTION 26 05 53-IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3. EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS: AF. KEEP CONDUITS A MINIMUM OF 12-INCHES AWAY FROM STEAM OR HOT WATER RADIANT HEATING LINES(AT OR ABOVE A. OUTLET BOXES: PART 1-GENERAL - a. EMT:O-Z GEDNEY TYPE TX 104 DEGREES F)OR 3-INCHES AWAY FROM WASTE OR WATER LINES. 1. HUBBELL b. RMC:O-Z GEDNEY TYPE AX,DX AND AXDX,CROUSE&HINDS XD AG. CUT CONDUIT SQUARE USING SAW OR PIPECUTTER;DEBURR CUT ENDS. 1.01SUMMARY 2. THOMAS&BETTS A WORK INCLUDED: c. PVC:O-Z GEDNEY TYPE OX WITH PVC ADAPTERS,GARCON E945 SERIES,KRALOY OPEJ SERIES AH. BRING CONDUIT TO SHOULDER OF FITTINGS;FASTEN SECURELY. 3. EATON/CROUSE-HINDS - d. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. At.USE CONDUIT HUBS OR SEALING LOCKNUTS TO FASTEN CONDUIT TO CAST BOXES IN DAMP AND WET LOCATIONS. 1. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES H. TELE-POWER POLES: AJ.INSTALL NO MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF THREE 90 DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN BOXES.USE CONDUIT BODIES TO 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 2. DEVICE LABELS 1. LEGRAND(WIREMOLD) MAKE SHARP CHANGES IN DIRECTION,AS AROUND BEAMS. B. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES: 3. WIRE MARKERS 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. AK. USE HYDRAULIC ONE SHOT BENDER TO FABRICATE ELBOWS FOR BENDS IN METAL CONDUIT LARGER THAN 2-INCH SIZE. 1. EATON/CROUSE-HINDS 1.02RELATED SECTIONS 2.02 RIGID METAL CONDUIT(RMC) AL.AVOID MOISTURE TRAPS;PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH DRAIN FITTING AT LOW POINTS IN CONDUIT SYSTEM. 2. HOFFMAN A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. A. UL 6,ANSI C80.1.HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT AFTER THREAD CUTTING. AM. PROVIDE SUITABLE FITTINGS TO ACCOMMODATE EXPANSION AND DEFLECTION WHERE CONDUIT CROSSES SEISMIC, 3. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1. FITTINGS:NEMA FB2.10. CONTROL,AND EXPANSION JOINTS. C. BOX EXTENSION ADAPTER: 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS 2.03 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)EXTERNALLY COATED GALVANIZED RIGID METAL CONDUIT AN. CONDUIT TERMINATIONS FOR SIGNAL SYSTEMS:PROVIDE A PLASTIC BUSHING ON THE END OF CONDUIT USED FOR 1. HUBBELL A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, A DESCRIPTION:UL 6,ANSI C80.1,AND NEMA RN 1;RIGID STEEL CONDUIT WITH EXTERNAL PVC COATING. SIGNAL SYSTEM WIRING. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. PVC COATING:MINIMUM 40 MILS IN THICKNESS. AO. FEEDERS:DO NOT COMBINE OR CHANGE FEEDER RUNS. 2. THOMAS&BETTS 1.04SUBMITTALS B. FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES:NEMA FB 1;STEEL FITTINGS WITH EXTERNAL PVC COATING TO MATCH CONDUIT. AP. INSTALL CONDUIT TO PRESERVE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF PARTITIONS AND OTHER ELEMENTS,USING MATERIALS 3. EATON/CROUSE-HINDS A SUBMITTALS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS SECTION. AND METHODS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 07,THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION. 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING(EMT) AQ. ROUTE CONDUIT THROUGH ROOF OPENINGS FOR PIPING AND DUCTWORK WHEREVER POSSIBLE.WHERE SEPARATE 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A DESCRIPTION:UL 797,ANSI C80.3;STEEL GALVANIZED TUBING. ROOFING PENETRATION IS REQUIRED,COORDINATE LOCATION AND INSTALLATION METHOD WITH ROOFING INSTALLATION D. WEATHERPROOF OUTLET BOXES: A QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL B. FITTINGS:NEMA FB 1;STEEL,COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE. AND INSTALLER. 1. LEGRAND(PASS&SEYMOUR) REQUIREMENTS. 2.05 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(FMC) 3.02 RIGID METAL CONDUIT(RMC)INSTALLATION 2. HUBBELL B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: A DESCRIPTION:UL 1,INTERLOCKED STEEL CONSTRUCTION. A. OUTDOOR LOCATIONS ABOVE GRADE:RMC. 3. THOMAS&BETTS 1. MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS:FIRMS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN MANUFACTURE OF IDENTIFICATION DEVICES OF B. FITTINGS:NEMA FB 2.20. B. DAMP LOCATIONS:RMC. 4. EATON/CROUSE-HINDS TYPES AND SIZES REQUIRED. 2.08 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(LFMC) C. IN AREAS EXPOSED TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE:RMC. 5. INTERMATIC 2. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRODUCTS OF CATEGORIES AND TYPES REQUIRED FOR EACH APPLICATION AS A DESCRIPTION:UL 360,INNER CORE MADE FROM SPIRAL WOUND STRIP OF HEAVY GAUGE,HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED LOW D. FOR SECURITY CONDUITS INSTALLED EXPOSED AND SUBJECT TO TAMPERING:RMC. 6. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. REFERENCED IN OTHER DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SECTIONS.WHERE MORE THAN A SINGLE TYPE IS SPECIFIED FOR CARBON STEEL.3/4-INCH THROUGH 1-1/4-INCH TRADE SIZES TO HAVE A SQUARE LOCK CORE AND CONTAIN AN INTEGRAL 3.03 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)EXTERNALLY COATED GALVANIZED RIGID METAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION APPLICATION,PROVIDE SINGLE SELECTION FOR EACH PRODUCT CATEGORY. BONDING STRIP OF COPPER.1-1/2-INCH AND LARGER TO HAVE FULLY INTERLOCKED CORE.JACKET MATERIAL TO BE 2.02 OUTLET BOXES 3. CODES AND STANDARDS:COMPLY WITH ANSI A13.1 FOR LETTERING SIZE,LENGTH OF COLOR FIELD,COLORS,AND A. MOISTURE,OIL AND SUNLIGHT RESISTANT FLEXIBLE PVC. USE PVC COATED RMC 36-INCH RADIUS ELLS FOR POWER SERVICE CONDUITS AND 48-INCH RADIUS ELLS FOR A LUMINAIRE OUTLET:4-INCH OCTAGONAL BOX,1-1/2-INCHES DEEP WITH 3/8-INCH LUMINAIRE STUD IF REQUIRED.PROVIDE VIEWING ANGLES OF IDENTIFICATION DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. _ TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDUITS. B. FITTINGS:NEMA FB 2.20. RAISED COVERS ON BRACKET OUTLETS AND ON CEILING OUTLETS. - 3.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING(EMT)INSTALLATION 1.06 WARRANTY 2.07 ELECTRICAL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)CONDUIT A. DAMP LOCATIONS:EMT UP TO 2-INCHES IN DIAMETER WITH COMPRESSION COUPLINGS. B. DEVICE OUTLET:INSTALLATION OF ONE OR TWO DEVICES AT COMMON LOCATION,MINIMUM 4-INCHES SQUARE,MINIMUM A WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS A DESCRIPTION:UL 651,NEMA TC 2;SCHEDULE 40 PVC OR SCHEDULE 80 PVC. 1-1/2-INCHES DEEP FOR NON-USB TYPE DEVICES.INSTALLATION OF ONE OR TWO DEVICES AT COMMON LOCATIONS, AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. FITTINGS:NEMA TC 3. 1. CONCEALED:EMT. RAISED COVERS. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.08 CONDUIT FITTINGS 2. EXPOSED:EMT. A. BUSHINGS: C. TELECOM OUTLET:PROVIDE 4-INCHES SQUARE,MINIMUM 2-1/8-INCH DEEP BOX WITH TWO-GANG PLASTER RING.PROVIDE 2.01 MANUFACTURERS C. DRY,PROTECTED:EMT. UNDER PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS. A EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES: 1. INSULATED TYPE FOR THREADED RACEWAY CONNECTORS WITHOUT FACTORY-INSTALLED PLASTIC THROAT 3.05 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(FMC)INSTALLATION D. MULTIPLE DEVICES:THREE OR MORE DEVICES AT COMMON LOCATION.INSTALL ONE-PIECE GANG BOXES WITH CONDUCTOR PROTECTION. 1. B&I NAMEPLATES 2. INSULATED GROUNDING TYPE FOR THREADED RACEWAY CONNECTORS. A DRY LOCATIONS:MOTORS,RECESSED LUMINAIRES AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS SUBJECT TO MOVEMENT OR ONE-PIECE DEVICE COVER.INSTALL ONE DEVICE PER GANG. 2. INTELLICUM VIBRATION,USE FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. E. MASONRY BOXES:OUTLETS IN CONCRETE. S P EI C I FI CATI O NS B. RACEWAY CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS: B. INSTALL 12-INCH MINIMUM SLACK LOOP ON FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. 3. JBR ASSOCIATES 1. STEEL CONNECTORS,COUPLINGS,AND CONDUIT BODIES,HOT-DIP GALVANIZED. F. CONSTRUCTION:FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS,PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL OUTLET WIRING BOXES,OF THE TYPE,SHAPE 3.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(LFMC)INSTALLATION 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. - ELECTRICAL 2. CONNECTOR LOCKNUTS TO BE STEEL,WITH THREADS MEETING ASTM TOLERANCES.LOCKNUTS TO BE HOT-DIP AND SIZE,INCLUDING DEPTH OF BOX,TO SUIT EACH RESPECTIVE LOCATION AND INSTALLATION;CONSTRUCTED WITH GALVANIZED. A. USE PVC COATED LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT FOR MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS SUBJECT TO STAMPED KNOCKOUTS IN BACK AND SIDES,AND WITH THREADED HOLES WITH SCREWS FOR SECURING BOX COVERS OR B. DEVICE LABELS: 3. CONNECTOR THROATS(EMT,FLEXIBLE CONDUIT,METAL CLAD CABLE AND CORDSET CONNECTORS)TO HAVE MOVEMENT OR VIBRATION AND SUBJECTED TO ANY OF FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:EXTERIOR LOCATION,MOIST OR HUMID WIRING DEVICES.ALL SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES ARE TO BE DRAWN.WELDED BOXES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 1. KROY FACTORY INSTALLED PLASTIC INSERTS PERMANENTLY INSTALLED.FOR NORMAL CABLE OR CONDUCTOR EXITING ATMOSPHERE,CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS,WATER SPRAY,OIL,OR GREASE. G. ACCESSORIES:PROVIDE OUTLET BOX ACCESSORIES FOR EACH INSTALLATION,INCLUDING MOUNTING BRACKETS, B. INSTALL 12-INCH MINIMUM SLACK LOOP ON LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. 2. BRADY ANGLES FROM RACEWAY,THE CABLE JACKET OR CONDUCTOR INSULATION TO BEAR ONLY ON PLASTIC THROAT WALLBOARD HANGERS,EXTENSION RINGS,LUMINAIRE STUDS,CABLE CLAMPS AND METAL STRAPS FOR SUPPORTING 3, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. INSERT. 3.07 ELECTRICAL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)CONDUIT INSTALLATION OUTLET BOXES,COMPATIBLE WITH OUTLET BOXES BEING USED AND MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF INDIVIDUAL WIRING 4. STEEL GLAND,TOMIC OR BREAGLE CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS ARE RECOGNIZED FOR THIS CONTRACT AS HAVING A INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SITUATIONS. C. WIRE MARKERS: ACCEPTABLE RACEWAY TO FITTING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTANCE. B. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN PVC CONDUIT RUNS CONTAINING POWER CONDUCTORS. 2.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 1. BRADY 5. SET SCREW CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS,WITHOUT INTEGRAL COMPRESSION GLANDS,ARE RECOGNIZED FOR THIS C. UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION: A CONSTRUCTION:PROVIDE ANSI 49 GRAY ENAMEL PAINTED SHEET STEEL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES,WITH SCREW-ON 2. PANDUIT CONTRACT AS NOT HAVING ACCEPTABLE RACEWAY TO FITTING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTANCE.A GROUND CONDUCTOR 1. UTILITY PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONDUIT:SCHEDULE 80 PVC. COVERS;OF TYPE SHAPE AND SIZE,TO SUIT EACH RESPECTIVE LOCATION AND INSTALLATION;WITH WELDED SEAMS AND 3. SUMITOMO SIZED PER THIS SPECIFICATION MUST BE INCLUDED AND BONDED WITHIN RACEWAY ASSEMBLY UTILIZING THIS TYPE 2. OTHER UNDERGROUND APPLICATIONS:SCHEDULE 40 PVC,EXCEPT WHERE PROHIBITED BY THE NEC OR LOCAL EQUIPPED WITH STAINLESS STEEL NUTS,BOLTS,SCREWS AND WASHERS. CONNECTOR OR COUPLING. 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. C. PROVIDE EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS FOR EMT OR RMC. CODES. B. LOCATION: 2.02 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES INTERFACE 2.09 TELE-POWER POLES D. CONVERT PVC CONDUIT TO RIGID METAL CONDUIT(RMC)PRIOR TO EMERGING FROM UNDERGROUND,CONCRETE 1. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS FOR DROPS INTO WALLS FOR RECEPTACLE OUTLETS FROM .r+/ ENGINEER 1 N G ENCASEMENT,OR CONCRETE SLAB. A ENGRAVED PHENOLIC PLASTIC,LAMINATE,MINIMUM 1/8-INCH THICK IN THE SIZE INDICATED,WITH BEVELED EDGE A. TWO CHANNEL TELE-POWER POLE: OVERHEAD. E. PROVIDE EXPANSION FITTINGS TO COMPENSATE FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION PER NEC 352.44. BORDER MATCHING LETTER COLOR.FEDERAL SPECIFICATION L-P-387.ALL UPPER CASE LETTERS IN ENGRAVER PROJECT 2019-0641 1. ONE CHANNEL FOR POWER,OTHER CHANNEL FOR SIGNAL.PROVIDE DIVIDER BETWEEN CHANNELS.SIZED TO MEET 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND LIMITING STANDARD LETTER STYLE OF THE SIZE AND WORDING INDICATED.PUNCHED FOR MECHANICAL FASTENING,EXCEPT coNrACr BEN EVANS - CABLE REQUIREMENTSF. PVC ELBOWS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.USE FIBERGLASS OR PVC COATED RMC. ACCUMULATED ANGULAR SUM OF BENDS BETWEEN BOXES CABINETS AND APPLIANCES TO 270 DEGREES. WITH NO MORE THAN 40 PERCENT FILL. G. TRIM CUT ENDS INSIDE AND OUTSIDE TO REMOVE ROUGH EDGES. WHERE ADHESIVE MOUNTING IS NECESSARY DUE TO SUBSTRATE.EMBOSSED TAPE STYLE LABELS ARE NOT E0 • 4 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 2. PROVIDE MOUNTING HARDWARE,ENTRANCE END PLATE,CEILING TRIM PLATES,AND THE LIKE,FOR COMPLETE 2.04 BOX EXTENSION ADAPTER ACCEPTABLE. Portland,OR 97204 INSTALLATION. H. PROVIDE BUSHINGS WHEN ENTERING A BOX,FITTING OR OTHER ENCLOSURE. A CONSTRUCTION:DIECAST ALUMINUM. TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com \2019 2019-0641 cad\electrical 0641e0.2-e0.t0.dwg 1 /7 2019 12:59:07 P ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER 'TANGE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0 41E0. - E0.1u.DWG - E0. I EDIT: 11/20/2019 6:34 PM BY BENE PLOT: 11/20/2019 6:35 PM BY BEN EVANS Iiiimisamimur *\c(' O PRO� ss B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: 3) UPLOADING AND DOWNLOADING OF PROGRAMS H. WHERE LINE VOLTAGE SENSORS AND SENSOR/SWITCHES ARE USED,PROVIDE TO MATCH VOLTAGE OF CONTROLLED �5 �O 1 N F� /0y - B. COLOR: 1. PROVIDE A 3-YEAR WARRANTY ON HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE.SYSTEMS THAT PROVIDE SPECIAL WARRANTIES 4) SNAP SHOTS-INDICATION OF CHANGES AND FLAWLESS PANEL RESTORATION. CIRCUIT. c . 1V .p y 1. NORMAL(UTILITY):WHITE LETTERS ON BLACK BACKGROUND. BASED ON INSTALLATION ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. I. LINE VOLTAGE SENSORS,CONTROL UNITS,AND RELAYS:UL LISTED. 72777P r c. SOFTWARE PACKAGE TO PERMIT THE PC TO BE UTILIZED FOR OTHER FUNCTIONS(I.E.WORD ` , -- - C. LETTER SIZE: PART 2-PRODUCTS PROCESSING,DATABASE,ETC.)BESIDES LIGHTING CONTROL.SYSTEMS THAT REQUIRE AN'ON-LINE"DEDICATED 2.03 OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS(CEILING MOUNTED) 1. USE 1/2-INCH LETTERS MINIMUM FOR IDENTIFYING MAJOR EQUIPMENT AND LOADS,INCLUDING SWITCHGEAR, 2.01 MANUFACTURERS COMPUTER FOR CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. A. PASSIVE INFRARED SENSORS: OREGON SWITCHBOARDS,ETC. A. GREENGATE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS LITEKEEPER 32 4. STAND ALONE HARDWARE ACCESSORIES: 1. SENSOR FUNCTION:DETECTS HUMAN PRESENCE IN FLOOR AREA BEING CONTROLLED BY DETECTING CHANGES IN $4,.,(41Z 02,..15 Q� 2. USE 1/2-INCH LETTERS MINIMUM FOR IDENTIFYING PANELS,BREAKERS,ETC. a. ETHERNET INTERFACE MODULE(ELM):INTERNET CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS:THE CONTROL SYSTEM INFRARED ENERGY.SENSOR DETECTS SMALL MOVEMENTS,I.E.,WHEN PEOPLE ARE WRITING WHILE SEATED AT A R/I- VP B. LEVITON LIGHTING CONTROLS K. 01- 3. USE 3/16-INCH MINIMUM FOR IDENTIFYING SOURCE,VOLTAGE,CURRENT,PHASE,AND WIRE CONFIGURATIONS. ACCESSORY PROVIDES ACCESS TO CONTROL PANELS OVER A TCP/IP CONNECTION BY CONVERTING SENT DESK. C. WATTSTOPPER INFORMATION INTO RS-232 COMMUNICATION CAPABLE INFORMATION,THIS UNIT OPERATES ON STANDARD 110VAC. TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED DUAL ELEMENT PYRO-ELECTRIC SENSOR AND WITH MULTI ELEMENT R POVIDEEXPIRES: 12/31/20 D. FASTENERS:SELF-TAPPING STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS,EXCEPT CONTACT-TYPE PERMANENT ADHESIVE WHERE SCREWS D. INTELLIGENT LIGHTING CONTROLS MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE PROPER CABLING FROM CONTROLLER TO ETHERNET INTERFACE MODULES.RJ-45 2. PFROVIDE LEMP. CANNOT OR SHOULD NOT PENETRATE THE SUBSTRATE. CONNECTIONS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF OTHERS. " E. THE ARCHITECT,ENGINEER,AND OWNER RESERVE THE RIGHT TO MAKE MODIFICATIONS TO THE NAMEPLATES AS E. LIGHTING CONTROL AND DESIGN PART 3-EXECUTION 3. SENSOR UTILIZES DIP SWITCHES FOR ADJUSTMENT TO TIME DELAY AND OVERRIDE.FIELD ADJUSTABLE SETTINGS NECESSARY. F. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. FOR SENSITIVITY. , (/') 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 4. PROVIDE DAYLIGHT FILTER TO ENSURE THAT SENSOR IS INSENSITIVE TO SHORT-WAVELENGTH INFRARED WAVES,I.E., •• n) F. LOCATIONS: 2.02 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. INSTALLATION:INSTALL THE CONTROL SYSTEM AND FULLY WIRE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS BY THE INSTALLING THOSE EMITTED BY SUN. W 1. DSTRIBUTION PANELS,AND BRANCH PANELS. A. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: CONTRACTOR.COMPLETE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO CONTROL CIRCUITS,AND OVERRIDE WIRING. 5. ADJUSTMENTS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE UNDER REMOVABLE COVER TO PREVENT TAMPERING WITH ADJUSTMENTS > ...... 2. MAIN BREAKERS AND DISTRIBUTION BREAKERS IN SWITCHGEAR,SWITCHBOARDS,AND DISTRIBUTION PANELS. 1. THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM CONSISTS OF LOW VOLTAGE RELAY CONTROL PANELS WITH 64 PROGRAMMABLE B. DOCUMENTATION:PROVIDE ACCURATE RECORD DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER FOR CORRECT PROGRAMMING AND PROPER AND HARDWARE. -I- 3. EQUIPMENT INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,MOTOR CONTROLLERS,DISCONNECTS,AND VFDS. SWITCH INPUTS AND UP TO 32 RELAYS. MAINTENANCE OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM.RECORD DRAWINGS TO INDICATE THE LOAD CONTROLLED BY EACH RELAY 6. SENSOR UTILIZES ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY TO REDUCE FALSE OFFS WITHOUT 0 4. LOW-VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,FIRE ALARM PANELS AND LIGHTING 2. EACH LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL IS MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED.ACCOMPLISH PROGRAMMING AND THE RELAY PANEL NUMBER. REDUCING SENSITIVITY. S. CONTROL PANELS. THROUGH EITHER THE RS-232 PORT OR THROUGH THE NETWORK CONNECTION OR WITH AN INTEGRAL 2 X 16-32 C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:PROVIDE FACTORY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. /�1 7. CEILING-MOUNTED SENSOR: W CHARACTER SELF-PROMPTING LCD DISPLAY AND PROGRAMMING KEYPAD. a 2.03 DEVICE LABELS 3.02 PRODUCT SUPPORT AND SERVICE a. PROGRAMMABLE TO OPERATE AS AN OCCUPANCY SENSOR(AUTOMATIC-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF)OR A VACANCY 3. PROGRAMMABLE INTELLIGENCE INCLUDES TIME-OF-DAY CONTROL,32 HOLIDAY DATES,A WARN OFF TO WARN aa A. EXTRA STRENGTH,LAMINATED ADHESIVE TAPE,WITH 3/16-INCH BLACK LETTERS ON CLEAR BACKGROUND.USE ONLY FOR OCCUPANTS OF AN IMPENDING OFF,TIMED INPUTS,PRESET CONTROL,AUTO DAYLIGHT SAVINGS,ASTRONOMICAL A, FACTORY SUPPORT:PROVIDE FACTORY TELEPHONE SUPPORT AVAILABLE AT NO COST TO THE OWNER.FACTORY SENSOR(MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF).IDENTIFICATION OF RECEPTACLES.INDICATE DEVICE NAME,SOURCE PANEL,AND SOURCE CIRCUITS.PANEL AND CIRCUIT CLOCK W/OFFSETS,AND LOCAL CONTROL,DIGITAL SWITCHES AND NETWORK OVERRIDES. ASSISTANCE TO CONSIST OF SOLVING PROGRAMMING OR APPLICATION QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONTROL b. 360 DEGREE SENSOR RANGE;COVERAGE:1200 SF,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. DESIGNATION WRITTEN IN PERMANENT MARKER ON THE BACK OF THE PLATE AND INSIDE THE BACK-BOX.DO NOT EQUIPMENT. E L PROVIDE PUNCH TAPE STYLE LABELS. 4. WHEN CONTROL PANEL PROVIDES A WARN OFF(FLASH THE LIGHTS)TO INFORM THE OCCUPANTS OF AN IMPENDING c. LOW VOLTAGE SENSOR:24VDC POWER.SENSOR OPERATES REMOTE POWER SWITCH PACKS.MULTIPLE SENSORS O OFF COMMAND,THE WARN OFF COMMAND WILL ALLOW 10 EXTRA MINUTES FOR THE OCCUPANTS TO OVERRIDE THEIR 3.03 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE CAN BE WIRED IN PARALLEL ALLOW COVERAGE OF LARGE AREAS. B. LABEL ALL JUNCTION BOXES TO SHOW SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION,SOURCE CIRCUIT,OR RACEWAY ORIGIN.IN FINISHED LIGHTS OR EXIT THE PREM€SES. L•" AREAS,UTILIZE DEVICE LABEL.IN UNFINISHED AREAS OR ABOVE CEILINGS,USE OF PERMANENT INK MARKER IS A TEST TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL DEVICES,COMPONENTS,EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE CALIBRATED,ADJUSTED AND d. BASIS OF DESIGN:WATTSTOPPER CI-300 SERIES. ci) ACCEPTABLE. 5. CONTROL PANELS PERMITS LIGHTING TO BE OVERRIDDEN ON FOR AFTER-HOURS USE OR CLEANING.PROVIDE THESE OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. B. ULTRASONIC OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS: ._ OVERRIDES WITH HARD-WIRED INPUTS OR VOICE-GUIDED TOUCH-TONE TELEPHONE CONTROL. B. FUNCTIONALLY TEST SEQUENCES OF OPERATION TO ENSURE OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED DRAWINGS 1. SENSOR FUNCTION:DETECTS HUMAN PRESENCE IN CONTROLLED FLOOR AREA BY DETECTING DOPPLER SHIFTS IN t- 2.04 WIRE MARKERS 6. CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURES OFFER A MAXIMUM SPACE OF 32 RELAYS. AND SPECIFICATIONS. n) 0 0 A. DESCRIPTION:VINYL-CLOTH SELF-ADHESIVE OR TUBING TYPE WIRE MARKERS. 40KHZ ULTRASOUND CREATED BY SENSOR. W B. BASIS OF DESIGN:LIGHTING RELAY PANELS ON DRAWINGS ARE DESIGNED BASED ON GREENGATE LIGHTING CONTROL C. PREPARE AND COMPLETE REPORT OF TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS AND FILE WITH THE OWNER. 2. SENSORS ARE PRECISION CRYSTAL CONTROLLED AND DO NOT INTERFERE WITH EACH OTHER WHEN TWO OR MORE •0) "I"' B. LOCATIONS:EACH CONDUCTOR AT PANELBOARD GUTTERS,PULL BOXES,AND JUNCTION BOXES. PANELS LITEKEEPER PRODUCT LINE.APPROVED MANUFACTURERS LISTED BELOW ARE ALLOWED ON CONDITION OF D. AN OPERATIONAL USER PROGRAM TO EXIST IN THE CONTROL SYSTEM.PROGRAM TO EXECUTE AND PERFORM ARE PLACED IN SAME AREA.SENSOR INCLUDES ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING TO REDUCE FALSE ON I- �•- C. POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS:BRANCH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER NUMBER AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SOURCE MEETING THE SPECIFIED CONDITIONS INCLUDING THE AVAILABLE SPACE FOR THE EQUIPMENT(INCLUDING CODE FUNCTIONS REQUIRED TO EFFECTIVELY OPERATE THE SITE ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS. SIGNALS WITHOUT DECREASING SENSITIVITY,AS WELL AS IMMUNITY TO RFI/EMI SOURCES. Y� PANEL. REQUIRED WORKING CLEARANCES).REMOVE AND REPLACE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED NOT MEETING THESE s CONDITIONS AT NO COST TO OWNER. E. DEMONSTRATION OF PROGRAM INTEGRITY DURING NORMAL OPERATION AND PURSUANT TO A POWER OUTAGE. 3. SENSOR UTILIZES DIP SWITCHES FOR ADJUSTMENT TO TIME DELAY AND OVERRIDE.FIELD ADJUSTABLE SETTINGS J ^1 D. CONTROL CIRCUITS:CONTROL WIRE NUMBER INDICATED ON SCHEMATIC AND INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS ON F. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2 HOURS TRAINING ON THE OPERATION AND USE OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM. FOR SENSITIVITY. 0" cnt)� (�(j DRAWINGS. 2.03 HARDWARE FEATURES W G. LIGHTING SYSTEM CONTROL TESTING AND COMMISSIONING: 4. LOW VOLTAGE SENSOR:24VDC POWER.SENSOR OPERATES REMOTE POWER SWITCH PACKS.MULTIPLE SENSORS w, /ti .-1- PART 1 PART 3-EXECUTION A. DIAGNOSTIC AIDS: CAN BE WIRED IN PARALLEL ALLOW COVERAGE OF LARGE AREAS. ('W, {„/ ) .- 1. TEST LIGHTING CONTROLS TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL DEVICES,COMPONENTS,EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 1. EACH CONTROL PANEL TO INCORPORATE DIAGNOSTIC AIDS FOR CONFIRMATION OF PROPER OPERATION,OR IN CASE 5. PROVIDE ADJUSTMENTS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE UNDER REMOVABLE COVER TO PREVENT TAMPERING. 0 (n OF FAILURE THESE AIDS TO GUIDE THE INDIVIDUAL IN RAPID TROUBLESHOOTING OF THE SYSTEM. CALIBRATED,ADJUSTED AND OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.PROVIDE -H A. COORDINATE DESIGNATIONS USED ON DRAWINGS WITH EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES AND DEVICE LABELS. FUNCTIONAL TESTING OF SEQUENCES OF OPERATION TO ENSURE OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND 6. CEILING-MOUNTED SENSOR: f'� 2. THE CONTROL PANELS TO EMPLOY BOTH A BACKLIT LCD AND LED'S TO INDICATE: SPECIFICATIONS.PROVIDE COMPLETE REPORT OF TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS TO ENGINEER AND INSERT a. PROGRAMMABLE TO OPERATE AS AN OCCUPANCY SENSOR(AUTOMATIC-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF)OR A VACANCY ( ) (/) B. INSTALL NAMEPLATES AND LABELS PARALLEL TO EQUIPMENT LINES. a. POWER(LED) APPROVED COPY INTO PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS. SENSOR(MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF). vvvv C. IDENTIFY EMPTY CONDUIT AND BOXES WITH INTENDED USE. b. SYSTEM OK(LED) 2. TESTING TO INCLUDE: b. MAXIMUM PROTRUSION OF 1.1-INCHES AND BLEND IN AESTHETICALLY WITH CEILING. D. PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN BRANCH PANEL SCHEDULES WITH PROTECTIVE CLEAR TRANSPARENT COVERS ACCOUNTING c. ON/OFF STATUS OF EACH RELAY(LED&LCD) a. DAYLIGHT AUTOMATIC CONTROLS c. COVERAGE:360 DEGREE SENSOR RANGE;COVERAGE:2,000 SF,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. _c FOR EVERY BREAKER INSTALLED.USE ACTUAL ROOM DESIGNATIONS ASSIGNED BY NAME OR NUMBER NEAR >" COMPLETION OF THE WORK,AND NOT THE DESIGNATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. d. SYSTEM CLOCK AND DATE(LCD) b. OCCUPANT SENSING AUTOMATIC CONTROLS d. BASIS OF DESIGN:WATTSTOPPER WT SERIES. 0) E. PROVIDE COLOR CODED BOXES AS FOLLOWS: e. PROGRAMMING CONFIRMATION(LCD) c. AUTOMATIC TIME AND OVERRIDE CONTROLS FOR INTERIOR POWER AND LIGHTING C. DUAL TECHNOLOGY SENSORS: D _ C 1. FIRE ALARM:RED. 3. CONTROL SYSTEMS THAT DO NOT PROVIDE VISUAL SELF-HELP DIAGNOSTICS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. d. AUTOMATIC TIME AND PHOTO CONTROLS FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING 1. SENSOR FUNCTION:COMBINED CAPABILITY OF PASSIVE INFRARED WITH ULTRASONIC OR MICROPHONIC Sk. O • 3.02 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES B. STATUS INDICATION OF RELAYS:SYSTEM WILL PROVIDE VISIBLE STATUS INDICATION OF RELAYS THROUGH THE WINDOW END OF SECTION TECHNOLOGY AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. c) E. +.aE= OF EACH CONTROL PANEL.VISUAL INDICATION TO DISCLOSE ON/OFF STATUS AND RELAY NUMBER.SYSTEMS THAT DO 2. FUNCTION:UPON A PERSON ENTERING A SPACE,MOTION MUST BE SENSED BY BOTH TECHNOLOGIES BEFORE A. DEGREASE AND CLEAN SURFACES TO RECEIVE NAMEPLATES. NOT PROVIDE RELAY STATUS WHILE THE ENCLOSURE DOOR IS CLOSED ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTING WILL BE TURNED ON.AFTER THIS HAS OCCURRED,DETECTION BY EITHER TECHNOLOGY WILL HOLD V �•- B. SECURE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES TO EQUIPMENT FRONT USING SELF-TAPPING STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS,RIVETS,OR C. OPERATOR INTERFACE:THE CONTROL PANEL PROGRAMMING INTERFACE RESIDES IN FIRMWARE IN THE CONTROL SECTION 26 09 23-OCCUPANCY AND VACANCY SENSORS LIGHTING ON.SENSORS RETRIGGER TIME DELAY WHERE ONLY ONE MOTION IS NECESSARY TO TURN ON LIGHTS .- ADHESIVES. PANEL.THE PROGRAMMING INTERFACE TO CONSIST OF A CIRCUIT BOARD MOUNTED KEYPAD AND 2 LINE X 16 PART 1-GENERAL WITHIN 5 SECONDS AFTER TURNING OFF. I " 2 r 1 C. SECURE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES TO INSIDE SURFACE OF DOOR ON PANELBOARD THAT IS RECESSED IN FINISHED CHARACTER LCD DISPLAY.THE INTEGRAL KEYPAD TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE MAIN PROGRAMMING FEATURES. 1.01SUMMARY 3. CEILING-MOUNTED SENSOR: V LOCATIONS. KEYPAD TO PERMIT USER TO MANUALLY COMMAND ANY OR ALL RELAYS INDIVIDUALLY.KEYPAD TO ALSO ALLOW USER A WORK INCLUDED: a. PROGRAMMABLE TO OPERATE AS AN OCCUPANCY SENSOR(AUTOMATIC-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF)OR A VACANCY (n TO LINK SWITCH INPUTS AND TIME SCHEDULES TO RELAY OUTPUTS.EACH PANEL TO CONTROL ITS OWN LOADS FROM (1) D. PROVIDE MASTER NAMEPLATE AT EACH INCOMING UTILITY SERVICE TO IDENTIFY THE FOLLOWING(EACH ON A SEPARATE SENSOR(MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF). C) v) INTERNAL MEMORY.A CONTROL SYSTEM THAT RELIES ON A CENTRAL CONTROL COMPUTER/PROCESSOR OR EXTERNAL 1. OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS(CEILING MOUNTED) ✓ O L. LINE): b. 360 DEGREE SENSOR RANGE;COVERAGE:1000 SF FOR HALF-STEP MOTION,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON TIME CLOCKS IS NOT PERMITTED.SYSTEMS THAT UTILIZE BLOCKING DIODE TECHNOLOGY FOR RELAY ASSIGNMENTS ARE « « 1. SERVING UTILITY TRANSFORMER(EX.UTILITY SERVICE#1). NOT ACCEPTABLE. 2. COMBINED OCCUPANCY SENSOR/WALL SWITCHES(SENSOR/SWITCHES) DRAWINGS. 0 CD 0 2. PROJECT. D. OVERRIDES:CONTROLLER TO PROVIDE TIMERS FOR EACH OVERRIDE.PROVIDE EACH OVERRIDE TIMER CAPABLE OF 1.02RELATED SECTIONS c. LOW VOLTAGE SENSOR:24VDC POWER.SENSOR OPERATES REMOTE POWER SWITCH PACKS.MULTIPLE SENSORS N 3. SERVING UTILITY COMPANY. 0-999 MINUTES.SOFTWARE TO ENABLE OR DISABLE OVERRIDES BASED ON PRIORITIES,MASKS OR TIME OF DAY A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. CAN BE WIRED IN PARALLEL ALLOW COVERAGE OF LARGE AREAS. j MEM . I 4. CONSULTING ENGINEERING FIRM OF RECORD. SCHEDULING. 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS d. BASIS OF DESIGN:WATTSTOPPER DT-300 SERIES. 5. MONTH AND YEAR OF COMPLETION. E. DIGITAL SWITCH:LIGHTING CONTROLLER TO SUPPORT DIGITALLY ADDRESSABLE LED ANNUNCIATED SWITCHES.MAXIMUM A REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 44 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 2.04 COMBINED OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR/WALL SWITCHES("SENSOR/SWITCHES") TOTAL NUMBER OF DIGITAL SWITCHES THAT MAY EXIST ON THE LIGHTING CONTROL NETWORK IS 16,320.EACH SUBNET GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. A. COMPLETELY SELF-CONTAINED SENSOR SYSTEM THAT FITS INTO STANDARD SINGLE GANG BOX.INTERNAL PROJECT N O. 6. VOLTAGE,PHASE,AND WIRE CONFIGURATION. TO SUPPORT 64 BUTTONS.THE DIGITAL SWITCH NETWORK REQUIRES CAT 5 CABLE BETWEEN SWITCHES.DIGITAL TRANSFORMER POWER SUPPLY,LATCHING DRY CONTACT RELAY SWITCHING MECHANISM COMPATIBLE WITH E. SWITCHGEAR,SWITCHBOARDS,AND PANELS TO INCLUDE NAME SOURCE,VOLTAGE,CURRENT PHASE,WIRE SWITCHES TO CONTROL ANY RELAY GROUP COMBINATION ON THE GREENGATE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS NETWORK. 1.04SUBMITTALS D19-123.1 PROVIDE DATA COMMUNICATIONS STATUS FEEDBACK FOR SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TROUBLESHOOTING(TRANSMIT AND A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL ELECTRONIC BALLASTS,COMPACT FLUORESCENT,AND INDUCTIVE LOADS.TRIAC AND OTHER HARMONIC GENERATING CONFIGURATION AND FAULT CURRENT RATING.TRANSFORMERS TO INCLUDE SOURCE KVA,AND SECONDARY VOLTAGE, RECEIVE LEE'S)VISIBLE ON THE INTERFACE. REQUIREMENTS. DEVICES ARE NOT ALLOWED. DRAWN BY PHASE,AND WIRE CONFIGURATION. B. PASSIVE INFRARED SENSOR TECHNOLOGY INCLUDES ADVANCED SIGNAL PROCESSING TO REDUCE FALSE TRIGGERS F. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES FOR FLUSH MOUNTED BRANCH PANELBOARDS IDENTIFYING NAME ON FRONT DOOR.ON INSIDE OF 1. DIGITAL SWITCH CONFIGURATION SYSTEM TO PERMIT CUSTOM LABELING FOR MULTIPLE BUTTON SWITCH LOCATIONS. B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: WITHOUT INCREASING SENSITIVITY.LED INDICATOR BLINKS WHEN OCCUPANT SENSED. TC,TFF DOOR PROVIDE NAMEPLATE AS NOTED ABOVE.VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT/OWNER IF NAMEPLATE ON OUTSIDE OF DOOR IS PROVIDE DECORA®FORM AND FUNCTION DIGITAL SWITCH CONFIGURATION. 1. PROVIDE WIRING DIAGRAMS INDICATING LOW VOLTAGE AND LINE VOLTAGE WIRING REQUIREMENTS. REQUIRED. F. DRY CONTACT INPUTS:CONTROL SYSTEM TO PERMIT 32 DRY CONTACT INPUTS FOR OVERRIDE PURPOSES.SUPPORT G. RATED TO SWITCH LOADS:800 WATTS INCANDESCENT OR 120-VOLT BALLAST;1000 WATTS 277 VOLT BALLAST. CHECKED BY 2. PROVIDE,ON REPRODUCIBLE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN,A LAYOUT OF SENSORS INDICATING THEIR SENSING ZERO-CROSSING TECHNOLOGY SWITCHES LIGHTING OFF WHEN AC VOLTAGE IS AT ZERO,MINIMIZES CONTACT WEAR. G. PROVIDE A SECOND LABEL AT BRANCH PANELBOARDS LISTING THE MEANS OF IDENTIFICATION OF BRANCH CIRCUIT MOMENTARY 3 WIRE OR 2 WIRE(TOGGLE)INPUTS.SUPPORT MAINTAINED CONTACTS AS 2 WIRE(SPST)INPUTS.PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION. TFF,JB CONDUCTORS.THIS IDENTIFICATION LEGEND TO CONSIST OF THE COLOR CODE USED FOR EACH VOLTAGE SYSTEM DRY CONTACT INPUTS(24VDC AT 12 MA.INTERNALLY SUPPLIED TO THE INPUTS).24VDC POWER SUPPLY IS PROVIDED D. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE DAYLIGHT FEATURE THAT HOLDS LIGHTING"OFF"WHEN DESIRED FOOTCANDLE LEVEL IS - (208Y/120V AND 480Y/277V).SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 0519,LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND WITH AN AUTO-RESETTABLE FUSE.SHOULD AN INAPPROPRIATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BE MADE,DESIGN TO 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE PRESENT. DATE : CABLES,FOR REQUIRED CONDUCTOR COLOR CODE FOR THIS PROJECT.INCLUDE IDENTIFICATION OF BOTH VOLTAGE PROTECT THE BOARD AND SWITCHES UNTIL THE FAULT IS REMOVED.SOFTWARE LINK SWITCH INPUT TO ANY NUMBER OF A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL E. PROVIDE INTEGRAL OFF OVERRIDE SWITCH WITH NO LEAKAGE CURRENT TO LOAD OR GROUND. SYSTEMS ON EACH LABEL,REGARDLESS OF THE VOLTAGE OF THE PANELBOARD TO WHICH THE LABEL IS AFFIXED. RELAYS FOR OVERRIDE CONTROL.CONTROL PANEL TO HAVE DRY CONTACT INPUTS ON THE LOGIC BOARD.CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. 11.11.2019 SYSTEMS THAT UTILIZE SEPARATE ACCESSORIES TO ALLOW FOR DRY CONTACT SWITCHES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. F. VANDAL-RESISTANT LENS. • COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NEC 210.5. CONTROL SYSTEMS THAT DO NOT SUPPLY BOTH DIGITAL SWITCHES AND ANALOG SWITCHES FROM THE SAME B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: G. INCLUDES NEUTRAL WIRE TO MEET NEC 2014 CODE. REVISION : 3.03 DEVICE LABELS CONTROLLER ARE NOT PERMITTED. 1. USE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TESTING AND ADJUSTING PROCEDURES TO ADJUST SENSORS TIME DELAY, A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. DAYLIGHT SENSITIVITY,AND PASSIVE INFRARED SENSITIVITY TO SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. H. FINISH:WHITE. G. PHOTOCELL CONTROL:CONTROLLER TO ACCEPT DRY CONTACT AMBIENT LIGHT SENSORS.CONTROLLER TO PROVIDE I. ALERTS FOR IMPENDING SHUT-OFF:LIGHT FLASH,AUDIBLE,BOTH OR NONE. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. POWER FOR THE SENSOR THEREBY ELIMINATING ANY EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY.SENSORS TO PROVIDE FOR OUTDOOR 2. PREPARE AND COMPLETE REPORT OF TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS.SUBMIT THESE TEST PROCEDURES AND C. DEGREASE AND CLEAN SURFACES TO RECEIVE LABELS. AND INDOOR APPLICATIONS AND ISSUE A COMMAND TO THE CONTROLLER ONCE THE THRESHOLD IS REACHED.SENSOR RESULTS TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT. J. STANDARD SENSOR/SWITCH: TO PROVIDE USER ADJUSTABLE DEAD BAND CONTROL. 1.06WARRANTY 1. PROGRAMMABLE TO OPERATE AS AN OCCUPANCY SENSOR(AUTOMATIC-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF)OR A VACANCY 3.04 WIRE MARKERS H. REMOTE OVERRIDES:CONTROLLER TO ACCEPT REMOTE COMMANDS ISSUED FROM OTHER INPUTS.CONTROLLER TO SENSOR(MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF).FACTORY SET TO MANUAL ON/AUTO OFF. A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE THIS FEATURE WITHOUT THE NEED TO ADD EXTRA EQUIPMENT TO THE CONTROLLER.REMOTE OVERRIDES CAN WARRANTY AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS ANDDIVISIONANSY OF MATERIALS AND 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. 180 DEGREE SENSOR RANGE;COVERAGE:150 SF FOR DESKTOP ACTIVITY. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. BE ISSUED FROM THE TELEPHONE INTERFACE MODULE(TIM),PHOTOCELLS,MOTION SENSORS,DIGITAL OR DRY CONTACT SWITCHES.LIGHTING SYSTEMS THAT NEED TO ADD EXTRA EQUIPMENT TO RECEIVE REMOTE OVERRIDES ARE PART 2-PRODUCTS 3. BASIS OF DESIGN:WATTSTOPPER PW-301 SERIES. C. PROVIDE WIRE MARKERS ON EACH CONDUCTOR FOR POWER,CONTROL,SIGNALLING AND COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS. NOT ACCEPTABLE. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS K. SENSOR/SLIDE DIMMER: D. WHERE SWITCHES CONTROL REMOTE LIGHTING OR POWER OUTLETS,OR WHERE SWITCHES OR OUTLETS IN SAME I. SERVICE OVERRIDE AND PRIORITY OVERRIDE:CONTROL PANEL TO PROVIDE A THREE POSITION MASTER-SERVICE A. OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS(CEILING MOUNTED): 1. LINE VOLTAGE SLIDER DIMMER ALLOWS FOR MANUAL ADJUSTMENT OF LIGHTING LEVELS FROM 100 PERCENT TO 10 LOCATION SERVE DIFFERENT PURPOSES,SUCH AS LIGHT,POWER,INTERCOM,ETC.OR DIFFERENT AREAS,SUCH AS OVERRIDE FOR THE CONTROL UNIT.PROVIDE SERVICE OVERRIDE THAT IS NOT ACCESSIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR. PERCENT;COMPATIBLE WITH TWO-WIRE LINE VOLTAGE 100 PERCENT TO 10 PERCENT ELECTRONIC DIMMING CORRIDOR AND OUTSIDE,PROVIDE PLATES WITH 1/8-INCH BLACK LETTERS INDICATING FUNCTION OF EACH SWITCH OR SYSTEMS THAT PROVIDE A SERVICE OVERRIDE ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE CONTROLLER ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 1. PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS: BALLASTS.SEPARATE MANUAL BUTTON FOR OVERRIDE'OFF'CONTROL. OUTLET.ALSO LABEL THE FUNCTION OF LIGHT SWITCHES WHERE TWO OR MORE ARE MOUNTED IN SAME LOCATIONS. a. ACUITY CONTROLS 2. 180 DEGREE SENSOR RANGE;COVERAGE:300 SF FOR DESKTOP ACTIVITY. = END OF SECTION J. MODULAR DESIGN: b. WATTSTOPPER 1. CONTROL SYSTEM TO EMPLOY MODULAR CONNECTORS TO AVOID REPEAT WIRING IN CASE OF COMPONENT FAILURE. 3. BASIS OF DESIGN:WATTSTOPPER PW-1000/101D SERIES. MOUNT THE SYSTEM CPU BOARD ON QUICK-RELEASE SPRING PINS THAT PERMIT AN ENTIRE CHANGE OUT OF THE c. LEVITON L. PASSIVE INFRARED WALL SWITCH VACANCY-ONLY SENSORS: SECTION 26 09 20-LIGHTING RELAY CONTROL PANEL PROCESSOR AND INPUT BOARD. d. HUBBELL 1. OPERATES ONLY AS A VACANCY SENSOR(MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF). PART 1-GENERAL 2. CONNECTIONS FOR THE SWITCH INPUTS TO INCORPORATE MODULAR CONNECTORS.PROVIDE MODULAR RELAY e. GREENGATE 2. ADJUSTABLE SENSITIVITY(HIGH,LOW PRESETS). 1.01SUMMARY BOARD DESIGNED FOR RAPID FIELD REPLACEMENT OR UPGRADING.SYSTEMS THAT DO NOT EMPLOY MODULAR f. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. CONNECTORS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. BASIS OF DESIGN:WATTSTOPPER CH-250. A. WORK INCLUDED: 2. ULTRASONIC OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS: K. BATTERY BACK-UP:THE SYSTEM TO UTILIZE A MEMORY BACK-UP DEVICE THAT IS SYSTEM INTEGRATED AND M. DUAL TECHNOLOGY WALL SWITCH VACANCY-ONLY SENSORS: 1. MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS NON-SERVICEABLE.PROTECT THE DATA IN RAM AGAINST POWER INTERRUPTIONS LASTING AS LONG AS 10 YEARS. a. WATTSTOPPER 1. OPERATES ONLY AS A VACANCY SENSOR(MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF). 2. HARDWARE FEATURES PROVIDE MAINTENANCE FREE POWER INTERRUPT PROTECTION CIRCUIT. b. LEVITON 2. ADJUSTABLE SENSITIVITY(HIGH,MEDIUM,LOW,AND OFF PRESETS)INDIVIDUALLY FOR PASSIVE INFRARED AND B. EXTENT OF LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WORK IS INDICATED BY DRAWINGS,AND BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS L. MULTI-TAPPED TRANSFORMER:THE CONTROL PANEL INCORPORATES THE USE OF A MULTI-TAPPED TRANSFORMER.NO c. HUBBELL ULTRASONIC SENSING. SECTION.ITIS DEFINED TO INCLUDE LIGHTING RELAY CONTROL PANELS,SWITCH INPUTS, AND WIRING. SPECIFICATION OF VOLTAGE FOR EACH CONTROL LOCATION IS REQUIRED BY PANEL.THE VOLTAGES OF 120 AND 277VAC d. GREENGATE 3. BASIS OF DESIGN:LUTRON MAESTRO MS SERIES. - AVAILABLE WITH EACH STANDARD CONTROL PANEL. C. REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED ELSEWHERE IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS FOR WORK INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO, e. ACUITY CONTROLS N. PASSIVE INFRARED WALL DIMMER VACANCY-ONLY SENSORS: RACEWAYS AND ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING. M. STATUS INDICATION OF RELAYS:SYSTEM TO PROVIDE VISIBLE STATUS INDICATION OF RELAYS THROUGH THE WINDOW f. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. D. BASIS-OF-DESIGN:RELAY PANEL LAYOUT ON DRAWINGS ARE DESIGNED BASED ON THE GREENGATE PRODUCT LINE. OF EACH CONTROL PANEL.VISUAL INDICATION TO DISCLOSE ON/OFF STATUS AND RELAY NUMBER. 1. OPERATES ONLY AS A VACANCY SENSOR(MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF). • APPROVED MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE ALLOWED ON CONDITION OF MEETING THE SPECIFIED CONDITIONS INCLUDING N. LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE:ENCLOSE EACH CONTROL PANEL IN A LOCKABLE NEMA CLASS 1 ENCLOSURE AND PROVIDE 3. DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS: 2. BASIS OF DESIGN:WATTSTOPPER CD-250. CONNECTIVITY WITH BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS(FIRE ALARM,SECURITY,BAS),FAIL-SAFE OPERATION OF EMERGENCY PRE-PUNCHED KNOCKOUTS. a. WATTSTOPPER 0. PASSIVE INFRARED 0-10 V WALL DIMMER VACANCY-ONLY SENSORS: LIGHTING IN COMPLIANCE WITH UL 924,AND SEPARATION OF NORMAL AND LIFE SAFETY CIRCUITS.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL 0. RELAYS:ELECTRICALLY HELD 20AMP 120/277VAC RELAYS.RELAYS MUST BE SPECIFIED NORMALLY OPEN OR NORMALLY b. LEVITON 1. OPERATES ONLY AS A VACANCY SENSOR(MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF). RELAY ENCLOSURES AND COMMUNICATIONS ACCESSORIES AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE THE SAME LEVEL OF CLOSED.RATE THE RELAYS FOR 10 MILLION MECHANICAL OPERATIONS. c. HUBBELL FUNCTIONALITY AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND REQUIRED IN SPECIFICATIONS.REMOVE AND REPLACE ELECTRICAL 2. BASIS OF DESIGN:LUTRON MAESTRO 0-10V DIMMER SENSOR MS SERIES. EQUIPMENT NOT MEETING THESE CONDITIONS AT NO COST TO OWNER. 1. STANDARD RELAY CARD(SRM-NO):SYSTEM TO UTILIZE NORMALLY OPEN CONTROL RELAYS,WHICH ARE RATED TO 20 d. GREENGATE PART 3•EXECUTION AMPS AT 120/277VAC.MAGNETICALLY HOLD THE RELAYS AND PROVIDE ON A CARD OF EIGHT RELAYS PER CARD. e. ACUITY CONTROLS 1.02RELATED SECTIONS PROVIDE WIRE TERMINATIONS ABLE TO ACCEPT 10 AWG.RATE THE RELAYS FOR 10 MILLION MECHANICAL 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. OPERATIONS.PROVIDE A LIMITED 10-YEAR WARRANTY ON THE INDIVIDUAL RELAY CARDS.SYSTEMS THAT DO NOT f. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. A INSTALL OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.COMPLETE CONNECTIONS 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS OFFER A LIMITED 10-YEAR WARRANTY ON INSTALLATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. B. COMBINED OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSOR: TO CONTROL CIRCUITS,OCCUPANCY SENSORS,POWER SUPPLY PACK AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING. ' • 2. RS-232 PORT:CONTROLLER TO PROVIDE AN RJ-12 CONNECTION FOR RS-232 COMMUNICATIONS.PERMIT 1. LUTRON B. PROVIDE POWER PACKS FOR SENSOR TO CONTROL NUMBER OF CIRCUITS AND/OR SWITCH LEGS WITHIN ITS AREA OF A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, PROGRAMMING THROUGH EITHER A LOCAL CONNECTION OR REMOTELY THROUGH A MODEM.THE KEEPER GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. ENTERPRISE SOFTWARE ACCESSORY INCLUDES A SIX WIRE COMMUNICATION CABLE TO CONNECT TO THE 2. ACUITY CONTROLS COVERAGE. 1.04SUBMITTALS CONTROLLER.SYSTEMS THAT DO NOT INCLUDE AN ON-BOARD RS-232 PORT FOR COMMUNICATIONS ARE NOT 3. WATTSTOPPER C. FIELD ADJUST EACH SENSOR TO MAXIMIZE ITS COVERAGE OF ROOM SPACE. " A SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL ACCEPTABLE. 4. LEVITON D. RELOCATE SENSORS WITH ULTRASONIC TECHNOLOGY TO AVOID BEING CLOSER TO HVAC DIFFUSERS AND POWER PACKS REQUIREMENTS. 3. MONITORING/CONTROL SOFTWARE:THE PC BASED INTERFACE SOFTWARE ACCESSORY PROVIDES ACCESS TO 5. HUBBELL THAN RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM FILES WITHIN A MICROSOFT®WINDOWS®ENVIRONMENT.PROVIDE SOFTWARE TO 6. GREENGATE E. FIELD SET TIME DELAY FOR EACH DEVICE AS NOTED BELOW: SUPPORT WINDOWS®2000,WINDOWS®XP AND ABOVE.THE SOFTWARE PACKAGE ALLOWS INDIVIDUAL PANEL 1. PRODUCT DATA:SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA ON LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS,INCLUDING PROGRAMMING TO BE EXECUTED LOCALLY,VIA DIRECT CONNECTION OR REMOTELY THROUGH A TCP/IP CONNECTION 7. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1. RESTROOMS:15 MINUTES. RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST. OR MODEM.THE CENTRAL PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE PERMITS THE USER TO MODIFY THE CONTROL PANEL C. BASIS OF DESIGN:OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSOR LAYOUT ON DRAWINGS ARE DESIGNED BASED ON WATTSTOPPER 2. STORAGE ROOMS,JANITOR'S CLOSETS,UNISEX RESTROOMS:5 MINUTES. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS:SUBMIT DRAWINGS OF LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL AND ACCESSORIES INCLUDING,BUT NOT PROGRAMMING OR CONFIGURATION IN AN"OFF-LINE"MODE.THIS SOFTWARE PACKAGE STORES PROGRAMMED DATA PRODUCT LINE.APPROVED MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE ALLOWED ON CONDITION OF MEETING THE SPECIFIED 3. ALL OTHER SPACES:15 MINUTES. NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THE RISER DIAGRAM/SYSTEM DIAGRAM,LOW VOLTAGE RELAY PANELS,POWER AND AND ARCHIVES FOR FUTURE USE.SYSTEMS USING THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.SYSTEMS THAT CONDITIONS INCLUDING COMPLETE SENSOR COVERAGE OF THE AREA CONTROLLED AND SWITCHING OF LUMINAIRES IN F. LIGHTING SYSTEM TESTINGAND COMMISSIONING: SPECIFICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS WIRING AND TERMINATION,INPUT/OUTPUT SCHEDULES AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR EACH ARE NOT CAPABLE OF CREATING PROGRAM BACKUPS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. THE AREA CONTROLLED.PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SENSORS AND POWER SWITCH PACKS AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE THE SAME CONTROL ZONE. a. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES STANDARD IN THE PC BASED SOFTWARE: LEVEL OF FUNCTIONALITY AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED IN SPECIFICATIONS.REMOVE AND REPLACE 1. TEST LIGHTING CONTROLS TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL DEVICES,COMPONENTS,EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE - ELECTRICAL 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE 1) STANDARD SOFTWARE FEATURES: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED NOT MEETING THESE CONDITIONS AT NO COST TO OWNER. CALIBRATED,ADJUSTED AND OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.PROVIDE FUNCTIONAL TESTING OF SEQUENCES OF OPERATION TO ENSURE OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 2) REAL TIME RELAY STATUS MONITORING 2.02 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.PROVIDE COMPLETE REPORT OF TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS TO ENGINEER AND INSERT REQUIREMENTS. 3) ALPHA-NUMERIC DESCRIPTORS A. OCCUPANCY SENSOR DESIGNATION INDICATES SENSORS AUTOMATICALLY TURN LIGHTS ON WHEN THE SENSOR APPROVED COPY INTO PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS. B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: 4) COMMUNICATIONS:DIRECT,TCP/IP AND MODEM DETECTS THE PRESENCE OF A PERSON AND WILL AUTOMATICALLY TURN LIGHTS OFF WHEN NO PRESENCE IS DETECTED 2. TESTING INCLUDES: FOR A SPECIFIED AMOUNT OF TIME(AUTOMATIC-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF). 1. TEST THE CONTROL PANELS AND LIST UNDER THE UL 916 ENERGY MANAGEMENT EQUIPMENT STANDARDS. 5) STATUS INDICATION a. DAYLIGHT AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 2. INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE{LSCC}OR OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY SPECIALTY CODE(OEESC) B. VACANCY SENSOR DESIGNATION REQUIRES SOMEONE TO MANUALLY TURN THE LIGHTS ON.THE SENSOR WILL THEN b. OCCUPANT SENSING AUTOMATIC CONTROLS COMPLIANCE. 6) GLOBAL SOFTWARE MODIFICATIONS AUTOMATICALLY TURN THE LIGHTS OFF WHEN NO PRESENCE IS DETECTED FOR A SPECIFIED AMOUNT OF TIME 7) MANUAL RELAY COMMANDS (MANUAL-ON AND AUTOMATIC-OFF). c. AUTOMATIC TIME AND OVERRIDE CONTROLS FOR INTERIOR POWER LIGHTING 3. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE OESC REQUIREMENTS REGARDING ELECTRICAL WIRING STANDARDS. 4. NEMA COMPLIANCE:COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE NEMA STANDARDS REGARDING THE TYPES OF 8) RELAY PATTERN COMMANDS C. DISABLE ON/OFF MANUAL LIGHTING E OCCUPANCY CONTROL FUNCTION PROVIDED BYS TO SENSE PRESENCE OF HUMAN ILOCAL VITY ISW SWITCHES.DESIREDTHIN SPACE AND ENABLE OR d. AUTOMATIC TIME AND PHOTO CONTROLS FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES. 9) PRESET OPTIONS END OF SECTION WA IN T E R F A C E 10)USER MANAGEMENT-PASSWORD PROTECTION AND PRIVILEGE MODIFICATION FOR MULTI-USER SECURITY. D. UPON DETECTION OF HUMAN ACTIVITY BY DETECTOR,SENSOR INITIATES TIME DELAY TO MAINTAIN LIGHTS ON FOR• E N G I N E E R I N G 5. COMPONENT PRETESTING:CONTROL EQUIPMENT TO UNDERGO STRICT INSPECTION STANDARDS.PREVIOUSLY TEST PRESENT PERIOD OF TIME.FIELD ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY SETTING FROM 30 SECONDS TO 15 MINUTES. THE EQUIPMENT AND BURN-IN AT THE FACTORY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 11)LOGGING OF CONTROLLER ACTIONS(SWITCH INPUTS,TIM COMMANDS AND RELAY ACTUATIONS) E. FACTORY SET SENSORS FOR MAXIMUM SENSITIVITY. PROJECT 2019-0641 EO . 51.O6WARRANTY b. FILE MAINTENANCE CONTACT BEN EVANS A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS 1) ARCHIVE PROGRAMS F. LED LAMP BUILT INTO SENSOR INDICATES WHEN OCCUPANT IS DETECTED. G. PROVIDE ZERO CROSS RELAY CONTROL WITH SENSORS AND SENSOR/SWITCHED;RELAY CONTACTS CLOSE AND OPEN 100 SW Main Street Suite 1600 AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2) DATA BASE RESTORATION Portland,OR 97204 WITH AC VOLTAGE SIGNAL IS AT ZERO. TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.cam \2019 2019-0641 cad\eiectricoi 0641e0.2-e0.10.dwg 1 /7019 12:59:07 P ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER 'TANGS ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0641E0.2 - E0.10.DWG - E0.5 I EDIT: 11/20/2019 6:34 PM BY BENE I PLOT: 11/20/2019 6:35 PM BY BEN EVANS •\ 00 I)R0,c4. cSECTION 26 2416-PANELBOARDS i. UTILITY METERING EQUIPMENT a. DIE CAST COVER: C. CALIBRATE FOR OPERATION IN 40 DEGREES C AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. co r101 N F4. Woy PART 1-GENERAL a. METER BASE: 1) iNTERMATIC D. 15 TO 150 AMP BREAKERS:PERMANENT TRIP UNIT CONTAINING INDIVIDUAL THERMAL AND MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENTS iN ctiw 72777PE,p 9t 1.01SUMMARY EACH POLE. _-/r '� 1} CIRCLE AW. 2) HUBBELL / 7--r- A. WORK INCLUDED: 2) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 3) COOPER E. 151 TO 400 AMP BREAKERS:ADJUSTABLE MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENTS.PROVIDE PUSH-TO-TRIP BUTTON ON COVER OF OREGON 1. PANELBOARDS b. METERING EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE: 4) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. BREAKER FOR MECHANICAL TRIPPING. dG . A E 02 1.02RELATED SECTIONS PART 3-EXECUTION �y h , 1R- A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1) ABB/GENERAL ELECTRIC F. PROVIDE LIGHTING SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES OF COMMON MANUFACTURER AND APPEARANCE. 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS �h- K. O,`--P B. IN ADDITION,REFERENCE THE FOLLOWING: 2) SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D 2.02 WALL SWITCHES 1. SECTION 26 28 00,OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES. 3) EATON ELECTRICAL A. CHARACTERISTICS:TOGGLE TYPE,QUIET ACTING,20 AMP,120/277 VOLT,UL LISTED FOR MOTOR LOADS UP TO 80 A. COORDINATION: EXPIRES: 12/31/20 2. SECTION 26 43 00,SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 4) SIEMENS PERCENT OF RATED AMPERAGE,EXTRA HEAVY DUTY. 1. OBTAIN AND REVIEW THE SUBMITTED PRODUCT DATA FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY THE OWNER,AND FURNISHED • 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS 5) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. B. FINISH:WHITE. UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THIS CONTRACT,PARTICULARLY UNDER DIVISIONS 22 AND 23. A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 2.02 UTILITY METERING EQUIPMENT 2.03 RECEPTACLES 2. AND ADJUSTMENTSCONFIDM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PROMAXTECTMUMIVE OVERCURRENT AS PROTECTION TO COORDINATEO )AND MAKEWITH ACCOMMODATIONSHENAMEPLATE (/� GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. AND TO OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES AS NECESSARY THE n` A. METER BASE:SURFACE MOUNTED METER SOCKET ENCLOSURE.PROVIDE METER BASE(S)FOR ENERGY/DEMAND AND A. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES CHARACTERISTICS:STRAIGHT PARALLEL BLADE,125 VOLT,2 POLE,3 WIRE GROUNDING. RATING. a W B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: REACTIVE ENERGY/DEMAND BASES AS REQUIRED BY SERVING ELECTRIC UTILITY. 1. COMMERCIAL GRADE:RIVETED.BACK AND SIDE WIRED.BRASS GROUND CONTACT ON STEEL STRAP.NYLON FACE B. INSTALL ALL ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. > .. 1. UL 67,STANDARDS FOR PANELBOARDS. B. TERMINAL CABINET:PROVIDE TERMINAL CABINET THAT MEETS SERVING UTILITY COMPANY'S REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE AND NYLON BASE.20 AMP. 3.02 FUSES 4" 1.04SUBMITTALS SEPARATE C.T.CABINET AS DETAILED. B. ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE:ISOLATED GROUND"DELTA"ON RECEPTACLE FACE,ORANGE FINISH,20 AMP. A. FUSES:FOR EACH CLASS AND AMPERE RATING OF FUSE INSTALLED,PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING QUANTITIES OF SPARES0 A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL C. PROVIDE FAULT WITHSTAND RATING GREATER THAN UTILITY DETERMINED AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. 0 L- REQUIREMENTS. C. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER{GFCI}RECEPTACLE:FEED THROUGH TYPE,BACK-AND-SIDE WIRED, FOR QUANTITY OF FUSES INSTALLED: 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE D. C.T.ENCLOSURE:PROVIDE ENCLOSURE THAT MEETS SERVING UTILITY COMPANY'S REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE SEPARATE TAMPER-RESISTANT,WEATHER RESISTANT SELF-TESTING,20 AMP,125VAC. 1. 0 TO 24:PROVIDE 6 SPARE. C.T.CABINET AS DETAILED. D. SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLES:REFERENCE DRAWINGS FOR NEMA STANDARD SPECIFICATION. 2. 25 TO 48:PROVIDE 9 SPARE. a. O A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. PART 3-EXECUTION E. FINISH: 3. 49 AND ABOVE:PROVIDE 12 SPARE. ,, 1.06WARRANTY 3.01 UTILITY METERING INSTALLATION 1. SAME EXPOSED FINISH AS SWITCHES. 3.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS e A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS A. METER BASES:LOCATE TO PROVIDE ACCEPTABLE ACCESS FOR METER READING AND MAINTENANCE.LOCATE TO 2. RECEPTACLES INSTALLED IN POWER POLES TO MATCH RACEWAY FINISH.SEE SECTION 26 05 33,RACEWAYS. A. E PROVIDE TESTING OF GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING BREAKERS. L 0 AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. MINIMIZE RISK OF PHYSICAL DAMAGE. 3. RECEPTACLES CONNECTED TO ISOLATED GROUND TO HAVE ORANGE FINISH. PART 2-PRODUCTS B. METERING EQUIPMENT:INSTALL CURRENT TRANSFORMERS SUPPLIED BY SERVING ELECTRIC UTILITY. B. PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKERS,AS SPECIFIED AND ON DRAWINGS,FOR INSTALLATION IN PANELBOARDS,INDIVIDUAL 0L. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 2.04 FINISH PLATES ENCLOSURES OR COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS. ^ C. VERIFY UTILITY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND PROVIDE ASSOCIATED WORK REQUIRED BY LOCAL UTILITY A. FINISH PLATES:COMMERCIAL GRADE THERMOPLASTIC WITH SAME FINISH AS DEVICES. C. PROVIDE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR EQUIPMENT IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS. ...� 5,,.. 0- A. PANELBOARDS: INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1. EATON 1. SERVICE UNDERGROUND PRIMARY INCLUDING CONDUIT,PULL CORD,EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. B. PROVIDE TELEPHONE/SIGNAL DEVICE PLATES;ACTIVATED OUTLETS TO HAVE COVERPLATES TO MATCH MODULAR JACK. D. PROVIDE DEVICE ON HANDLE TO LOCK BREAKER IN"ON"POSITION FOR BREAKERS FEEDING TIME SWITCHES,NIGHT (i) 0 0 2. ABB/GENERAL ELECTRIC 2.05 WALL DIMMERS LIGHTS AND SIMILAR CIRCUITS REQUIRED TO BE CONTINUOUSLY ENERGIZED. 4...2. UNDERGROUND PULL VAULTS. 3. SIEMENSE. PROVIDE MULTI-POLE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS FOR SIMULTANEOUS '� J 3. TRANSFORMER PADS,AND VAULTS. A. PROVIDE WALL DIMMERS COMPATIBLE WITH TYPE OF LOAD CONTROLLED(I.E.LINE VOLTAGE,LOW VOLTAGE,2-WIRE, DISCONNECTION OF CIRCUITS. t c 4. BASiS OF DESIGN:SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D 3-WIRE,0-10V).FINISH TO MATCH WALL SWITCHES.SIZE DIMMERS TO ACCEPT CONNECTED LOAD.DO NOT CUT FINS. 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 4. SECONDARY SERVICE LATERAL RACEWAYS. WHERE DIMMERS ARE GANGED TOGETHER,PROVIDE A SiNGLE MULTI GANG COVERPLATE. END OF SECTION 0 B. MANUFACTURERS LISTED ABOVE ARE ALLOWED ON CONDITION OF MEETING SPECIFIED CONDITIONS INCLUDING 5. GROUNDING OF TRANSFORMERS. B. LED INDICATOR DOTS SHOW BY WHAT PERCENTAGE CONTROLLED LIGHTING IS DIMMED.PROGRAMMABLE SETTINGS FOR 0 AVAILABLE SPACE FOR EQUIPMENT,CODE REQUIRED WORKING CLEARANCES,AND AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY(AIC). 6. SERVICE METERING EQUIPMENT. MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM TRIM SETTINGS,AND RATE OF CHANGE IN LIGHTING LEVELS. SECTION 26 2816-ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS /� PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID,MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO ENGINEER VERIFYING SPECIFIC END OF SECTION 2.06 SURFACE COVERS0 L/ J "_ CONDITIONS,INCLUDING THOSE MENTIONED ABOVE,CAN BE MET.REMOVE AND REPLACE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 0 INSTALLED,AT NO COST TO THE OWNER,THAT DOES NOT MEET THESE CONDITIONS. A. MATERIAL:GALVANIZED STEEL,DRAWN,1/2-INCH RAISED INDUSTRIAL TYPE WITH OPENINGS APPROPRIATE FOR DEVICES 1.01SUMMARY • (/)2.02 PANELBOARDS SECTION 26 27 26-WIRING DEVICES INSTALLED ON SURFACE RECEPTACLES. co, -1- A. WORK INCLUDED: A. DESCRIPTION:PANELBOARDS 400 AMPS OR LESS.NEMA PBi,TYPE 1 OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS,CIRCUIT BREAKER PART 1-GENERAL B. CAST BOX AND EXTENSION ADAPTORS:ALUMINUM WITH GASKET,BLANKS SINGLE GANG OR 2-GANG. 1. TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHES C3 N TYPE.MAXIMUM ENCLOSURE DEPTH:6-INCHES FOR SURFACE MOUNTED,5-3/4-INCHES FOR FLUSH MOUNTED. 1.01SUMMARY C. WHILE-IN-USE WEATHERPROOF COVER:NEMA 3R WHEN CLOSED OVER ENERGIZED PLUG.VERTICAL MOUNT FOR DUPLEX B. MAXIMUM WIDTH:20-INCHES. RECEPTACLE.PROVIDE CONTINUOUS USE COVER WITH COVER CAPABLE OF CLOSING OVER ENERGIZED CORD CAP WITH 2• MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS C0 C. INTEGRATED EQUIPMENT RATING:PROVIDE FULLY RATED INTEGRATED EQUIPMENT RATING GREATER THAN THE A WORK INCLUDED:PROVISION OF MATERIALS,INSTALLATION AND TESTING OF: BOTTOM APERTURE FOR CORD EXIT. 3. SAFETY SWITCHES . AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT.SERIES RATED PANELBOARDS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.REFERENCE DRAWINGS FOR 1. WALL SWITCHES 1. DIE CAST COVER WITH CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE FOAM GASKET:CAPABLE OF BEING LOCKED CLOSED TO PREVENT 4. ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS ]?): 0) AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT.IF DRAWINGS DO NOT HAVE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT SHOWN,THEN COORDINATE WITH 2. RECEPTACLES TAMPERING OR UNAUTHORIZED USE. "rna SERVING ELECTRICAL UTILITY. 5. MOLDED CASE SWITCHES /"� 3. FINISH PLATES PART 3-EXECUTION 1.02RELATED SECTIONS t I ! C D. PANELBOARD BUS NON-REDUCED:COPPER,RATINGS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.BUS BAR WITH SUITABLE Las V ELECTROPLATING(TIN)FOR CORROSION CONTROL AT CONNECTION.PROVIDE COPPER GROUND BUS IN EACH 4. WALL DIMMERS 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. . PANELBOARD;PROVIDE ISOLATED GROUND BUS WHERE SCHEDULED. 5. SURFACE COVERS A. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WIRING DEVICES.REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL B. IN ADDITION,REFERENCE THE FOLLOWING: 0 Finii. •.4.1=7 E. LUGS:MECHANICAL TYPE FOR BOTH ALUMINUM AND COPPER CONDUCTORS.ALL DEVICE TERMINALS/LUGS SHALL BE 1.02RELATED SECTIONS ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN AND CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF CONFLICTS ARE FOUND BETWEEN I-} RATED FOR A MINIMUM OF 75 DEGREES C TO FACILITATE THE USE OF 75 DEGREES C CONDUCTOR AMPACITY RATING. ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.DO NOT ROUGH-IN DEVICES UNTIL CONFLICTS ARE RESOLVED. 1. SECTION 26 24 16,PANELBOARDS. A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 2. SECTION 26 28 00,OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES. F. PROVIDE DOUBLE LUGS AND/OR FEED-THROUGH LUGS FOR FEED THROUGH FEEDERS. B. INSTALL WIRING DEVICES AND FINISH PLATES PLUMB WITH BUILDING LINES,EQUIPMENT CABINETS AND ADJACENT p 2 G. MOLDED CASE CiRCUIT BREAKERS:THERMAL MAGNETIC TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS,BOLT-ON TYPE,WITH COMMON TRIP 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS DEVICES.DEVICES NOT PLUMB WILL BE FIXED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS U HANDLE FOR POLES;UL LISTED.PREDRILL BUS FOR BOLT-ON BREAKERS. A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, C. ORIENTATION: A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 1. TYPE SWD FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. INSTALL WIRING DEVICES WITH LONG DIMENSION ORIENTED VERTICALLY AT CENTERLINE HEIGHT SHOWN ON GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 0 0 V) N 2. TYPE HACR FOR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS. B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: DRAWINGS OR AS SPECIFIED. 1.04SUBMITTALS CDL-' 3. CLASS A GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER CIRCUIT BREAKERS WHERE SCHEDULED. 1. UL 498,ATTACHMENT PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES. 2. VERTICAL ALIGNMENT:WHEN MORE THAN ONE DEVICE IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO EACH A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL (..) CD 0 rc 4. CLASS B GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PROTECTION CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR HEAT TRACE AND OTHER CIRCUITS AS 2. UL 943,GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS(CLASS A GFCI. OTHER,BUT AT DIFFERENT ELEVATIONS,ALIGN DEVICES ON A COMMON VERTICAL CENTER LINE FOR BEST REQUIREMENTS. ,,,,,//// (V REQUIRED BY CODE.PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS WHERE SCHEDULED;PROVIDE WIRING TO REMOTE APPEARANCE.VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. \ 1 No TRIP SWITCH/CONTACTS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. UL 1472,STANDARD FOR SOLID STATE DIMMING CONTROLS. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE 5. DO NOT USE TANDEM CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 1.04SUBMITTALS 3. HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT:WHEN MORE THAN ONE DEVICE IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO EACH A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL OTHER WITH SAME ELEVATION,ALIGN DEVICES ON A COMMON HORIZONTAL CENTER LINE FOR BEST APPEARANCE. REQUIREMENTS. H. ACCESSORIES:PROVIDE WHERE INDICATED:CLASS A GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER(GFCI). A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. I. CABINET FRONT:PROVIDE FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTING AS SHOWN ON THE SCHEDULES,DRAWINGS,OR OTHERWISE REQUIREMENTS. D. PROVIDE LABELING PER SECTION 26 05 53,IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. 1.06WARRANTY PROJECT NO. NOTED.CABINET FRONT WITH CONCEALED HINGED FRONT COVER CONSTRUCTION,METAL DIRECTORY FRAME WITH B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS HEAVY CLEAR PLASTIC PROTECTOR,FLUSH LIFT LATCH AND LOCK,TWO KEYS PER PANEL ALL KEYED ALIKE. E. TEST WIRING DEVICES TO ENSURE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY OF GROUNDING CONNECTIONS,AND AFTER ENERGIZING 19-123.1 J. PROVIDE BOXES WITH REMOVABLE BLANK END WALLS AND INTERIOR MOUNTING STUDS.PROVIDE INTERIOR SUPPORT 1. WALL SWITCHES CIRCUITRY,TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS.TEST RECEPTACLES FOR LINE TO NEUTRAL,LINE TO AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. BRACKET FOR EASE OF INTERIOR INSTALLATION. 2. RECEPTACLES GROUND AND NEUTRAL TO GROUND FAULTS.CORRECT ANY DEFECTIVE WIRING. PART 2-PRODUCTS DRAWN BY K. FURNISH SURFACE MOUNTED CABINET BOXES WITHOUT KNOCKOUTS. 3. WALL PLATES 3.02 WALL SWITCHES INSTALLATION 2.01 MANUFACTURERS TC,TFF L. SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE:PROVIDE FOR EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED PER NEC 4. DIMMERS A. AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION,REPLACE THOSE ITEMS WHICH HAVE BEEN DAMAGED. A. TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHES: CHECKED BY : ARTICLE 700.8. 5. IN-USE COVER 3.03 RECEPTACLES INSTALLATION 1. COOPER PART 3•EXECUTION1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UPON INSTALLATION,ADHERE TO PROPER AND CAUTIOUS USE OF CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES.AT TIME OF 2. HUBBELL TFF,JB . 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION,REPLACE THOSE ITEMS WHICH HAVE BEEN DAMAGED,INCLUDING THOSE BURNED AND 3. LEVITON DATE A. INSTALL PANELBOARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA PB 1.1,NECA 1 AND MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. SCORED BY FAULTY RECEPTACLES OR CORD CAPS. 4. LEGRAND(PASS&SEYMOUR) INSTRUCTIONS. B. GFCI RECEPTACLES:ONE GFCI RECEPTACLE MAY BE USED TO PROVIDE GFCI PROTECTION TO DOWNSTREAM DUPLEX 11,11.2019 B. INSTALL PANELBOARDS LEVEL AND PLUMB.INSTALL RECESSED PANELBOARDS FLUSH WITH WALL FINISHES. 1.06WARRANTY RECEPTACLES ON SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT.IF GFCI RECEPTACLE IS USED,THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS MUST BE MET: 5. SLATER C. HEIGHT:6-FEET 6-INCHES TO TOP OF PANELBOARD;INSTALL PANELBOARDS TALLER THAN 6-FEET 6-INCHES WITH BOTTOM A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS 1. DOWNSTREAM RECEPTACLES ARE IN SAME ROOM AS UPSTREAM GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLES. 6. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. REVISION NO MORE THAN 4-INCHES(100 MM)ABOVE FLOOR. AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS: D. PROVIDE FILLER PLATES FOR UNUSED SPACES IN PANELBOARDS. PART 2•PRODUCTS 2. DOWNSTREAM DUPLEX RECEPTACLES ARE LABELED AS BEING PROTECTED BY AN UPSTREAM GFCI RECEPTACLE IN SAME ROOM. 1. EATON ELECTRICAL E. PROVIDE TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD.INCLUDE ALL"SPACES"AND"SPARES." 2.01 MANUFACTURERS C. PROVIDE 20 AMP RATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN CONDITIONS WHERE THERE IS ONLY ONE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ON A 20 2. ABB/GENERAL ELECTRIC REVISE DIRECTORY TO REFLECT CIRCUITING CHANGES AND AS-INSTALLED CONDITIONS.USE FINAL OWNER DESIGNATED A. WALL SWITCHES: AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT. 3. SIEMENS ROOM NAMES AND NUMBERS,AND NOT DESIGNATIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. F. PROVIDE ENGRAVED PLASTIC NAMEPLATES PER SECTION 26 05 53,IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. 1. TOGGLE TYPE CHARACTERISTICS: 3.04 FINISH PLATES INSTALLATION 4. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D G. PROVIDE ARC FLASH LABELS. a. COOPER AH1201 A. DO NOT INSTALL ITEMS UNTIL FiNISH PAINTING iS COMPLETE.REPLACE SCRATCHED AND PAINT SPLATTERED FiNISH 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. H. PROVIDE CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD FOR FLOOR-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS.EXTEND 6-INCHES b. HUBBELL HBL1221 PLATES AND WIRING DEVICES. C. SAFETY SWITCHES: BEYOND DISTRIBUTION PANEL WIDTH AND DEPTH DIMENSIONS.MINIMUM 3-INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR.INSTALL c. LEVITON 1221 3.05 WALL DIMMERS INSTALLATION 1. EATON ELECTRICAL PLUMB AND LEVEL. d. LEGRAND P&S PS2OAC1 A. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS. ' I. PROVIDE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN OR ON PANELBOARD DEAD-FRONT ADJACENT TO EACH BREAKER POLE 2. ABB/GENERAL ELECTRIC POSITION.HORIZONTAL CENTERLINE OF NUMBERS TO CORRESPOND WITH CENTERLINE OF CIRCUIT BREAKER POLE e. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 3.06 SURFACE COVERS INSTALLATION 3. SIEMENS POSITION. B. RECEPTACLES: A. DO NOT INSTALL ITEMS UNTIL FINISH PAINTING IS COMPLETE.REPLACE SCRATCHED AND PAINT SPLATTERED FINISH 4. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D . J. GROUND AND BOND PANELBOARD ENCLOSURE PER NEC. 1. COMMERCIAL GRADE: PLATES AND WIRING DEVICES. 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. K. PAINT: a. 20 AMP: END OF SECTION D. ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS: 1. STANDARD FACTORY FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1) COOPER 5362 1. EATON ELECTRICAL 2. PANELBOARDS LOCATED IN FINISHED INTERIOR AREAS IN VIEW OF BUILDING OCCUPANTS;PAINT TO MATCH 2) HUBBELL 5362 SECTION 26 28 00-OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES ADJACENT WALL SURFACE.COLOR AND PAINT PREPARATION AS SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT.COVERS TO BE PAINTED 2. ABB/GENERAL ELECTRIC OFF WALL,THEN INSTALLED OVER DRIED,PAINTED WALL SURFACE. 3) BRYANT CBRS20 PART 1-GENERAL 3. SIEMENS L. PROVIDE HANDLE GUARDS ON EACH CIRCUIT SUPPLYING OBVIOUSLY CONSTANT LOADS SUCH AS FIRE ALARM,SECURITY, 4) LEVITON 53625 1.01 SUMMARY 4. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D LIGHTING CONTROLS,REFRIGERATORS AND FREEZERS,FIRE PROTECTION,ETC. 5) LEGRAND P&S 5362 A. WORK INCLUDED: M. PROVIDE INTERIOR WIRING DIAGRAM,NEUTRAL WIRING DiAGRAM,UL LABEL,AND SHORT CIRCUIT RATING ON INTERIOR 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. OR IN BOOKLET FORMAT INSERTED IN SLEEVE INSIDE PANEL COVER. 6) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1. FUSES E. MOLDED CASE SWITCHES: N. VERIFY AVAILABLE RECESSING DEPTH AND COORDINATE WALL FRAMING WITH OTHER DIVISIONS. b. 15 AMP: 2. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1. EATON ELECTRICAL 0. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF WALL WHERE PANELS ARE INSTALLED FLUSH IN FIRE RATED WALLS. 1) COOPER 5262 1.02RELATED SECTIONS 2. ABB/GENERAL ELECTRIC P. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 2) HUBBELL 5262 A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 3. SIEMENS Q. THOROUGHLY CLEAN EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR OF EACH PANELBOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S 3) BRYANT CBRSI5 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS 4. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 4) LEVITON 5262 A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. R. VACUUM CONSTRUCTION DUST,DIRT,AND DEBRIS OUT OF EACH PANELBOARD. 5) LEGRAND P&S 5262 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. S. WHERE ENCLOSURE FINISH IS DAMAGED,TOUCH UP FINISH WITH MATCHING PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2.02 TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHES MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 6) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1.04SUBMITTALS A. RATING:120 VOLT,1 OR 2 POLE,20 AMP,1 HP MAXIMUM. 3.02 PANELBOARDS INSTALLATION 2. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER(GFCI)RECEPTACLE-20 AMP: A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL B. ENCLOSURE: A. PROVIDE HANDLE TIE TO BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS FOR SIMULTANEOUS a. COOPER WRSGF2OW REQUIREMENTS. DISCONNECTION OF CIRCUITS.HANDLE TIE WILL BE IDENTIFIED FOR USE WITH CIRCUIT BREAKERS PROVIDED. b. HUBBELL GFR5362SGW 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. NEMA 1:DRY LOCATIONS/INDOORS. RECONFIGURE ASSIGNED CIRCUITS AS NECESSARY SO THAT CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSOCIATE WITH MULTIWIRE BRANCH 2. NEMA 3R:DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS/OUTDOORS. CIRCUITS ARE PHYSICALLY ADJACENT,RECORD CHANGES IN PANELBOARD SCHEDULES AND CIRCUITING PLANS FOR c. LEGRAND P&S 2097TRWR A QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SEGTiON 26 00 04,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL C. HANDLE LOCKABLE IN'OFF'POSITION. RECORD DRAWINGS. d. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. MEASURE STEADY STATE LOAD CURRENTS AT EACH PANELBOARD FEEDER;REARRANGE CIRCUITS IN PANELBOARD TO 3. ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE: 1.06WARRANTY 2.03 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS BALANCE PHASE LOADS TO WITHIN 20 PERCENT OF EACH OTHER.MAINTAIN PROPER PHASING FOR MULTI-WIRE BRANCHA. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS A QUICK-MAKE,QUICK-BREAK.THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION.DEVICE LABELED WITH MAXIMUM VOLTAGE,CURRENT, CIRCUITS. a. HUBBELL CR53621G b. COOPER IG5362 AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. AND HORSEPOWER. END OF SECTION PART 2-PRODUCTS ENCLOSURE: C. LEVITON 53621G d. LEGRAND P&S IG5362 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1. NEMA 1:DRY LOCATIONS/INDOORS. SECTION 26 2713-ELECTRICAL METERING A. FUSES: 2. NEMA 3R:DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS/OUTDOORS. e. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. PART 1-GENERAL 1. BUSSMANN 2.04 SAFETY SWITCHES 1.01SUMMARY C. FINISH PLATES: 2. FERRAZ-SHAWMUT A. HEAVY DUTY FUSIBLE TYPE AND NON-FUSIBLE TYPE(AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS),DUAL RATED,QUICK-MAKE, 1. BRYANT QUICK-BREAK WITH FUSE REJECTION FEATURE FOR USE WITH CLASS R FUSES ONLY,UNLESS OTHER FUSE TYPE IS A. WORK INCLUDED: 3. LITTELFUSE SPECIFICALLY NOTED. 1. UTILITY METERING EQUIPMENT 2. COOPER 4. MCGRAW-EDISON SPECIFICATIONS 3. HUBBELL B. CLEARLY MARKED FOR MAXIMUM VOLTAGE,CURRENT,AND HORSEPOWER. ELECTRICAL 1.02RELATED SECTIONS 4. LEVITON 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. C. OPERABLE HANDLE INTERLOCKED TO PREVENT OPENING FRONT COVER WITH SWITCH IN'ON'POSITION. A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 5. LEGRAND P&S B. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: D. SWITCHES RATED FOR MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS 6. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1. EATON ELECTRICAL E. HANDLE LOCKABLE IN'OFF'POSITION. A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, D WALL DIMMERS: 2. ABB/GENERAL ELECTRIC F. ENCLOSURE: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 3. SIEMENS 1.04SUBMITTALS 1. LUTRON MAESTRO SERIES 1. NEMA 1:DRY LOCATIONS/INDOORS. 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 4. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D 2. NEMA 3R:DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS/OUTDOORS. A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 5. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. REQUIREMENTS. E. SURFACE COVERS: G. FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES:NEMA KS 1,QUICK-MAKE,QUICK-BREAK,LOAD INTERRUPTER ENCLOSED KNIFE SWITCH 1. ALUMINUM WITH GASKET,BLANKS,SINGLE GANG: 2.02 FUSES WITH EXTERNALLY OPERABLE HANDLE.PROVIDE INTERLOCK TO PREVENT OPENING FRONT COVER WITH SWITCH IN ON 1.O5QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CHARACTERISTICS: POSITION.HANDLE LOCKABLE IN OFF POSITION.FUSE CLIPS:PROVIDE FUSE REJECTION FEATURE FOR CLASS R OR J - A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL a. BELL 240-ALF FUSES UP TO 600 AMP. PROVIDE SWITCHES OF 30 TO 200 AMP WITH PLUG-ON LINE SIDE CONNECTIONS. REQUIREMENTS. b. CARLON 1. DUAL ELEMENT,TIME DELAY,CURRENT LIMITING,NONRENEWABLE TYPE,REJECTION FEATURE. INTERFACE - 1.06WARRANTY c. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 2. COMBINATION LOADS:UL CLASS RK1,RK5,OR J,1/10 TO 600 AMP. �� ENGINEERING .. A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS 2. 2-GANG: 3. MOTOR LOADS:UL CLASS RK5,1/10 TO 600 AMP. DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 4. FUSE PULLERS FOR COMPLETE RANGE OF FUSES. PROJECT 2019-0641 a. BELL 236-ALF CONTACT BEN EVANS . PART 2-PRODUCTS2.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS EO . 6 b. CARLON 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 2.01 MANUFACTURERS c. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. A. 1-,2-OR 3-POLE BOLT-ON,SINGLE HANDLE COMMON TRIP,600VAC OR 250VAC AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. Portland,OR 97204 A. MANUFACTURERS: 3. WHILE-IN-USE WEATHERPROOF COVER: B. OVERCENTER TOGGLE-TYPE MECHANISM,QUICK-MAKE,QUICK-BREAK ACTION.TRIP INDICATION IS BY HANDLE POSITION. TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com p:\2019 2019-0641 cad\electrical 0641e0.2-e.2:,06111/7611911:2:59:07 P ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER ;TANGS ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0 41E0.�1 - E0.1b.DWG 11/20/2019 6:34 PM BY BENE I PLOT: 11/20/2019 6:35 PM BY BEN EVANS 111111111111111111111111111111 TRANSIENTS WITHOUT FAILURE OR DEGRADATION OF UL 1449,THIRD EDITION,CLAMP VOLTAGE BY MORE THAN 10 PROVIDE PROPER FACTORY TRIM AND FRAME FOR LUMINAIRE TO FIT LOCATION AND CEILING MATERIAL.VERIFY WITH �R�O PROFFS 2.05 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS5. BATTERY:SEALED,MAINTENANCE-FREE,NICKEL-CADMIUM TYPE.SIZED FORA MINIMUM OUTPUT OF 90 MINUTES. '� S PERCENT. ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PRIOR TO SUBMITTALS. <0 G 1 N E• /O . A. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: PART 3-EXECUTION �� F t, 3. UL 1449,THIRD EDITION,CLAMPING VOLTAGE NOT-TO-EXCEED EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: F. FINISHES: 7 9r 1. 1-,2-,OR 3-POLE BOLT ON,SINGLE-HANDLE COMMON TRIP,250VAC AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 72 77P 1. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FINISH(UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED)OVER CORROSION RESISTANT PRIMER. ' �- 2. OVERCENTER TOGGLE-TYPE MECHANISM,QUICK-MAKE,QUICK-BREAK ACTION.TRIP INDICATION IS BY HANDLE A. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. �` ��'. C,.;/�' POSITION. VOLTAGE L-G L-N N-G 2. INTERIOR LIGHT REFLECTING FINISHES:WHITE OR SPECULAR FINISH WITH NOT LESS THAN 85 PERCENT IENT TEMPERATURE. 208Yt120V 800V 800V 800V REFLECTANCE. B. INSTALL LUMINAIRES SECURELY,IN NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. OREGON 4. 13. 5 TO 150 AMP BREAIBRATE FOR KETRS PERMANENT TRIP UNIT CONTAINING INDIVIDUAL THERMAL AND MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENTS 3. EXTERIOR FINISHES:AS DETAILED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE OR ON DRAWINGS.REFER CASES OF UNCERTAIN C. INSTALL LUMINAIRES OF TYPES INDICATED WHERE SHOWN AND AT INDICATED HEIGHTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ,� ✓GNs 02 '2. ,I' IN EACH POLE. 4. ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2(2002)CATEGORY-C3 CLAMPING VOLTAGE NOT TO EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: APPLICABILITY TO ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO RELEASE FOR FABRICATION. MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT LUMINAIRES q� 4 G. LIGHT TRANSMITTING COMPONENTS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND SERVE INTENDED PURPOSES. k K. o'\,-*'' 5. 151 TO 400 AMP BREAKERS:VARIABLE MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENTS.PROVIDE PUSH-TO-TRIP BUTTON ON COVER OF D. WIRING: BREAKER FOR MECHANICAL TRIPPING. VOLTAGE L-N L-5 N-G 1. PLASTIC DIFFUSERS,MOLDED OR EXTRUDED OF 100 PERCENT VIRGIN ACRYLIC. 1. RECESSED LUMINAIRES TO BE INSTALLED USING FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT WITH LUMINAIRE CONDUCTORS 1 EXPIRES: 12/31/20 6. PROVIDE HANDLE MECHANISMS THAT ARE LOCKABLE IN THE OPEN(OFF)POSITION. 208Y/120V 470V 470V 470V 2. PRISMATIC ACRYLIC,EXTRUDED,FLAT DIFFUSERS,0.125-INCH OVERALL THICKNESS,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SPLICED TO BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN NEARBY ACCESSIBLE JUNCTION BOX OVER CEILING.JUNCTION BOX • 7. CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO HAVE MINIMUM SYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. H. LED LUMINAIRES: FASTENED TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBER WITHIN 6-FEET OF LUMINAIRE. B. ENCLOSURE: H. PROVIDE RESPONSE TIME THAT IS NO GREATER THAN FIVE NANOSECONDS FOR ANY OF INDIVIDUAL PROTECTION MODES. 1. UL LISTING OF LUMINAIRE INCLUDES DRIVERS,TRANSFORMERS,ENCLOSURES,RATED WIRE,COMMUNICATIONS 2. LUMINAIRES FOR LIFT OUT AND REMOVAL FROM CEILING PATTERN WITHOUT DISCONNECTING CONDUCTORS OR V) 1. NEMA 1:DRY LOCATIONS/INDOORS. I. PROVIDE SPD DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS OPERATING VOLTAGE(MCOV)OF NOT LESS THAN 115 DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. DEFACING CEILING MATERIALS. 2. NEMA 3R:DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS/OUTDOORS. PERCENT OF NOMINAL RMS VOLTAGE. 2. LM-79:TESTING AND MEASUREMENT OF ABSOLUTE PHOTOMETRY,CHROMATICITY(CCT)AND LUMINAIRE POWER. 3. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHERE PERMITTED TO EXPOSED LUMINAIRES;NEAT AND STRAIGHT,WITHOUT EXCESS a 0 1. PROVIDE VISIBLE INDICATION OF PROPER SPD CONNECTION AND OPERATION.INDICATOR LIGHTS INDICATES WHICH REPORT PROVIDED BY DOE CERTIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY.CCT AS SPECIFIED IN LUMINAIRE SLACK,ATTACHED TO SUPPORT DEVICE. 2.06 MOLDED CASE SWITCHES SCHEDULE. > 0 soma PHASE AS WELL AS WHICH MODULE IS FULLY OPERABLE. 4. INSTALL JUNCTION BOX,FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND HIGH TEMPERATURE INSULATED CONDUCTORS FOR THROUGH A. REMOVABLE COVER,GALVANIZED STEEL ENCLOSURE,POWDER COAT PAINTED. 2. EQUIP SPD WITH THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 3. STANDARDS:ANSI C78.377,LM-79 AND LM-82 COMPLIANT FOR PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS,PHOTOMETRY, WIRING OF RECESSED LUMINAIRES. O -1--• B. PROVIDE COVER PADLOCK PROVISION. COLORIMETRY,EFFICACY AND THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS. E. RELAMP LUMINAIRES WHICH HAVE FAILED LAMPS AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. PROVIDE TRIP UNIT WITH NO OVERCURRENT,OVERLOAD,OR LOW LEVEL FAULT PROTECTION.TRIP UNIT TO BE HIGH a. PROVIDE CONNECTOR ALONG WITH DRY CONTACTS(NORMALLY OPEN OR NORMALLY CLOSED)TO ALLOW 4. LM-80+TM-21:TESTING AND MEASUREMENT,AND STATISTICAL PREDICTION OF LED LAMP LIFE.REPORT PROVIDED BY L CONNECTION TO REMOTE MONITORING SYSTEM. F. REPLACE LED DRIVERS DEEMED AS EXCESSIVELY NOISY BY ARCHITECT,ENGINEER,OR OWNER. L. INSTANTANEOUS MAGNETIC FIXED TRIP TYPE WITH MAGNETIC TRIP RESET AT FACTORY TO INTERRUPT HIGH FAULT DOE CERTIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY. (I) CURRENTS AT OR ABOVE PRESET LEVEL. b. OUTPUT OF DRY CONTACTS INDICATES FAILURE OF PHASE OR ENTIRE UNIT. 5. LEDS IN ONE MODULE/LUMINAIRE:SUPPLIED FROM SAME BATCH/BIN AND FALL WITHIN 3-STEP MACADAM ELLIPSE,OR G. INSTALL SUSPENDED LUMINAIRES AND EXIT SIGNS USING PENDANTS SUPPORTED FROM SWIVEL HANGERS.PROVIDEQ. c 3. PROVIDE TERMINALS FOR NECESSARY POWER AND GROUND CONNECTIONS. PENDANT LENGTH REQUIRED TO SUSPEND LUMINAIRE AT INDICATED HEIGHT. D. ENCLOSURE: AS DESCRIBED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE,WHICHEVER IS THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT. 4. PROVIDE SPD WITH MINIMUM EFL/RFI FILTERING OF 30DB AT 100KHZ WITH AN INSERTION LOSS RATIO OF 316:1 USING H. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES LARGER THAN 2-BY 4-FOOT SIZE INDEPENDENT OF CEILING FRAMING. 0) a 1. NEMA 1:DRY LOCATIONS/INDOORS. 6. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES WITH INTEGRAL LED THERMAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM(HEAT SINKING). MILITARY STANDARD 220A METHODOLOGY. I. LOCATE RECESSED CEILING LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 2. NEMA 3R:DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS/OUTDOORS. 7. LUMINAIRES TO BE EQUIPPED WITH AN LED DRIVER THAT ACCEPTS 120V THROUGH 277V,50HZ TO 60HZ(UNIVERSAL). N PART 3-EXECUTION 5. PROVIDE SPD WITH 10 YEAR WARRANTY,INCORPORATING UNLIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS IF THEY ARE DESTROYED O BY TRANSIENTS DURING WARRANTY PERIOD. COMPONENT-TO-COMPONENT WIRING WITHIN THE LUMINAIRE WILL CARRY NO MORE THAN 80 PERCENT OF RATED J. INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AND EXIT SIGNS PLUMB AND ADJUST TO ALIGN WITH BUILDING LINES AND WITH 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS CURRENT AND BE LISTED BY UL FOR USE AT 600VAC AT 302 DEGREES F/150 DEGREES C OR HIGHER.PLUG EACH OTHER.SECURE TO PREVENT MOVEMENT. /� PART 3-EXECUTION DISCONNECTS TO BE LISTED BY UL FOR USE AT 600VAC,15A OR HIGHER. K. EXPOSED GRID CEILINGS: J s" A. OBTAIN AND REVIEW THE SUBMITTED PRODUCT DATA FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY THE OWNER,AND FURNISHED 3.01 SPD FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE-MODULAR TYPE INSTALLATION 8. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES WITH INDIVIDUAL LED ARRAYS/MODULES AND DRIVERS THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE AND 1. SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES IN GRID CEILING DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. vrr UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THIS CONTRACT,PARTICULARLY UNDER DIVISIONS 22 AND 23. EL A. INSTALL SPD ON LOAD SIDE OF SERVICE ENTRANCE AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. REPLACEABLE FROM EXPOSED SIDE OF THE LUMINAIRE. B. CONFIRM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION(MOCP)AND MAKE ACCOMMODATIONS 2. PROVIDE AUXILIARY MEMBERS SPANNING CEILING GRID MEMBERS TO SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES. AND ADJUSTMENTS TO SWITCHES,FUSES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS NECESSARY TO COORDINATE WITH THE PROVIDE 3 ON INSTRUCTIONS.BREAKER FOR DISCONNECT IN SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT,SIZE BREAKER TO MANUFACTURERS 2.03 LED DRIVERS 3. FASTEN SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES TO CEILING GRID MEMBERS USING BOLTS,SCREWS,RIVETS,OR SUITABLE (1.) INSTALLATION A GENERAL: CLIPS. 0)NAMEPLATE RATING4- + B. INSTALL ONE PRIMARY SPD AT EACH UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE TOFACILITY,ACCORDING MANUFACTURER'S I S L C CCO GTO MANU CTU S 1. PERFORMANCE:MEET DIMMING RANGE CALLED OUT IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE,FREE FROM PERCEIVED FLICKER OR L. INSTALL RECESSED LUMINAIRES TO PERMIT REMOVAL FROM BELOW. i= C. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. RECOMMENDATIONS. VISIBLE STROBOSCOPIC FLICKER,SMOOTH AND CONTINUOUS CHANGE IN LEVELNO VISIBLE STEPS IN TRANSITIONS), C LEVEL(NO M. INSTALL RECESSED LUMINAIRES USING ACCESSORIES AND FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS TO MEET REGULATORY D. PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES PER SECTION 26 05 53,IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. C. INTEGRATE SPD UNIT INTO SWITCH GEAR TO MAXIMIZE PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY. NATURAL SQUARE LAW RESPONSE TO CONTROL INPUT,AND STABLE WHEN INPUT VOLTAGE CONDITIONS FLUCTUATE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATING. j f 0 E. PROVIDE ARC FLASH LABELS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. D. BOND SPD'S GROUND TO SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND. OVER WHAT IS TYPICALLY EXPERIENCED IN A COMMERCIAL ENVIRONMENT.DEMONSTRATION OF THIS COMPLIANCE V JCT jl E. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS F. APPLY NEATLY TYPED ADHESIVE TAG ON INSIDE DOOR OF EACH FUSIBLE SWITCH INDICATING NEMA FUSE CLASS AND TO DIMMING PERFORMANCE WILL BE NECESSARY FOR SUBSTITUTIONS OR PRIOR APPROVAL. N. INSTALL CLIPS TO SECURE RECESSED GRID-SUPPORTED LUMINAIRES IN PLACE. W AND EXIT SIGNS AT HEIGHT AS INDICATED ON EMERGENCY LIGHTING INSTALL WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRES, UNITS, SIZE INSTALLED. 2. TEN-YEAR EXPECTED LIFE WHILE OPERATING AT MAXIMUM CASE TEMPERATURE AND 90 PERCENT NON-CONDENSING O. /"► 1. FURNISH THE FOLLOWING FOR OWNER'S USE IN MAINTENANCE OF PROJECT: ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. V ,/ 3.02 TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHES RELATIVE HUMIDITY. 0 .4.5- E a. REPLACEMENT MODULES:ONE OF EACH TYPE AND SIZE. A. INSTALL FUSES IN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES.COORDINATE FUSE AMPERE RATING WITH INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. 3. MINIMUM EFFICIENCY OF 85 PERCENT,POWER FACTOR GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.90,COMPLIANCE WITH P. INSTALL ACCESSORIES FURNISHED WITH EACH LUMINAIRE. DO NOT PROVIDE FUSES OF LOWER AMPERE RATING THAN MOTOR STARTER THERMAL UNITS. END OF SECTION REDUCTION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES(ROHS).RATED FOR OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE OF AREA IN WHICH Q. MAKE WIRING CONNECTIONS TO BRANCH CIRCUIT USING BUILDING WIRE WITH INSULATION SUITABLE FOR TEMPERATURE 0L. (1) .- B. INSTALL PRODUCTS,SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND DRIVER IS INSTALLED. CONDITIONS WITHIN LUMINAIRE. REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 26 51 00-LIGHTING 4. LIMIT INRUSH CURRENT TO MINIMIZE BREAKER TRIPPING. R. BOND PRODUCTS AND METAL ACCESSORIES TO BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. C. SEE GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ABOVE. PART 1-GENERAL a. BASE SPECIFICATION:NEMA 410 STANDARD FOR INRUSH CURRENT FOR ELECTRONIC DRIVERS. S. INSTALL SPECIFIED LAMPS IN EACH EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT,EXIT SIGN,AND LUMINAIRE. C 3.03 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS 1.01SUMMARY b. PREFERRED SPECIFICATION:MEET OR EXCEED 30 MILLIAMP-SQUARED-SECONDS AT 277VAC FOR UP TO 50 WATTS T. WHERE MANUFACTURED WIRING ASSEMBLIES ARE USED,ENSURE THAT WIRING ASSEMBLY MANUFACTURER SENDS A. PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS WITHIN SIGHT OF EACH MOTOR CONTROLLER AND OF EACH MOTOR.MOTOR A. WORK INCLUDED: OF LOAD AND 75 AMPS AT 240 MICROSECONDS AT 277VAC FOR 100 WATTS OF LOAD. COMPONENTS TO APPROPRIATE LUMINAIRE MANUFACTURER FOR RESPECTIVE INSTALLATION OF PROPER COMPONENTS. > CONTROLLER DISCONNECTING MEANS EQUIPPED WITH LOCK-OUT/TAG-OUT PADLOCK PROVISIONS DO NOT REQUIRE A 1. LUMINAIRES 5. WITHSTAND UP TO A 1,000 VOLT SURGE WITHOUT IMPAIRMENT OF PERFORMANCE AS DEFINED BY ANSI C62.41 U. COORDINATION: �� DISCONNECT SWITCH AT THE CONTROLLED MOTOR LOCATION.LOCATE DISCONNECT MEANS IN VIEW OF AND NOT INSIDE 2. LED DRIVERS CATEGORY A. 1. COORDINATION OF CONDITIONS:COORDINATE CEILING CONSTRUCTION,RECESSING DEPTH AND OTHER //''''�� _ C OF EQUIPMENT,SUCH THAT TOOLS ARE NOT NEEDED TO REMOVE COVERS TO ACCESS THE DISCONNECTING MEANS. 6. NO VISIBLE CHANGE IN LIGHT OUTPUT WITH A VARIATION OF PLUS/MINUS 10 PERCENT LINE VOLTAGE INPUT. CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING LUMINAIRES FOR SHIPMENT.REFER CASES OF UNCERTAIN V 3. LAMPS 7. TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION LESS THAN 10 PERCENT AND MEET ANSI C82.11 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THO APPLICABILITY TO ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO RELEASE OF LUMINAIRES FOR SHIPMENT.WHERE () B. INSTALL PRODUCTS,SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND 4. EMERGENCY LED LUMINAIRE POWER SUPPLY - REQUIREMENTS. REQUIREMENTS AT FULL OUTPUT.THD AT NO POINT IN THE DIMMING CURVE ALLOWS IMBALANCE CURRENT TO LUMINAIRES SUPPLIED DO NOT MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION,REPLACE LUMINAIRES AT NO COST TO OWNER. c) Fins y= B. PROVIDE WIRING FOR COMPLETE AND OPERATING LIGHTING SYSTEM. EXCEED FULL OUTPUT THD. 2. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC,IDENTIFYING QUANTITY AND TYPE OF LUMINAIRES USED AND THEIR C. SEE GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ABOVE. 0 1.02RELATED SECTIONS 8. SUPPORT AUTOMATIC ADAPTATION,ALLOWING FOR FUTURE LUMINAIRE UPGRADES AND ENHANCEMENTS AND APPROXIMATE LOCATION,BUT ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR DIMENSIONAL PURPOSES.REFERENCE ARCHITECTURALr 3.04 SAFETY SWITCHES A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. DELIVER IMPROVED PERFORMANCE: DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS,INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 1 p E. A INSTALL PRODUCTS,SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS a. ADJUSTMENT OF FORWARD LED VOLTAGE,SUPPORTING 3V THROUGH 55V. 3. PROVIDE LIGHTING INDICATED ON DRAWINGS WITH LUMINAIRE OF THE TYPE DESIGNATED AND APPROPRIATE FOR ( ) REQUIREMENTS. b. ADJUSTMENT OF LED CURRENT FROM 150MA TO 1.4A AT THE 100 PERCENT CONTROL INPUT POINT IN INCREMENTS LOCATION. � v B. SEE GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ABOVE. A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. OF 1 MA. 4. PROVIDE LED LUMINAIRES WITH DRIVER COMPATIBLE TO LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS AND N 3.05 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: C. ADJUSTMENT FOR OPERATING HOURS TO MAINTAIN CONSTANT LUMENS(WITHIN 5 PERCENT)OVER THE 50,000 AS SPECIFIED. a) 0 v) A. INSTALL PRODUCTS,SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND HOUR DESIGN LIFE OF THE SYSTEM,AND DELIVER UP TO 20 PERCENT ENERGY SAVINGS EARLY IN THE LIFE CYCLE. 5. WHERE REMOTE DRIVERS ARE REQUIRED,ENSURE ADEQUATE ACCESSIBILITY TO DRIVER.UPSIZE CONDUCTORS L 1. NECA 500-COMMERCIAL LIGHTING. 9. OPERATE FOR A(+/-10 PERCENT)SUPPLY VOLTAGE OF 120V THROUGH 277VAC AT 60HZ. Q T'S REQUIREMENTS. BETWEEN LUMINAIRE AND DRIVER TO ACCOMMODATE VOLTAGE DROP. (3) LJ B. SEE GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ABOVE. 2. UL 8750-LIGHT EMITTING DIODE(LED)EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN LIGHTING PRODUCTS. 10.UL RECOGNIZED UNDER THE COMPONENT PROGRAM AND MODULAR FOR SIMPLE FIELD REPLACEMENT.DRIVERS V. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: (V • 1.04SUBMITTALS •swim• 3.06 MOLDED CASE SWITCHES THAT ARE NOT UL RECOGNIZED OR NOT SUITED FOR FIELD REPLACEMENT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. 1. PERFORM FIELD INSPECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. �(} A. INSTALL PRODUCTS,SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 11.ABILITY TO PROVIDE NO LIGHT OUTPUT WHEN THE ANALOG CONTROL SIGNAL DROPS BELOW 0.3 V,OR THE DALI/DMX 2. OPERATE EACH LUMINAIRE AFTER INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION.INSPECT FOR PROPER CONNECTION AND ' ''"' "-- I REQUIREMENTS. REQUIREMENTS. DIGITAL SIGNAL CALLS FOR LIGHT TO BE EXTINGUISHED AND CONSUME 0.5 WATTS OR LESS IN THIS STANDBY. OPERATION. B. SEE GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ABOVE. B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: CONTROL DEAD BAND BETWEEN 0.3V AND 0.65V INCLUDED TO ALLOW FOR VOLTAGE VARIATION OF INCOMING SIGNAL W.CLEANING: PROJECT N O. END OF SECTION 1. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR: WITHOUT CAUSING NOTICEABLE VARIATION IN LUMINAIRE TO LUMINAIRE OUTPUT. 1. CLEAN ELECTRICAL PARTS TO REMOVE CONDUCTIVE AND DELETERIOUS MATERIALS. a. LED LUMINAIRES:ELECTRICAL RATINGS,DIMENSIONS,MOUNTING,MATERIAL,CLEARANCES,TERMINATIONS, B. LIGHT QUALITY: 2. REMOVE DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM ENCLOSURES. 19-123.1 WIRING,CONNECTION DIAGRAM,LM-79 PHOTOMETRIC DATA,LM-80 LUMEN DEPRECIATION DATA. 1. OVER THE ENTIRE RANGE OF AVAILABLE DRIVE CURRENTS,DRIVER TO PROVIDE STEP-FREE,CONTINUOUS DIMMING 3. CLEAN PAINT SPLATTERS,DIRT,DUST,FINGERPRINTS,AND DEBRIS FROM LUMINAIRES. SECTION 26 43 00-SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES b. LED DRIVERS TO BLACK FROM 100 PERCENT TO 0.1 PERCENT AND 0 PERCENT RELATIVE LIGHT OUTPUT,OR 100 PERCENT TO 1 4. CLEAN PHOTOMETRIC CONTROL SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. DRAWN BY : PART 1-GENERAL c. LAMPS PERCENT LIGHT OUTPUT AND STEP TO 0 PERCENT WHERE INDICATED.DRIVER TO RESPOND SIMILARLY WHEN RAISING 5. CLEAN FINISHES AND TOUCH UP DAMAGED FINISHES PER BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.01SUMMARY d. EMERGENCY LED LUMINAIRE POWER SUPPLY FROM 0 PERCENT TO 100 PERCENT. TC,TFF A. WORK INCLUDED: 2. SUBMITTAL CUTSHEETS:HIGHLIGHT,CIRCLE OR OTHERWISE GRAPHICALLY INDICATE WHICH OPTION(S)ARE BEING a. DRIVER MUST BE CAPABLE OF 20 BIT DIMMING RESOLUTION FOR WHITE LIGHT LED DRIVERS OR 15 BIT RESOLUTION X. DEMONSTRATE LUMINAIRE OPERATION FOR MINIMUM OF TWO HOURS. 1. SPD FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE-MODULAR TYPE SELECTED FOR THE PRODUCTS SUBMITTED.CUTSHEETS THAT ARE NOT EDITED TO INDICATE WHICH PRODUCTS AND FOR RGBW LED DRIVERS. 3.02 LUMINAIRES CHECKED BY : B. SUPPLY AND INSTALL THE SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES(SPD)HAVING THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS,RATINGS OPTIONS ARE SUBMITTED FOR THIS PROJECT OR THAT LIST ONLY CATALOG NUMBERS TO IDENTIFY SUBMITTED 2. DRIVER MUST BE CAPABLE OF CONFIGURING A LINEAR OR LOGARITHMIC DIMMING CURVE,ALLOWING FINE GRAINED A. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. TFF,JB AND MODIFICATIONS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. OPTIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. RESOLUTION AT LOW LIGHT LEVELS. B. ALIGN,MOUNT AND LEVEL LUMINAIRES UNIFORMLY.USE BALL HANGERS FOR SUSPENDED STEM MOUNTED LUMINAIRES. C. SPDS:INTEGRAL TO PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS,INSTALLED BY THE MANUFACTURER.FIELD INSTALLED 3. SPECIFIED MANUFACTURERS ARE APPROVED TO SUBMIT BID.HOWEVER,INCLUSION DOES NOT RELIEVE 3. DRIVERS TO TRACK EVENLY ACROSS MULTIPLE LUMINAIRES AT ALL LIGHT LEVELS,AND MUST HAVE AN INPUT SIGNAL C. AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH AND PROVIDE CLEARANCE FROM EQUIPMENT.WHERE INDICATED LOCATIONS FOR DATE : MANUFACTURER FROM SUPPLYING PRODUCT AS DESCRIBED. TO OUTPUT LIGHT LEVEL THAT ALLOWS SMOOTH ADJUSTMENT OVER THE ENTIRE DIMMING RANGE. LUMINAIRES CONFLICT WITH LOCATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT,CHANGE LOCATIONS FOR LUMINAIRE BY MINIMUM DISTANCE EQUIPMENT NOT PERMISSIBLE. 4. DRIVER AND LUMINAIRE ELECTRONICS TO DELIVER ILLUMINATION THAT IS FREE FROM OBJECTIONABLE FLICKER AS NECESSARY AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. 11.11.2019 1.02RELATED SECTIONS 4. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00, ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS: MEASURED BY FLICKER INDEX(ANSI/IES RP-16-10).AT ALL POINTS WITHIN THE DIMMING RANGE FROM 100 PERCENT TO D. SUSPENDED LUMINAIRES:MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATE CLEARANCES BETWEEN BOTTOM OF LUMINAIRE AND FINISHED REVISION : A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. a. LUMINAIRES 0.1 PERCENT LUMINAIRE WILL HAVE: FLOORS. 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS b. LED DRIVERS a. LED DIMMING DRIVER TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS STEP-FREE,FLICKER FREE DIMMING SIMILAR TO INCANDESCENT E. EMERGENCY EGRESS LUMINAIRES:PROVIDE UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT FOR BATTERY CHARGING AND AUTOTRANSFER A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, c. LAMPS SOURCE. CIRCUITING FOR EXIT SIGNS AND LUMINAIRES WITH INTEGRAL BATTERIES.WHERE TEST SWITCH CANNOT BE INTEGRAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. d. EMERGENCY LED LUMINAIRE POWER SUPPLY b. BASE SPECIFICATION:BASED ON IEEE PAR1789,MINIMUM OUTPUT FREQUENCY SHOULD BE GREATER THAN 1250 TO LUMINAIRE,MOUNT REMOTE TEST SWITCH FLUSH-TO-CEILING AND ADJACENT TO EGRESS LUMINAIRE. B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: HZ. F. INTERIOR LUMINAIRE SUPPORTS: 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE c. PREFERRED SPECIFICATION:FLICKER INDEX TO BE EQUAL TO INCANDESCENT,LESS THAN 1 PERCENT AT ALL 1. LISTED PER UL 1449,THIRD EDITION,AND COMPLIMENTARY LISTED PER UL 1283 AS FRI/EMI FILTER. A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL FREQUENCIES BELOW 1000 HZ. 1. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES:ANCHOR SUPPORTS TO STRUCTURAL SLAB OR TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHIN A 2. COMPLY WITH ANSI/IEEE C62.45 TEST PROCEDURES FOR CATEGORY-C3 ESTABLISHED IN C62.41.2 AND CSA CERTIFIED REQUIREMENTS. PARTITION,OR ABOVE A SUSPENDED CEILING. (C22.2). C. CONTROL INPUT: B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: 2. MAINTAIN LUMINAIRE POSITIONS AFTER CLEANING AND RELAMPING. 1.04SUBMITTALS 1. PROVIDE CONTROL PROTOCOL TO MATCH LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SPECIFIED FOR USE WITH LUMINAIRE. 3. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES WITHOUT CAUSING CEILING OR PARTITION TO DEFLECT. 1. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES ACCEPTABLE TO CODE AUTHORITY FOR APPLICATION AND LOCATION INSTALLED. 2. 4-WIRE(0-tOV DC VOLTAGE CONTROLLED)DIMMING DRIVERS: A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 2. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE ANSI STANDARDS. 4. PROVIDE MOUNTING SUPPORTS FOR RECESSED AND PENDANT MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AS REQUIRED BY OSSC. REQUIREMENTS. a. MEET IEC 60929 ANNEX E FOR GENERAL WHITE LIGHTING LED DRIVERS.• G. ADJUSTING: - B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: 3. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE NEMA STANDARDS. b. CONNECT TO DEVICES COMPATIBLE WITH 0 TO 10V ANALOG CONTROL PROTOCOL,CLASS 2,CAPABLE OF SINKING 4. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES AND LAMPHOLDERS THAT COMPLY WITH UL STANDARDS AND HAVE BEEN LISTED AND LABELED 0.6 MA PER DRIVER AT A LOW END OF 0.3V.LIMIT THE NUMBER OF DRIVERS ON EACH 0-10V CONTROL OUTPUT 1. AIM AND ADJUST LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED. 1. RELATED SPD SPECIFICATIONS,DRAWINGS,MAINTENANCE MANUALS,INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS,AND UL 1449, FOR LOCATION AND USE INDICATED BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE BY THE AHJ(E.G.,UL,ETL,AND THE LIKE), BASED ON VOLTAGE DROP AND CONTROL CAPACITY. 2. FOCUS AND ADJUST FLOODLIGHTS,SPOTLIGHTS AND OTHER ADJUSTABLE LUMINAIRES,WITH ARCHITECT,AT SUCH THIRD EDITION,LISTED SURGE SUPPRESSION RATINGS OF SPECIFIED PROTECTION MODES. 5. COMPLY WITH OESC AS APPLICABLE TO INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF LUMINAIRES. TIME OF DAY OR NIGHT AS REQUIRED. 2. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF SPDS. C. MEET ESTA E1.3 FOR RGBW LED DRIVERS. 3. ALIGN LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT STRAIGHT AND PARALLEL/PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE. 6. COMPLY WITH FALLOUT AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS OF OSSC FOR DIFFUSERS,BAFFLES,AND LOUVERS. 2.04 LAMPS 3. MAINTENANCE DATA: 7. PROVIDE LED LUMINAIRES FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND MANUFACTURING LED SOURCE BATCH FOR SIMILAR 4. POSITION EXIT SIGN DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED. a. INCLUDE MODULE REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS. A. PROVIDE LAMPS FOR LUMINAIRES. APPLICATIONS(E.G.,ALL LED DOWNLIGHTS FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER AND BATCH,ALL LINEAR LED PRODUCTS 3.03 LED DRIVERS b. INCLUDE MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER AND BATCH). B. PROVIDE LAMP CATALOGUED FOR SPECIFIED LUMINAIRE TYPE. C. INCANDESCENT LAMPS:NOT ALLOWED UNLESS NOTED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE. A INSTALL LAMPS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. 1.OSQUALITY ASSURANCE 1.06WARRANTYB. WHERE DRIVER IS REMOTE MOUNTED,SIZE WIRING BASED ON TYPE OF DRIVER,DRIVER DISTANCE FROM LUMINAIRE, A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL D. LED(LIGHT EMITTING DIODE): A. WARRANTY AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL AND VOLTAGE/POWER LEVEL,AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. REQUIREMENTS. REQUIREMENTS. 1. LED MANUFACTURER WILL INCLUDE,BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO,LIGHT SOURCE,LUMINAIRE,POWER SUPPLY AND C. PROTECT 0-10V INPUT FROM LINE VOLTAGE MIS-CONNECTION,AND SO IT WILL BE IMMUNE AND THE OUTPUT B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: CONTROL INTERFACE WITH ADDED COMPONENTS AS NEEDED FOR COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. UNRESPONSIVE TO INDUCED AC VOLTAGE ON THE CONTROL LEADS. 1. MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS:ISO 9001 CERTIFICATION SPD MANUFACTURERS COMPLETE QUALITY CONTROL 1. LED LUMINAIRE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY:NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS FOR LUMINAIRE BASED ON DATE OF a. COMPLY WITH ANSI CHROMATICITY STANDARD FOR CLASSIFICATIONS OF COLOR TEMPERATURE.SEE LUMINAIRE END OF SECTION AND DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES OF FIRMS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN MANUFACTURE OF SPO PRODUCT FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.INCLUDES NORMAL COST OF LABOR TO REPLACE LUMINAIRE.REPLACEMENT LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIED LED LAMP COLOR AND COLOR TEMPERATURE.UL OR ETL LISTED AND LABELED. CATEGORY-C3(ANSI/IEEEC62.41.2)AND WHOSE PRODUCT HAS BEEN OF SATISFACTORY SERVICE FOR NOT LESS THAN WILL MATCH PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS,PHYSICAL APPEARANCE,CHROMATICITY,LUMEN OUTPUT AND PHOTOMETRIC b. LUMINAIRE TESTING PER IESNA LM-79 AND LM-80 PROCEDURES. - 5 YEARS. CHARACTERISTICS OF ORIGINAL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. c. LAMP LIFE FOR WHITE LEDS:50,000 PLUS HOURS WITH LAMP FAILURE OCCURRING WHEN LED PRODUCES 70 ' a. PROVIDE LOCAL SUPPORT FOR SPD. PART 2-PRODUCTS PERCENT OF INITIAL RATED LUMENS. 2. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS:COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS d. LAMP LIFE FOR COLOR LEDS:30,000 PLUS HOURS WITH LAMP FAILURE OCCURRING WHEN LED PRODUCES 50 SECTION WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PERCENT OF ITS INITIAL RATED LUMENS. A. LUMINAIRES: 1,O6WARRANTY e. LED DRIVERS:REVERSE POLARITY PROTECTION,OPEN CIRCUIT PROTECTION,REQUIRE NO MINIMUM LOAD. 1. REFERENCE DESCRIPTION AND MANUFACTURERS IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. MINIMUM 80 PERCENT EFFICIENCY.CLASS A NOISE RATING. A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 26 00 00,ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. DIMMING:LED SYSTEM CAPABLE OF FULL AND CONTINUOUS DIMMING. PART 2-PRODUCTS B. LED DRIVERS: g. CORRELATED COLOR TEMPERATURE(CCT):SEE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR SELECTION OF COLOR TEMPERATURE 1. INDOOR DRIVERS: FOR EACH LUMINAIRE.RANGES GIVEN BELOW REFLECT MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES FOR COLOR 2.01 MANUFACTURERS a. ELDOLED SERIES TEMPERATURE RANGE FOR EACH NOMINAL CCT. A ADVANCED PROTECTION TECHNOLOGIES,INC.(APT) b. ADVANCE/PHILIPS 1) NOMINAL CCT: B. CURRENT TECHNOLOGY c. OSRAM SYLVANIA (a)2700 K(2725 t 145) C. EATON ELECTRICAL d. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. (b)3000 K(3045 t 175) D. LEA INTERNATIONAL 2. OUTDOOR DRIVERS: (c)3500 K(3465±245) E. LIEBERT a. ADVANCE/PHILIPS (d)4000 K(3985±275) F. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/SQUARE D b. OSRAM SYLVANIA h. COLOR RENDERING INDEX(CRI)TO BE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 80. G. SURGE SUPPRESSION INC.(SSI) c. LG 2. SPECIAL TYPES AS INDICATED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE. H. SIEMENS d. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 2.05 EMERGENCY LED LUMINAIRE POWER SUPPLY I. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. C. LAMPS: A INTERNAL TYPE:SELF-CONTAINED,MODULAR,BATTERY UNIT,FACTORY MOUNTED WITHIN LUMINAIRE BODY AND 2.02 SPD FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE-MODULAR TYPE 1. LED(LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)LAMPS: COMPATIBLE WITH DRIVER.COMPLY WITH UL 924. A. LIST SPD IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1449(THIRD EDITION),STANDARD FOR SAFETY,SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES,AND UL a. NICHIA 1. EMERGENCY CONNECTION:OPERATE ONE LED MODULE CONTINUOUSLY AT A MINIMUM OUTPUT OF 1400 LUMENS 1283,ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE FILTERS. b. CREE EACH.CONNECT UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT TO BATTERY UNIT AND SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO LUMINAIRE DRIVER. B. INDEPENDENTLY TEST SPD WITH CATEGORY-C3 HIGH EXPOSURE WAVEFORM(20KV-1.2/50 MS,10 KA-8/20 MS)PER c. OSRAM SYLVANIA 2. TEST PUSH BUTTON AND INDICATOR LIGHT:VISIBLE AND ACCESSIBLE WITHOUT OPENING LUMINAIRE OR ENTERING SPECIFICATIONS ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2. d. GE LUMINATION CEILING SPACE. C. PROVIDE SPD WITH COPPER BUS BARS FOR SURGE CURRENT PATH.SMALL GAUGE ROUND WIRING,PLUG-IN TYPE e. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. a. PUSH BUTTON:PUSH-TO-TEST TYPE,IN UNIT HOUSING,SIMULATES LOSS OF NORMAL POWER AND DEMONSTRATES - ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS,OR PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS NOT TO BE USED IN PATH FOR SURGE CURRENT DIVERSION.EQUALLY 2. UNLESS SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER NOT SHOWN ON THIS LIST IS INDICATED IN THE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE. UNIT OPERABILITY. DISTRIBUTE SURGE CURRENT TO INDIVIDUALLY FUSED MOV COMPONENTS TO ENSURE EQUAL STRESSING AND MAXIMUM 3. SPECIAL TYPES AS INDICATED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE. b. LED INDICATOR LIGHT:INDICATES NORMAL POWER ON.NORMAL GLOW INDICATES TRICKLE CHARGE;BRIGHT GLOW PERFORMANCE.SURGE SUPPRESSION PLATFORM MUST PROVIDE EQUAL IMPEDANCE PATHS TO EACH MATCHED(PLUS INDICATES CHARGING AT END OF DISCHARGE CYCLE. OR MINUS ONE VOLT)MOV. 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 3. BATTERY:SEALED,MAINTENANCE-FREE,NICKEL-CADMIUM TYPE.SIZED FOR A MINIMUM OUTPUT OF 90 MINUTES, D. CONSTRUCT SPD USING FIELD REPLACEABLE SURGE CURRENT DIVERSION MODULES(MOV BASED).EACH MODULE D. EMERGENCY LED LUMINAIRE POWER SUPPLY: 4. CHARGER:FULLY AUTOMATIC,SOLID-STATE,CONSTANT-CURRENT TYPE WITH SEALED POWER TRANSFER RELAY. FUSED WITH USER REPLACEABLE 200,000 AIC RATED FUSES.MONITOR STATUS OF EACH MODULE AND MOV AND INDICATE 1. BODINE B. EXTERNAL TYPE:SELF-CONTAINED,MODULAR,BATTERY UNIT,SUITABLE FOR POWERING ONE OR MORE LED MODULES, ON FRONT OF SPD'S ENCLOSURE AS WELL AS ON EACH MODULE. 2. HATCH REMOTE MOUNTED FROM LUMINAIRE.COMPLY WITH UL 924. E. ENCAPSULATED SPD,WHETHER MODULAR OR CHASE NIPPLE UNITS,UTILIZES AN ENCAPSULANT THAT IS UL LISTED AND 3. FULHAM 1. EMERGENCY CONNECTION:OPERATE ONE LED MODULE CONTINUOUSLY.CONNECT UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT TO HOLDS 94-V2 FIRE RETARDANT RATING.ALLOW NO ENCAPSULANT COMPOUNDS THAT INCORPORATE EPDXY. 4. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. BATTERY UNIT AND SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO LUMINAIRE DRIVER. _ F. EQUIP SPD WITH AN AUDIBLE ALARM THAT ACTIVATES WHEN ONE OF SURGE CURRENT MODULES HAVE FAILED.PROVIDE 2.02 LUMINAIRES 2. CHARGER:FULLY AUTOMATIC,SOLID-STATE,CONSTANT-CURRENT TYPE. AN ALARM ON/OFF SWITCH TO SILENCE THE ALARM.PROVIDE AN ALARM PUSH-TO-TEST SWITCH TO TEST ALARM.LOCATE A LUMINAIRES:REFERENCE DESCRIPTION AND MANUFACTURERS IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 3. HOUSING:NEMA 250,TYPE 1 ENCLOSURE. SWITCHES AND ALARM ON FRONT COVER OF SPD'S ENCLOSURE.EQUIP UNIT WITH AN EVENT COUNTER THAT WILL B. WHERE RECESSED LUMINAIRES ARE INSTALLED IN CAVITIES INTENDED TO BE INSULATED,PROVIDE IC RATED 4. TEST PUSH BUTTON:VISIBLE AND ACCESSIBLE WITHOUT ENTERING CEILING SPACE. INTERFACE INDICATE HOW MANY SURGES,SAGS,SWELLS AND OUTAGES HAVE OCCURRED AT THE LOCATION. E N G I N E E R I N G • G. MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: LUMINAIRES OR OTHER CODE APPROVED INSTALLATION. a. PUSH-TO-TEST TYPE,IN REMOTE UNIT HOUSING,SIMULATES LOSS OF NORMAL POWER AND DEMONSTRATES UNIT C. UL LABEL LUMINAIRES INSTALLED UNDER CANOPIES,ROOF OR OPEN PORCHES,AND SIMILAR DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS, OPERABILITY. PROJECT 2019-0641 1. MAXIMUM SINGLE IMPULSE CURRENT RATING:NO LESS THAN 160 KA PER PHASE.MANUFACTURERS MUST PROVIDE AS SUITABLE FOR DAMP OR WET LOCATION. b. LED INDICATOR LIGHT:INDICATES NORMAL POWER ON.NORMAL GLOW INDICATES TRICKLE CHARGE;BRIGHT GLOW CONTACT BEN EVANS E • DOCUMENTED PROOF OF INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION OF SINGLE IMPULSE CURRENT WITHSTAND INDICATES CHARGING AT END OF DISCHARGE CYCLE. • 7 CAPABILITIES. D. SUSPENDED LUMINAIRES:PROVIDE MINIMUM 24-INCH ADJUSTABILITY IN AIRCRAFT CABLE LENGTH WHERE USED. 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 2. PULSE LIFE TEST:CAPABLE OF PROTECTING AGAINST AND SURVIVING 5000 ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2 CATEGORY-C3 E. RECESSED LUMINAIRES:FRAME COMPATIBLE WITH CEILING MATERIAL INSTALLED AT PARTICULAR LUMINAIRE LOCATION. c. FACEPLATE FINISH:VERIFY FINISH WITH ARCHITECT FOR EACH ROOM PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS. Portland,OR 97204 TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com \2019 2019-0641 cad\electrical 0641e0.2-e0.10.dwg 11/7/2019 12:59:07 P ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER iTANGE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0641E0.2 - E0.1 .DWG - E0.7 I EDIT: 11/20/2019 6:34 PM BY BENE I PLOT: 11/20/2019 6:35 PM BY BEN EVANS Iiimmumiimmi ,4EO PROF4s APPLICABLE TO SUBMITTED MODEL.CLEARLY NOTE OPTIONS ANDSUBMITTED ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS(I.E.ROOFING,CEILING,FINISHES) N s SECTION 27 00 00-COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTSO E O O S ACCESSORIES TO BE PROVIDED,INCLUDING S S)A D STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS AS SUBMITTED, AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE,ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED OR ��5 ZJG 1 N e� vQy - PART1-GENERAL FIELD INSTALLED ITEMS.HIGHLIGHT CONNECTIONS BY/TO OTHER TRADES. INCLUDING FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATION.IDENTIFY ZONE OF INFLUENCE FROM FOOTINGS AND ENSURE SYSTEMS ARE CONNECTED UNDER PROVISIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS FUNCTIONS IN MANNER REQUIRED.PROVIDE FIELD b. INCLUDE TECHNICAL DATA,INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND DIMENSIONED DRAWINGS FOR PRODUCTS, NOT ROUTED WITHIN THE ZONE OF INFLUENCE. INSTRUCTION TO OWNER'S MAINTENANCE STAFF AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 27 00 72777PE g 9f 1.01SECTION INCLUDES FIXTURES,EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES INSTALLED,FURNISHED OR PROVIDED.REFERENCE INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 27, B. ADVISE ARCHITECT IN EVENT A CONFLICT OCCURS IN LOCATION OR CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT.BEAR COSTS 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS SECTIONS. 2-f., i ,r;;;>____________ A. WORK INCLUDED iN 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS APPLIES TO DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS REQUIRED IN PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL RESULTING FROM FAILURE TO PROPERLY COORDINATE INSTALLATION OR FAILURE TO ADVISE ARCHITECT OF CONFLICT. C. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES:FURNISH SERVICES OF A QUALIFIED PERSON AT TIME APPROVED BY OWNER,TO 2-, " WORK TO PROVIDE MATERIALS,LABOR,TOOLS,PERMITS,INCIDENTALS,AND OTHER SERVICES TO PROVIDE AND MAKE OUTSIDE OF THESE REQUIREMENTS. C. VERIFY IN FIELD EXACT SIZE,LOCATION,INVERT,AND CLEARANCES REGARDING EXISTING MATERIAL,EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUCT MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL,CORRECT DEFECTS OR DEFICIENCIES,AND DEMONSTRATE TO SATISFACTION OF OREGON READY FOR OWNER'S USE OF COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS FOR PROPOSED PROJECT. ksSt c. SEE DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OUTSIDE APPARATUS,AND ADVISE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THAT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND THAT EXISTING OWNER THAT ENTIRE SYSTEM IS OPERATING IN SATISFACTORY MANNER AND COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER 'lam `'eli(r 7.% -I• B. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDE,BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO,SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT OF THESE REQUIREMENTS. IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION RELATED THERETO. TRADES THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WORK.COMPLETE INSTRUCTION AND DEMONSTRATION PRIOR TO FINAL -9 E 02, ,•• :Z- AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,DRAWINGS,ADDENDA, 5. MAXIMUM OF TWO REVIEWS OF COMPLETE SUBMITTAL PACKAGE.ARRANGE FOR ADDITIONAL REVIEWS AND/OR EARLY D. SUBMIT FINAL COORDINATION DRAWINGS WITH CHANGES AS RECORD DRAWINGS AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. JOB SITE OBSERVATIONS. Rk K. 0`L�P OWNER/ARCHITECT AGREEMENT,AND OWNER/CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT.CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS BEFORE REVIEW OF LONG-LEAD ITEMS;BEAR COSTS OF ADDITIONAL REVIEWS AT ENGINEER'S HOURLY RATES.INCOMPLETE 3.09 CLEANING COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. PART 2-PRODUCTS !EXPIRES: 12/31/20 1 SUBMITTAL PACKAGES/SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED TO CONTRACTOR WITHOUT REVIEW. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. CONFIRM CLEANING REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS,DIVISION 01, C. DEFINITIONS: 6. RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS:MAKE CORRECTIONS OR CHANGES IN SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED,AND IN GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 27, • 1. PROVIDE:TO FURNISH AND INSTALL,COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE. CONSIDERATION OF ENGINEER'S COMMENTS.IDENTIFY ENGINEER'S COMMENTS AND PROVIDE AN INDIVIDUAL A. ARTICLES,FIXTURES,AND EQUIPMENT OF A KIND TO BE STANDARD PRODUCT OF ONE MANUFACTURER,INCLUDING BUT COMMUNICATIONS SECTIONS. 2. FURNISH:SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE,READY FOR UNPACKING,ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION. RESPONSE TO EACH OF THE ENGINEER'S COMMENTS.CLOUD CHANGES IN THE SUBMITTALS AND FURTHER IDENTIFY NOT LIMITED TO JACKS,PATCH PANELS,EQUIPMENT CONNECTION CORDS AND WALL PLATES. B. UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION,THOROUGHLY CLEAN EXPOSED PORTIONS OF EQUIPMENT,REMOVING 3. INSTALL:INCLUDES UNLOADING,UNPACKING,ASSEMBLING,ERECTING,INSTALLATION,APPLYING,FINISHING, CHANGES WHICH ARE IN RESPONSE TO ENGINEER'S COMMENTS. 2.02 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP TEMPORARY LABELS AND TRACES OF FOREIGN SUBSTANCES.THROUGHOUT WORK,REMOVE CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS a PROTECTING,CLEANING AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS AT PROJECT SITE AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE ITEMS OF WORK 7. STRUCTURAL/SEISMIC:PROVIDE WEIGHTS,DIMENSIONS,MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS AND LiKE INFORMATION A. BASE CONTRACT UPON FURNISHING MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED.MATERIALS,EQUIPMENT,AND FIXTURES USED FOR AND SURPLUS MATERIALS ACCUMULATED DURING WORK. 0 FURNISHED. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING,SEISMIC BRACING,AND SUPPORT.INDICATE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE NEW,LATEST PRODUCTS AS LISTED IN MANUFACTURERS PRINTED CATALOG DATA AND ARE 3.10 INSTALLATION > . 4. APPROVED OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT:TO POSSESS THE SAME PERFORMANCE QUALITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS TO MEET ASCE 7-10 REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS.PROVIDE TO BE UL OR ETL APPROVED OR HAVE ADEQUATE APPROVAL OR BE ACCEPTABLE BY STATE,COUNTY,AND CITY A. CONFIRM INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING RE AND FULFILL THE UTILITARIAN FUNCTION WITHOUT ANY DECREASE IN QUALITY,DURABILITY OR LONGEVITY.FOR ENGINEERED SEISMIC DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT SEISMIC CERTIFICATION.EQUIPMENT IMPORTANCE FACTOR AS AUTHORITIES.EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE SUPPLIER iS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING STATE,COUNTY,AND CITY ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS AND -i-- EQUIPMENT/PRODUCTS DEFINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS"EQUIVALENT,"SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS MUST BE SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 AND IN STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS. ON EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE NOT UL OR ETL APPROVED OR NOT LISTED FOR INSTALLATION. DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND INDIVIDUAL 0 DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS SECTIONS. L.- SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR CONSIDERATION,IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,AND 8. TRADE COORDINATION:INCLUDE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS,ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS,DEVICE LAYOUT B. NAMES AND MANUFACTURER'S NAMES DENOTE CHARACTER AND QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT DESIRED AND ARE NOT TO BE B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS,PLUMB AND n • APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS FOR SUBSTITUTED ITEMS. PLANS,WIRING DIAGRAMS,AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED PER DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATION CONSTRUED AS LIMITING COMPETITION. LEVEL AND FIRMLY SECURED TO MOUNTING SURFACES.MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES. C �/ 5. AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION(AHJ):INDICATES REVIEWING AUTHORITIES,INCLUDING LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL, DOCUMENTS.FOR EQUIPMENT WITH ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS,FURNISH COPY OF APPROVED SUBMITTAL FOR C. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Q. O OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER,OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE,AND OTHER REVIEWING ENTITY INCLUSION IN DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS. 1. COMPLY WITH LOCAL,STATE OF OREGON,AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS RELATING TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. C. START UP EQUIPMENT,IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S START-UP INSTRUCTIONS,AND IN PRESENCE OF WHOSE APPROVAL iS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN SYSTEMS ACCEPTANCE. 9. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR OPENINGS IN BUILDING FOR ADMITTANCE OF EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE.TEST OPERATION AND DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. 0) 0- 2.• COMPLY WITH DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REPLACE DAMAGED OR MALFUNCTIONING EQUIPMENT. 6. ENTRANCE FACILITY(EF):AREA OR LOCATION THAT CONTAINS ENTRANCE POINT(DEMARCATION)CABLE AND OR ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT RELATING TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT FOR TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICES ENTERING THE BUILDING. 10.SUBSTITUTIONS AND VARIATION FROM BASiS OF DESIGN: D. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS/METALS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. 3. DO NOT USE ANY MATERIALS CONTAINING A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE.IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE 3.11 PAINTING 0 O E L., 0 7. EQUIPMENT ROOM(ER):AREA OR LOCATION THAT CONTAINS BACKBONE CABLING ASSOCIATED WiTH INTERBUILDING a. THE BASIS OF DESIGN DESIGNATED PRODUCT ESTABLISHES THE QUALITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS FOR THE ENCOUNTERED,DO NOT DISTURB;IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT.HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE L CABLE OR CABLE THAT CONNECTS BUILDINGS TOGETHER IN A CAMPUS ENVIRONMENT.ERS MAY CONTAIN MAIN EVALUATION OF ANY COMPARABLE PRODUCTS BY OTHER LiSTED ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS IF INCLUDED IN REMOVED BY OWNER UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. A. CONFIRM PAINTING REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 09,FINISHES.IN ABSENCE OF CROSS-CONNECTS,INTERMEDIATE CROSS-CONNECTS,HORIZONTAL CROSS-CONNECTS,AND TELECOMMUNICATION THIS SPECIFICATION OR INCLUDED IN AN APPROVED SUBSTITUTION REQUEST AS JUDGED BY THE DESIGN SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: i ROOMS. PROFESSIONAL. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION 1. FERROUS METAL:AFTER COMPLETION OF COMMUNICATIONS WORK,THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND PAINT EXPOSED 8. MAIN CROSS-CONNECT(MC):AREA OR LOCATION THAT CONTAINS TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT FOR b. IF SUBSTITUTIONS AND/OR EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT/PRODUCTS ARE BEING PROPOSED,IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY SUPPORTS CONSTRUCTED OF FERROUS METAL SURFACES IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS,I.E.,HANGERS, CONNECTING BACKBONE CABLE TO/FROM INTERMEDIATE CROSS-CONNECTS AND HORIZONTAL CROSS-CONNECTS. OF PARTIES CONCERNED,INVOLVED IN,AND FURNISHING THE SUBSTITUTE AND/OR EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT TO A. CONFIRM ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 00,PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING HANGER RODS,EQUIPMENT STANDS,WITH ONE COAT OF BLACK ASPHALT VARNISH FOR EXTERIOR OR BLACK ENAMEL o a 0) ' ACTIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT WILL OFTEN BE CONTAINED iN THIS AREA TO SERVE AS THE VERIFY AND COMPARE THE CHARACTERISTICS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THAT FURNISHED TO THAT SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS,DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERIOR,SUITABLE FOR HOT SURFACES. -1-- TELECOMMUNICATIONS HUB OR HEADEND.BACKBONE CABLE FROM LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIER'S POINT OF AND/OR SHOWN.IF GREATER CAPACITY AND/OR MORE MATERIALS AND/OR MORE LABOR IS REQUIRED FOR THE AND INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS SECTIONS. 2. iN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM,ON ROOF OR OTHER EXPOSED AREAS,EQUIPMENT NOT PAINTED WiTH ENAMEL DEMARCATION WILL CONNECT TO BUILDING BACKBONE CABLE OR ACTIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT AT ROUGH-IN,CIRCUITRY OR CONNECTIONS THAN FOR THE ITEM SPECIFIED AND PROVIDED FOR,THEN PROVIDE B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS(I.E.,AMPLIFIERS,TAPS,ZONE CONTROLLERS,VOLUME CONTROLS,AND TO RECEIVE TWO COATS OF PRIMER AND ONE COAT OF RUSTPROOF ENAMEL,COLORS AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. c a l � THIS LOCATION. COMPENSATION FOR ADDITIONAL CHARGES REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER ROUGH-IN,CIRCUITRY AND STORAGE DEVICES)SO THAT THEY MAY BE SERVICED,RESET,REPLACED OR RECALIBRATED BY SERVICE PEOPLE WITH 3. SEE INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER PAINTING. 0 cy V 9. INTERMEDIATE CROSS-CONNECT(IC):AREA OR LOCATION THAT CONTAINS TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT FOR CONNECTIONS FOR THE EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED.NO ADDITIONAL CHARGES ABOVE THE BASE BID, NORMAL SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT.DO NOT INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN OBVIOUS PASSAGEWAYS,DOORWAYS, { ) INCLUDING RESULTING CHARGES FOR WORK PERFORMED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS,WILL BE ALLOWED FOR SUCH SCUTTLES OR CRAWLSPACES WHICH WOULD IMPEDE OR BLOCK INTENDED USAGE. 4. STRUCTURAL STEEL:REPAIR DAMAGE TO STRUCTURAL STEEL FINISHES OR FINISHES OF OTHER MATERIALS CONNECTING BACKBONE CABLE FROM THE MC TO BACKBONE CABLE DISTRIBUTING TO ONE OR MANY HORIZONTAL DAMAGED BY CUTTING,WELDING OR PATCHING TO MATCH ORIGINAL. v CROSS-CONNECTS.THIS LOCATION MAY CONTAIN ACTIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT. REVISIONS.COORDINATE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF"SUBMITTALS."FOR ANY PRODUCT MARKED"OR C. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS COMPLETE AS DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 10.HORIZONTAL CROSS-CONNECT(HC):AREA OR LOCATION THAT CONTAINS TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT,CABLE APPROVED EQUIVALENT,"A SUBSTITUTION REQUEST MUST BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO OBTAIN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FROM MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OF EQUIPMENT AND EXAMINE 5. CONDUIT:CLEAN,PRIMER COAT AND PAiNT INTERIOR CONDUIT EXPOSED IN FINISHED AREAS WITH TWO COATS PAINT 0 (/) 5 E PURCHASE,DELIVERY OR INSTALLATION. INSTRUCTIONS THOROUGHLY.WHEN REQUIREMENTS OF INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT SUITABLE FOR METALLIC SURFACES.COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. {/) TERMINATIONS AND CROSS-CONNECT WIRING.HC IS THE RECOGNIZED CONNECTION POINT BETWEEN BACKBONE AND �. HORIZONTAL PATHWAY FACILITIES. 11.SHOP DRAWINGS: DOCUMENTS,REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION.THIS INCLUDES 6. COVERS:COVERS SUCH AS MANHOLES,VAULTS AND THE LIKE WILL BE FURNISHED WITH FINISHES WHICH RESIST W +- 11.TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM(TR):AREA OR LOCATION CONTAINING TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT,CABLE a. PROVIDE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH INCLUDE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL SYSTEMS,DEVICE PROPER INSTALLATION METHODS,SEQUENCING AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES AND DISCIPLINES. CORROSION AND RUST. 0 LAYOUT PLANS,AND CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS.REFERENCE INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS D. EARTHWORK: 3.12 DEMOLITION 0 TERMINATIONS AND CROSS-CONNECT WIRING.THREE APPLICATIONS SERVICED BY TRS ARE HORIZONTAL CABLE r ' CONNECTIONS,BACKBONE SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION AND ENTRANCE FACILITIES.THE TR PROVIDES FACILITIES SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHOP DRAWINGS OUTSIDE OF THESE 1. CONFIRM EARTHWORK REQUIREMENTS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.IN ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS, A. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 02,EXISTING CONDITIONS.IN ABSENCE C (SPACE,POWER,GROUNDING,ETC.)FOR HOUSING TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT.TR MAY CONTAIN A MC,IC OR REQUIREMENTS. COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS,COMPLY WITH INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: HC AND A DEMARCATION POINT OR AN INTERBUILDING ENTRANCE FACILITY. b. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS,SIZE AND ELEVATION FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO a. PERFORM EXCAVATION,DEWATERING,SHORING,BEDDING,AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF WORK 1. SCOPE: . 12.INTERBUILDING CABLE:BACKBONE CABLE ASSOCIATED WITH CONNECTING BUILDINGS TOGETHER IN A MULTIBUILDING INSTALLATION. IN THIS DIVISION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RELATED EARTHWORK DIVISIONS.CONTACT UTILITIES AND LOCATE a. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE DOCUMENTS TO PROVIDE NECESSARY INFORMATION AND ADJUSTMENTS TO "� OR CAMPUS ENVIRONMENT. 12.SAMPLES:PROVIDE SAMPLES WHEN REQUESTED BY INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS. EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO EXCAVATION.REPAIR ANY WORK DAMAGED DURING EXCAVATION OR BACKFILLING. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO MEET CODE AND ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. Ti c 13.INTRABUILDING CABLE:BACKBONE CABLE ASSOCIATED WITH CONNECTING ENTRANCE FACILITY,EQUIPMENT ROOMS, 13.RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: b. EXCAVATION:DO NOT EXCAVATE UNDER FOOTINGS,FOUNDATION BASES,OR RETAINING WALLS. b. COORDINATE WITH OWNER SO THAT WORK CAN BE SCHEDULED NOT TO INTERRUPT OPERATIONS,NORMAL L. O MAiN CROSS-CONNECTS,INTERMEDIATE CROSS-CONNECTS,HORIZONTAL CROSS-CONNECTS,AND a• MAKE ANY CORRECTIONS OR CHANGE IN SUBMITTALS WHEN REQUIRED.PROVIDE SUBMITTALS AS SPECIFIED.THE c. PROVIDE PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND SYSTEMS.REVIEW THE PROJECT GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR ACTIVITIES,BUILDING ACCESS OR ACCESS TO DIFFERENT AREAS. U — " TELECOMMUNICATION ROOMS TOGETHER ON SINGLE FLOOR OR MULTIFLOOR BUILDING. ENGINEER WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO EDiT AND/OR INTERPRET THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS.CHANGES MADE REFERENCES TO CORROSIVE OR DELETERIOUS SOILS WHICH WILL REDUCE THE PERFORMANCE OR SERVICE LIFE C. EXISTING CONDITIONS:DETERMINE EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT BEFORE 0 "•" ; viiiiiiiiiiiiiimiimmumw ti�tD PROFFSS 2. WITH CONCRETE ENCASEMENT:INSTALL WATERTIGHT ENTRANCE SEAL DEVICE ON THE ACCESSIBLE SIDE. 1. REFERENCE 2.02A FOR REQUIREMENTS. 1.07SYSTEM DESCRIPTION •\ � SECTION 27 05 28•PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 3. SECURELY ANCHOR MALLEABLE IRON BODY OF WATERTIGHT ENTRANCE SEAL DEVICE INTO CONSTRUCTION WITH 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. A. PROVIDE A STANDARDS-BASED CABLE SYSTEM TO SERVE HORIZONTAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS AS � ��G 1 N� �p� PART 1 -GENERAL ONE OR MORE INTEGRAL FLANGES. B. WALL MOUNT CABINETS: SPECIFIED AND AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.CLOSELY FOLLOW ANSI/TIA/EIA,IEEE AND ISO STANDARDS. "` 72777P,F r- ,� - 1.01SUMMARY 4. SECURE MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING TO WATERTIGHT ENTRANCE SEAL DEVICE IN A PERMANENT,WATERTIGHT B. THE HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION SUBSYSTEM REFERS TO INTRABUILDING TWISTED-PAIR COMMUNICATIONS CABLING ` ' 1. CHATSWORTH;MODEL 11900-736. L.V. MANNER. CONNECTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS LOCATED AT INDIVIDUAL WORK OREGON A. WORK INCLUDED: C. HORIZONTAL WIRE MANAGERS:TING EACH TELECOM OUTLET FROM AREAS AND CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING: ✓ 1. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AND FITTINGS F ITS RESPECTIVE MER/TR ROOM,USING SLEEVE CONDUtIT. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SLEEVING THROUGH WALLS, SIE AS REQUIRED PER S AND CEILINGS STANDARDS.RESTORE PENETRATIONS 1, 19-INCHES WIDE,TWO RACK UNITS HIGH: 1. CATEGORY 6 100 OHM,4-PAIR,UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLES FROM THE TELECOM ROOMS TO THE OUTLETS. �9 GINE 02'2Q�o 4Z,- 2. ' 2. CONDUIT ACCESSORIES THROUGH RATED ASSEMBLIES TO ORIGINAL FIRE RATING PER NFPA AND LOCAL CODES. a. CHATSWORTH;MODEL 35441-702. 2. THE HORIZONTAL SYSTEM INCLUDES CABLES,JACKS,PATCH PANELS AND PATCH CORDS,AS WELL AS THE Air K O'VV- 3. PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEMS G. LOCATE SLEEVES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.WHERE SLEEVES ARE NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS,INSTALL SLEEVES ABOVE 2. 19-INCHES WIDE,ONE RACK UNIT HIGH. NECESSARY SUPPORT SYSTEMS,SUCH AS CABLE MANAGERS AND FACEPLATES. 4. TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET BOXES SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND LOCATE TO MINIMIZE LENGTH OF PATHWAY FOR FUTURE CABLE FROM TELECOM OUTLET TO a. CHATSWORTH;MODEL 35441-701. 3. CABLES ARE ROUTED THROUGH CONDUIT,OPEN CEILING AREAS,NON-VENTILATED SPACES ABOVE CEILING TILE AND !EXPIRES: 12/31/20 MER/TR ROOMS. 5. J-HOOKS D. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING: THROUGH PLENUM AIR-HANDLING SPACES ABOVE CEILING TILE. B. THIS SECTION SPECIFIES THE REQUIREMENTS TO PROVIDE COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT RACEWAYS,BOXES,CABLE H. WHERE SLEEVES ARE ROUTED BETWEEN ROOMS WITH FLOATING CEILINGS,EXTEND CONDUITS HORIZONTALLY 2-FEET 4. FURNISH AND INSTALL MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM. OVER EDGE OF FLOATING CEILING TO AVOID EXPOSED CABLING FROM BEING SEEN AT FLOOR LEVEL. 1. TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUNDING BUSBAR(TMGB): (I) TRAYS,INNERDUCT AND FITTINGS. a. CHATSWORTH;MODEL 40153-020. PART 2-PRODUCTS 1.02RELATED SECTIONS I. MAKE FLOOR PENETRATIONS NO MORE THAN 4-INCHES FROM WALL.INSTALL CONDUIT STUBS TO EXTEND 4-INCHES • �I� FROM FLOOR BASE.CAP CONDUITS FOR PROTECTION. 2. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND ACCESSORIES: 2.01 MANUFACTURERS VJ A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. J. PROVIDE REMOVABLE HEAT-EXPANDING PILLOWS AT FIRE BARRIER PENETRATIONS AS SPECIFIED IN FIRESTOPPING a. ONE HOLE GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK: A. STATION CABLING: > •- 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS SECTION AND DESCRIBED AS FIRESTOP MATERIAL TYPE 7(INDICATED AS FSM-7). 1) CHATSWORTH;MODEL 08009-001. 1. COMMSCOPE0 }- A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND K. GROUNDING:PROVIDE GROUND CONNECTIONS AND BONDING CONTINUITY BETWEEN RACEWAY AND WIRE BASKET b. TWO HOLE GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK: 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1.- DIVISION DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. RUNWAY SECTIONS,BOXES,ENCLOSURES,CABINETS AND FITTINGS AS REQUIRED PER CODE AND INDUSTRY STANDARD. 1) CHATSWORTH;MODEL 40167-001. B. MODULAR JACKS: L. ' 1.04SUBMITTALS L. PROVIDE PLENUM RATED PRODUCTS,COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTALLATION IN PLENUMS. /'\ C 0 c. TWO HOLE GROUNDING LUG: 1. COMMSCOPE (i. 1L A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 3.02 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AND FITTINGS O REQUIREMENTS. 1) CHATSWORTH 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. ^ A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. d. CABLE RUNWAY GROUND STRAP KIT: C. WORK AREA OUTLETS: E 0 - B. PROVIDE PLAN DRAWINGS SHOWING COMPLETIONS AND AS-BUILT CORRECTIONS WHICH INDICATE TYPE,SIZE, B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. PLACEMENT,ROUTING AND/OR LENGTH FOR RACEWAY AND CABLE TRAY COMPONENTS;E.G.,MANHOLES,HANDHOLES, 1) CHATSWORTH;MODEL 40164-001. 1. COMMSCOPE V CONDUIT,BOXES,ENCLOSURES,ETC. C. CONDUIT TYPE: 2.02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARDS 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. O 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. INSTALL THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF CIRCULAR COMMUNICATIONS RACEWAY IN THE LOCATIONS LISTED UNLESS A. 3/4-INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS,A/C GRADE OR BETTER,VOID-FREE PLYWOOD,FIRE TREATED BACKBOARD. D. PATCH PANELS: 0 .... ,... A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. -T� 0- 2.03 WALL MOUNT CABINETS 1. COMMSCOPE � � � GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. a. INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS,EXPOSED:EMT WITH SET SCREW FITTINGS. 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. /!t b. INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS,CONCEALED(NOT EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE):EMT WITH SET SCREW FITTINGS. A. 36-INCHES HIGH,24-INCHES DEEP,24-INCHES WIDE,WALL MOUNTED CABINET WITH PLEXIGLASS HINGED DOOR. (`,{,/� 0 1A6WARRANTY E. PATCH CORDS: 0 c. INTERIOR WET LOCATIONS:EMT WITH COMPRESSION FITTINGS. 2.04 HORIZONTAL WIRE MANAGERS •0) -F•- A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC A. 19-INCHES WIDE,TWO RACK UNITS HIGH. 1. COMMSCOPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D. CONDUIT BENDS AND SWEEPS: B. 19-INCHES WIDE,ONE RACK UNIT HIGH. 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. • c 1.07DEFINITIONS 1. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT RUNS WITH SWEEPS OF THE LONGEST POSSIBLE w 0- (--)RADIUS. 2.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING 2.02 STATION CABLING 0 ,�` A. CONDUIT:ROUND RACEWAY. (v B. CONDUIT BODY:SEPARATE PORTION OF A CONDUIT OR TUBING SYSTEM THAT PROVIDES ACCESS THROUGH REMOVABLE 2. MAKE SWEEPS IN PARALLEL OR BANKED RUNS OF CONDUITS,2-INCHES AND LARGER IN DIAMETER,FROM THE SAME A. TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUNDING BUSBAR(TMGB):SOLID COPPER BUSBAR KIT,20-INCHES LONG,1/4-INCH THICK, A. CATEGORY 6 UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR: COVER(S)TO THE INTERIOR OF THE SYSTEM AT A JUNCTION OF TWO OR MORE SECTIONS OF THE SYSTEM OR AT A CENTER OR CENTERLINE SO THAT SWEEPS ARE PARALLEL AND OF NEAT APPEARANCE. WALL MOUNTED WITH STANDOFFS. 1. 100 OHM,CATEGORY 6,23 AWG,4-PAIR UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR,CMP RATED JACKET,COLOR BLUE. TERMINAL POINT OF THE SYSTEM. 3. FIELD-MADE BENDS AND SWEEPS: B. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND ACCESSORIES: 2. 100 OHM,CATEGORY 6,23 AWG,4-PAIR UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR,CMR RATED JACKET,COLOR BLUE. 1S. E C. PULL BOX ENCLOSURE:BOX WITH A COVER INSTALLED IN ONE OR MORE RUNS OF RACEWAY TO FACILITATE PULLING a. USE AN ACCEPTABLE HICKEY OR CONDUIT-BENDING MACHINE. 1. ONE HOLE GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK,HOLDS TWO WIRES UP TO SIZE#4. 3. 100 OHM,CATEGORY 6,23 AWG,4-PAIR UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR,INDOOR/OUTDOOR RATED,COLOR BLACK. L. 0 v) (3 --- CONDUCTORS THROUGH THE RACEWAY SYSTEM.THERE ARE NO OPENINGS IN THE COVER. b. DO NOT HEAT METAL RACEWAYS TO FACILITATE BENDING. 2. TWO HOLE GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK,HOLDS TWO WIRES UP TO SIZE 2/0. 2.03 MODULAR JACKS }, D. RACEWAY:ENCLOSED CHANNEL DESIGNED EXPRESSLY FOR HOLDING WIRES OR CABLES.METAL OR INSULATING c. BEFORE INSTALLING 4-INCH FIELD-MADE SWEEPS IN DUCT BANKS,PULL A 3-1/2-INCH DIAMETER BY 12-INCH LONG 3. TWO HOLE GROUNDING LUG. A. CATEGORY 6 MODULAR JACKS: 0 N MATERIAL AND THE TERM INCLUDES CONDUIT,TUBING,WIREWAYS,UNDERFLOOR RACEWAYS AND SURFACE RACEWAYS; MANDREL THROUGH DUCT SECTIONS TO VERIFY CIRCULARITY AND SWEEP RADIUS. C 4. CABLE RUNWAY GROUND STRAP KIT. 1. EIGHT-POSITION MODULAR JACK,CATEGORY 6,IDC TERMINALS,T568A/B WIRING SCHEME DOES NOT INCLUDE CABLE TRAY. 4. THE ANGULAR SUM OF THE BENDS BETWEEN PULL POINTS AND/OR PULL BOXES TO NOT EXCEED 180 DEGREES. PART 2-PRODUCTS PART 3-EXECUTION 2. EACH JACK MUST BE STAMPED OR HAVE ICONS TO IDENTIFY IT AS CAT 6. 5. MINIMUM INSIDE BEND RADIUS FOR COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT BENDS,SWEEPS,BOXES AND FITTINGS: 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3. COORDINATE COLOR WITH BUILDING FINISHES. 0) • 2.01 MANUFACTURERS a. ONE-INCH CONDUIT,11-INCHES •- A. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AND FITTINGS: A. PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS OF THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM FROM A SINGE MANUFACTURER. 2.04 WORK AREA OUTLETS ."0 b. TWO-INCH CONDUIT,21-INCHES C 1. ALLIED TUBE AND CONDUIT c. THREE-INCH CONDUIT,36-INCHES B. MAKE FLOOR PENETRATIONS NO MORE THAN 4-INCHES FROM WALL.INSTALL CONDUIT STUBS TO EXTEND 4-INCHES A FLUSH MOUNTED FACEPLATE: 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. FROM FLOOR BASE.CAP CONDUITS FOR PROTECTION. 1. ONE-PORT FACEPLATE WITH MOUNTING LUGS FOR WALL PHONE,CONSTRUCTED FROM HIGH IMPACT L.- 0 c) d. FOUR-INCH CONDUIT,4&INCHESC. SEISMIC INSTALLATIONS REQUIRE ADDITIONAL BRACING OF CABINETS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE,AS ADVISED BY AND THERMO-PLASTIC,MOUNTS WITHIN A SINGLE-GANG WALL BOX. 0 1_, •,.4= •- B. CONDUIT ACCESSORIES: e. OTHER SIZES,10 TIMES THE INSIDE DIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT. CERTIFIED BY A LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 2. FOUR-PORT FACEPLATE,CONSTRUCTED FROM HIGH IMPACT THERMO-PLASTIC,WITH RECESSED LABEL FIELDS; (") 1. EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS: 6. DO NOT INSTALL BOXES,BENDS,ELBOWS,TEES,CONDUIT BODIES AND OTHER CONDUIT FITTINGS,WHICH DO NOT 3.02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARDS MOUNTS WITHIN A SINGLE-GANG WALL BOX AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. I D ....c a. APPLETON PROVIDE FOR THE MINIMUM INSIDE CABLE BEND RADIUS SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH E ABOVE. A. MOUNT PLYWOOD BACKBOARD VERTICALLY,4-INCHES FROM FLOOR,WITHIN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPACE AS 3. COORDINATE FACEPLATE COLOR WITH BUILDING FINISHES.SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ( , b. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. a. CONDUIT BODIES:IN-LINE STRAIGHT-THROUGH TYPE C CONDULET FITTINGS CAN BE USED AS PULL BOXES FOR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALLATION. L v 2. PULLTAPE: CONDUIT UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 2-INCHES ID.OTHER CONDUIT FITTINGS,WHICH INCLUDE DIRECTION CHANGES B. MOUNT BACKBOARDS WITH THE SMOOTH"A"SURFACE FACING AWAY FROM THE WALL.PAINT THE BACKBOARD WITH TWO B. DUST COVERS:SINGLE PORT DUST COVER FOR MODULAR OPENINGS,COLOR TO MATCH FACEPLATE. (I) "' (/) SUCH AS E,L,LB,LR,LL,LRT,TA,TB AND X,ARE NOT ALLOWED. COATS OF FIRE RESISTANT PAINT PRIOR TO MOUNTING. o V) a. GREENLEE 2.05 PATCH PANELS O 1` b. REFER DESIGN OR INSTALLATION CONFLICTS WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS TO THE ARCHITECT. b. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. C. INSTALL BOARDS PLUMB,LEVEL AND SECURED TO STUDS OR SOLID CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS.USE A MINIMUM OF A. UNIVERSAL PATCH PANELS: 0 3.03 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES SIX APPROPRIATE FASTENERS FOR EVERY 16 SF OF BACKBOARD.ANCHORS FOR ATTACHING EQUIPMENT BOARDSCD 3. DUCT PLUGS: 1. 19-INCH RACK-MOUNTED PANEL CAPABLE OF ACCEPTING UP TO 48 MODULAR JACKS. < •_ • A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. INCLUDE: a. CARLON 2.06 PATCH CORDS I - B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. MATERIAL/SUBSTRATE:ANCHOR TYPE. r_ b. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 2. CONCRETE/MASONRY:EXPANSION ANCHORS;WEDGE TYPE WITH WASHER LOCATED ON THE BACKSIDE OF THE A. CATEGORY 6 MODULAR PATCH CORDS:FACTORY TERMINATED DOUBLE ENDED,EIGHT-POSITION TO EIGHT-POSITION, C. PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEMS: C. EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS:INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. BOARD. MODULAR,STRANDED CONDUCTORS,4 PAIR.3-FEET AND 5-FEET. 1. SEMCO D. PULLTAPE:INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. 3. GYPSUM WALLBOARD:TOGGLEBOLTS;USE PAN HEAD TYPE. PART 3-EXECUTION PROJECT N O. 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. E. DUCT PLUGS:INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. D. POWDER DRIVE ANCHORS,MOLLY BOLTS AND TAPPETS ARE NOT ALLOWED. 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 19-123.1 D. TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET BOXES: 3.04 PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEMS 3.03 WALL MOUNT CABINETS A. MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE:PROVIDE SUPPORTING HARDWARE,CABLE TIES,LABELS,PULL ROPE AND OTHER 1. RACO A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. DRAWN BY : A. PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS OF THE CABINET SYSTEM(CABINET,MOUNTING RAILS,CABLE MANAGERS,POWER STRIPS 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. AND ACCESSORIES}FROM A SINGE MANUFACTURER. B. PROVIDE LIKE ITEMS FROM ONE MANUFACTURER,SUCH AS JACKS,PATCH PANELS,EQUIPMENT CONNECTION CORDS TC,TFF C. SEAL CONDUIT ENTERING STRUCTURES AT THE FIRST BOX OR OUTLET TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF GASES,LIQUIDS, AND WALL PLATES. E. J-HOOKS: OR RODENTS INTO THE STRUCTURE. B. ATTACH CABINET TO THE WALL SO THE FRONT DOOR AN BE OPENED FULLY WITHOUT OBSTRUCTION BY OTHER BUILDING, C. HORIZONTAL CABLING INCLUDES CABLES,JACKS,PATCH PANELS,AND PATCH CORDS,AS WELL AS THE NECESSARY CHECKED BY : 1. ERICO STORAGE OR ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS.FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WHEN 1. EMPTY CONDUITS:REMOVABLE SCREWTIGHT DUCT PLUGS. SECURING THE CABINET TO THE WALL AND BACKBOARD.DO NOT ATTACH THE CABINET TO SHEETROCK(GYPSUM WALL SUPPORT SYSTEMS,SUCH AS CABLE MANAGERS AND FACEPLATES. TFF, JB 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 2. INNERDUCT INSTALLED:SUITABLE DUCT WATER SEAL BETWEEN CONDUIT AND INNERDUCT.MANUFACTURED SEALS IN BOARD).ATTACH CABINET DIRECTLY INTO STUDS THROUGH A 3/4-INCH PLYWOOD BACKBOARD.REFERENCE 2.02 FOR D. FURNISH AND INSTALL MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM. 2.02 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AND FITTINGS EMPTY INNERDUCT, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. E. CONTRACTOR MUST BE A CERTIFIED INSTALLER FOR SELECTED MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO,DURING AND THROUGH DATE : A. TYPE EMT:ELECTROGALVANIZED STEEL TUBING. 3. CABLE INSTALLED:SUITABLE DUCT WATER SEAL BETWEEN CONDUIT AND CABLE,OR BETWEEN INNERDUCT AND C. INSTALL AND ADJUST TO POSITION ALL ACCESSORIES,INCLUDING CABLE MANAGERS,POWER STRIPS, COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND MUST BE ABLE TO PROVIDE THE MANUFACTURER'S EXTENDED 11.11.2019 B. FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: CABLE. EQUIPMENT-MOUNTING RAILS,FAN KITS,ETC.PRIOR TO INSTALLING EQUIPMENT INTO THE CABINET.TEST FANS AND WARRANTY. • 1. IN-LINE STRAIGHT-THROUGH STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS AND TYPE C CONDUIT BODIES ONLY;DO NOT USE 3.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET BOXES POWER STRIPS/OUTLETS PRIOR TO INSTALLING EQUIPMENT. F. PERFORM WORK IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. R EV IS I O N BENDS OR TEES,E.G.LBS. D. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. G. INSTALL CABLE AFTER INTERIOR OF BUILDING HAS BEEN PHYSICALLY PROTECTED FROM THE WEATHER AND A REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 3.04 HORIZONTAL WIRE MANAGERS MECHANICAL WORK LIKELY TO DAMAGE CABLING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. 2. WET AREAS:STEEL COMPRESSION-TYPE COUPLINGS AND NIPPLES. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. DRY AREAS:SET SCREW-TYPE COUPLINGS AND NIPPLES. A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. H. BEFORE INSTALLING CABLING,ENSURE CABLE PATHWAYS ARE COMPLETELY AND THOROUGHLY CLEANED. C. PROVIDE AN P BY 4-INCH RINGS 2-1/8-INCHSREQUIRED,DEEP OUTLET BOXESAFOR MOUNTINGNGECOMMUNICATIONSOUTLETS WITH B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. INSPECT CONDUIT,WIREWAY,CABLE TRAYS AND INNERDUCT SYSTEMS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. BONDING LOCKNUTS: SINGLE-GANG PLASTER AS OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. a. MALLEABLE IRON WITH SET SCREWS AND LUG SCREWS. D. DO NOT INSTALL OUTLET BOXES BACK TO BACK IN WALLS.PROVIDE MINIMUM 6-INCH SEPARATION,EXCEPT PROVIDE 3.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING 2. SWAB ANY ADDITIONAL ENCLOSED RACEWAY AND INNERDUCT SYSTEMS. b. INSULATED BUSHING:MALLEABLE IRON WITH INTEGRAL INSULATED THROAT,RATED FOR 150C. MINIMUM 24-INCH SEPARATION IN ACOUSTIC-RATED WALLS. A. BOND EQUIPMENT RACKS AND LADDER RACKING TO THE EQUIPMENT ROOM TMGB WITH#6 AWG OR LARGER,STRANDED I. PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR EXPOSED CABLES WHERE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE.PROVIDE ABRASION PROTECTION FOR ANY c. BONDING AND GROUNDING BUSHING:MALLEABLE IRON WITH INTEGRAL INSULATED THROAT,RATED FOR 150C, E. LOCATE OUTLET BOXES IN MASONRY WALLS TO REQUIRE CUTTING OF MASONRY UNIT CORNER ONLY.COORDINATE COPPER CONDUCTOR. CABLE OR WIRE BUNDLES,WHICH PASS THROUGH HOLES OR ACROSS EDGES OF SHEET METAL. WITH SOLDERLESS LUGS OR LUG SCREWS. MASONRY CUTTING TO ACHIEVE NEAT OPENINGS FOR OUTLET BOXES.USE BOXES WITH SUFFICIENT DEPTH TO PERMIT B. CONNECT THE TMGB TO THE MAIN ELECTRICAL MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL AND BUILDING STEEL USING A 3/0 AWG OR J. INSTALL CABLE TIES AND OTHER CABLE MANAGEMENT CLAMPS VIA HAND SO IT FITS SNUGLY.DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN OR 2.03 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES CONDUIT HUBS TO BE LOCATED IN MASONRY VOID SPACES. LARGER,STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTOR.COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING AND CONNECTION POINTS WITH THE USE MECHANICAL TOOLS WHICH COULD COMPRESS,CRIMP,OR OTHERWISE CHANGE THE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS F. PROVIDE KNOCKOUT CLOSURES FOR UNUSED OPENINGS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. OF THE CABLE JACKET OR DISTORT THE PLACEMENT OF TWISTED-PAIR COMPONENTS.REPLACE ANY CABLE EXHIBITING A. EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS:SIMILAR TO CROUSE-HINDS XD EXPANSION/DEFLECTION COUPLING OR APPLETON DFSTRESSES DUE TO OVER TIGHTENING OF CABLE MANAGEMENT DEVICES. SERIES DEFLECTION AND EXPANSION COUPLING. G. SUPPORT TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET BOXES INDEPENDENTLY OF CONDUIT. C. TWO HOLE LUGS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL GROUND CABLE CONNECTING TO THE TMGB. END OF SECTION K. WHERE POSSIBLE,ROUTE CABLES IN OVERHEAD CABLE TRAYS AND INSIDE WIRE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS ATTACHED TO B. PULLTAPE:MEASURING AND PULLING TAPE CONSTRUCTED OF SYNTHETIC FIBER WITH PLASTIC JACKET,PRINTED WITH H. USE MULTIPLE-GANG BOXES WHERE MORE THAN ONE DEVICE IS MOUNTED TOGETHER;DO NOT USE SECTIONAL OUTLET THE EQUIPMENT CABINETS AND RACKS.USE VELCRO TIES OR DUCTS TO RESTRAIN CABLING INSTALLED OUTSIDE OF . ACCURATE SEQUENTIAL FOOTAGE MARKS;E.G.,GEORGE-INGRAHAM 1/2-INCH TAPE 9216-JK. BOXES. WIRE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS ON RACKS OR IN CABINETS. C. DUCT PLUGS: I. INSTALL OUTLET BOXES IN WALLS WITHOUT DAMAGING WALL INSULATION. SECTION 2715 00-COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING L. CO-INSTALL A PULL CORD(NYLON;1/8-INCH MINIMUM)WITH CABLE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. 1. ABOVEGROUND CONDUIT OPENINGS:TAPERED PVC PLUGS WITH TAB FOR PULLTAPE;E.G.,CARLON 4-INCH PVC PLUGS J. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF OUTLET BOXES MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTERS,BENCHES AND PART 1-GENERAL M. LIMIT CABLE RACEWAY FILL TO LESS THAN THE TIA/EIA-569-B MAXIMUM FILL FOR THE PARTICULAR RACEWAY TYPE. WITH PULL TAB,P258NT. BACKSPLASHES. 1.01SUMMARY N. IF A J-HOOK OR TRAPEZE SYSTEM IS USED TO SUPPORT CABLE BUNDLES,SUPPORT HORIZONTAL CABLES AT A MAXIMUM 2. UNDERGROUND OR UNDERSLAB CONDUIT OPENINGS:REMOVABLE SCREWTIGHT COMPRESSION TYPE DUCT PLUGS K. PROVIDE RECESSED OUTLET BOXES IN FINISHED AREAS;SECURE BOXES TO INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION STUDS, A. WORK INCLUDED: OF 48-TO 60-INCH INTERVALS.CABLES ARE PROHIBITED TO REST ON ACOUSTIC CEILING GRIDS OR PANELS. WITH WING-NUT AND CORROSION RESISTANT HARDWARE;E.G.VIKIMATIC 4-INCH,PART NUMBER 400402U.USE ACCURATELY POSITIONING TO ALLOW FOR SURFACE FINISH THICKNESS.USE STAMPED STEEL STUD BRIDGES FOR FLUSH APPROPRIATE PART NUMBER ACCORDING TO DUCT SIZE. OUTLET BOXES IN HOLLOW STUD WALL. 1. STATION CABLING O. BUNDLE HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION CABLES IN GROUPS OF NO MORE THAN 50 CABLES.CABLE BUNDLE QUANTITIES IN 2.04 PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEMS L. PROVIDE CAST OUTLET BOXES IN EXTERIOR AND WET LOCATIONS. 2. MODULAR JACKS PERFOS OF 50 CABLES MAY CAUSE DEFORMATION OF THE BOTTOM CABLES WITHIN THE BUNDLE AND DEGRADE CABLE PERFORMANCE. A. FIRESTOPPING:PROVIDE FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALING MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 07,FIRESTOPPING 3.08 J-HOOKS 3. WORK AREA OUTLETS P. INSTALL CABLE ABOVE FIRE-SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AND ENSURE THAT THE CABLE DOES NOT ATTACH TO THE SYSTEM OR SECTION. A. INSTALL J-HOOKS RATED FOR CATEGORY 6A CABLE FOR SUPPORT OF CABLING FROM THE TELECOM ROOM TO THE 4. PATCH PANELS ANY ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT OR HARDWARE.INSTALL CABLE SYSTEM AND SUPPORT HARDWARE SUCH THAT IT DOES NOT ' B. DUCT WATER SEAL:PRODUCTS SUITABLE FOR CLOSING UNDERGROUND AND ENTRANCE DUCT OPENINGS,WHERE OUTLET LOCATION. 5. PATCH CORDS OBSCURE ANY VALVES,FIRE ALARM CONDUIT,BOXES,OR OTHER CONTROL DEVICES. INNERDUCT OR CABLE IS INSTALLED,TO PREVENT ENTRY OF GASES,LIQUIDS,OR RODENTS INTO THE STRUCTURE;E.G., B. J-HOOKS ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON DEDICATED WIRES OR ALL THREAD RODS MOUNTED TO STRUCTURE.J-HOOKS ARE 1.02RELATED SECTIONS Q. DO NOT ATTACH CABLES TO CEILING GRID OR LIGHTING FIXTURE WIRES.WHERE SUPPORT FOR HORIZONTAL CABLE IS SEMCO PR 851. NOT TO ATTACH TO CEILING GRID WIRES. REQUIRED,INSTALL APPROPRIATE CARRIERS TO SUPPORT THE CABLING. 2.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET BOXESA. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. R. ANY CABLE DAMAGED OR EXCEEDING RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PARAMETERS DURING INSTALLATION WILL BE END OF SECTIONSECTION 2711 01-COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT ROOMS B. USE THIS SECTION IN CONJUNCTION WITH OTHER DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED A. SHEET METAL OUTLET BOXES:MINIMUM 4-INCH SQUARE BY 2-1/8-INCH DEEP,GALVANIZED STEEL FOR USE WITH PART 1-GENERAL REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO ESTABLISH THE TOTAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT COMMUNICATIONS SINGLE-GANG PLASTER RINGS, SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. S. DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS FOR PLENUM RATED CABLE AND DEVICES.WHEN IN DOUBT,SEEK DETERMINATION IN 1.01SUMMARY WRITING BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION(AHJ)PRIOR TO ORDERING.WITHOUT WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM THE B. NONMETALLIC OUTLET BOXES:MINIMUM 4-INCH SQUARE BY 2-1/2-INCH-DEEP.PROVIDE GASKETED,WATERTIGHT SINGLE- 1A3REFERENCES AND STANDARDS OR DOUBLE-GANG COVER. A. WORK INCLUDED: AHJ,CONTRACTOR TO ASSUME THAT A PLENUM RATING IS REQUIRED. C. CAST BOXES:4-INCH SQUARE BY 2-1/8-INCH DEEP CAST FERALLOY,GASKETED SINGLE-GANG COVER,THREADED HUBS. 1. TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARDS A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND T. UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLE INSTALLATION PRACTICES: DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D. FLOOR BOXES FOR INSTALLATION IN CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FLOORS:FLUSH MOUNTED AND FULLY ADJUSTABLE 2. WALL MOUNT CABINETS 1. INSTALL CABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND BEST INDUSTRY PRACTICES. FORMED STEEL AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.FLOOR BOXES PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26,ELECTRICAL. 3. HORIZONTAL WIRE MANAGERS B. MEET REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 780,STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMS. 2. INSTALL CABLES IN CONTINUOUS LENGTHS FROM ORIGIN TO DESTINATION(NO SPLICES). . 2.06 J-HOOKS 4. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING 1.04SUBMITTALS 3. DO NOT EXCEED THE CABLE'S MINIMUM BEND RADIUS AND MAXIMUM PULLING TENSION. A. CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED STEEL,STAINLESS STEEL OR HOT DIPPED ZINC. B. THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM IS INTENDED TO HOUSE RACKS,CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL 4. INSTALL UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLE SO THAT THERE ARE NO BENDS SMALLER THAN FOUR TIMES THE CABLE FOR THE SUPPORT OF THE VOICE AND DATA CABLING INFRASTRUCTURE AS WELL AS OTHER LOW-VOLTAGE SYSTEMS. REQUIREMENTS. OUTSIDE DIAMETER AT ANY POINT IN THE RUN AND AT THE TERMINATION FIELD. ' B. WIRES OR ALL-THREAD SUPPORTS MOUNTED TO STRUCTURE. B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: ' PART 3-EXECUTION 1.02RELATED SECTIONS 5. DO NOT EXCEED 25-LBF PULLING TENSION ON 4-PAIR UTP CABLE. .. A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1• PROCEDURES FOR CABLE LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION,LONG TERM DOCUMENTATION METHODS AND NUMBERING U. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCES BETWEEN PATHWAYS FOR COPPER COMMUNICATIONS 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SCHEME IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/TIA/EIA-606A. CABLES AND POWER WIRING OF 480 VOLTS OR LESS: 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. WORKMANSHIP: 2. A COPY OF CERTIFIED INSTALLER CERTIFICATES AND WARRANTY CERTIFICATES FOR PRODUCTS PROPOSED. 1. OPEN OR NONMETAL COMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS: 1. PROVIDE,CONDITION,APPLY,INSTALL,CONNECT AND TEST MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS,MATERIALS,EQUIPMENT A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE AND COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. a. 12-INCHES FROM ELECTRIC MOTORS,FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES AND UNSHIELDED POWER LINES CARRYING B. USE THIS SECTION IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE OTHER DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS SECTIONS AND RELATED A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, UP TO 3 KVA. 2. THE INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS TO BE CARRIED OUT UNDER THE DIRECTION OF QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO ESTABLISH THE TOTAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS b. 36-INCHES FROM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND UNSHIELDED POWER LINES CARRYING MORE THAN 5 KVA. SPECIFICATIONS APPEARANCE TO BE CONSIDERED AS IMPORTANT AS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EFFICIENCY.WORKMANSHIP TO MEET OR EXCEED INDUSTRY STANDARDS. AND EQUIPMENT. B. MANUFACTURERS TO HAVE A RECOGNIZED CERTIFIED INSTALLER PROGRAM IN PLACE FOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS c. 48-INCHES FROM LARGE ELECTRICAL MOTORS OR TRANSFORMERS. 1.04SUBMITTALS PROPOSED.CABLE WILL BE APPROVED WITH MANUFACTURER SYSTEM INSTALLED. 2. GROUNDED METAL CONDUIT COMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS: - ELECTRICAL 3. PLACE SUPPORT FOR RACEWAYS,CABLE TRAYS,BACKBOARDS,EQUIPMENT RACKS AND CABINETS. 1.06WARRANTY B. PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION:PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM THE EFFECTS OF MOISTURE,CORROSION AND A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL a. 2-1/2-INCHES FROM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND UNSHIELDED POWER LINES CARRYING UP TO 2 KVA. PHYSICAL DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION.EXCEPT DURING INSTALLATION ACTIVITY IN A SECTION,KEEP OPENINGS IN REQUIREMENTS. A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 04 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC b. 6-INCHES FROM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND UNSHIELDED POWER LINES CARRYING FROM 2 KVA TO 5 KVA. CONDUIT,TUBING AND WIREWAY CAPPED WITH MANUFACTURED SEALS DURING CONSTRUCTION. B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: c. 12-INCHES FROM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND UNSHIELDED POWER LINES CARRYING MORE THAN 5 KVA. C. CONCRETE SLEEVES:CONDUITS ROUTED PERPENDICULAR THROUGH FLOORS,WALLS,OR OTHER CONCRETE 1. PROCEDURES FOR CABLE LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION,LONG TERM DOCUMENTATION METHODS AND NUMBERING d. 3-INCHES FROM POWER LINES ENCLOSED IN A GROUNDED METAL CONDUIT(OR EQUIVALENT SHIELDING) STRUCTURES TO PASS THROUGH CAST-IN-PLACE CONDUIT SLEEVE OPENINGS WHEREVER POSSIBLE,OR APPROPRIATE SCHEME IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A. 1. LABOR,MATERIALS AND DOCUMENTATION ACCORDING TO SELECTED MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY CARRYING FROM 2 KVA TO 5 KVA. SIZE HOLES TO BE BORED TO ACCOMMODATE THE INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT SLEEVES.THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE 2. A COPY OF CERTIFIED INSTALLER CERTIFICATES AND WARRANTY CERTIFICATES FOR PRODUCTS PROPOSED. TO ENSURE THAT THE OWNER WILL BE FURNISHED WITH AN EXTENDED PRODUCT WARRANTY AND APPLICATION e. 6-INCHES FROM POWER LINES ENCLOSED IN A GROUNDED METAL CONDUIT(OR EQUIVALENT SHIELDING) TO NOT IMPAIR THE STRUCTURE'S INTEGRITY. ASSURANCE OF A MINIMUM OF 20 YEARS IN LENGTH.THE APPLICATION ASSURANCE WARRANTY WILL COVER THE 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE FAILURE OF THE WIRING SYSTEM TO SUPPORT CURRENT OR FUTURE APPLICATIONS THAT ARE DESIGNED FOR THE CARRYING MORE THAN 5 KVA. 1. CONCRETE BORING:BORE A HOLE IN THE CONCRETE WITH A DIAMETER OF 1/2 TO 1-INCH LARGER THAN THE CONDUIT LINK/CHANNEL SPECIFICATIONS OF ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.1.THESE APPLICATIONS INCLUDE,BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, SLEEVE TO BE INSTALLED.GROUT AROUND THE CONDUIT SLEEVE AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING SURROUNDINGS. A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 10BASE-T,100BASE-T,1000BASE-T,10GBASE-T AND 155 MB/S ATM. 2. CONDUITS THAT RISE VERTICALLY THROUGH A SLAB TO BE STUBBED 6-INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND CAPPED et=PENDING FUTURE USE. 1.06WARRANTY 2. A WARRANTY ON THE PHYSICAL INSTALLATION. INTERFACE D. DRYWALUGYPSUM BOARD SLEEVES:INSTALL INSULATING THROAT BUSHINGS ON BOTH ENDS OF CONDUIT SLEEVES A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC 3. NECESSARY DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING 100 PERCENT TESTING ENGINEERING • PLACED IN FIRE-RATED WALLS USING DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION. REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. OF CABLES. E. WHERE CONDUIT ENTERS A STRUCTURE THROUGH A CONCRETE ROOF OR MEMBRANE WATERPROOFED WALL OR PART 2-PRODUCTS C. ADMINISTER THE WARRANTY PROCESS WITH THE RESPONSIBLE MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE.PROVIDE PROJECT 2019-0641 WARRANTY DIRECTLY TO THE OWNER FROM THE MANUFACTURER.ENSURE THAT THE MANUFACTURER PROVIDES THE CONTACT BEN EVANS E 0 • 9 • FLOOR: 2.01 MANUFACTURERS OWNER WITH THE APPROPRIATE WARRANTY CERTIFICATION WITHIN 90 CALENDAR DAYS OF THE FINAL PROJECT 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 1. PROVIDE A WATERTIGHT SEAL. A. TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARDS: COMPLETION. Portland,OR 97204 TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com p:\2014 2014-0641 cad\electrical 0641e0.2-e0.10.dwg 11/7611911:2:594720/2019 /7 201412:54:07 P ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER.:TANGS ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC FILE: 0641E0.�2 - E0.1O.DWG - EO.9 tDIT: 1 1/20/201 9 6:34 PM BY BENE f PLOT: 11/20/2019 6:35 PM BY BEN EVANS V. UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR TERMINATION: BY THE LOCAL CABLE TELEVISION FRANCHISE. •OcLtrD PROFESS' 1. COIL CABLES IN THE IN-WALL IF ADEQUATE SPACE IS PRESENT TO HOUSE THE CABLE COIL WITHOUT EXCEEDING THE PART 2-PRODUCTS ��5 �G 1:7G F 'oy, - MANUFACTURERS BEND RADIUS.IN HOLLOW WALL INSTALLATIONS WHERE BOX-ELIMINATORS ARE USED,EXCESS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS '� 9WIRE CAN BE STORED IN TH£WALL,DO NOT STORE MORE THAN 12-INCHES OF UTP IN AN IN-WALL BOX.LOOSELY COIL 7 P ,�A. LINE EXTENDERS: r- AND STORE EXCESS SLACK IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE ABOVE EACH DROP LOCATION WHEN THERE IS NOT 1. BLONDER TONGUE y`' �`�ENOUGH SPACE PRESENT IN THE OUTLET BOX TO STORE SLACK CABLE. 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. OREON 2. DRESS AND TERMINATE CABLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS MADE IN THE ANSUI'IA/EIA-568-C.1 DOCUMENT. B. CABLES: 'li ��� leqho 0�, Q� 3. TERMINATE FOUR PAIR CABLES ON THE JACK AND PATCH PANELS USING T568B WIRING SCHEME. k 1. COMMSCOPE K. 0 .-*- 4. MAINTAIN THE CABLE JACKET WITHIN 1-INCH OF THE TERMINATION POINT. 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 5. DO NOT EXCEED 0.5-INCH OF PAIR UNTWIST AT THE TERMINATION POINT. C. CONNECTORS: 1 EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I 6. DO NOT EXCEED FOUR TIMES THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE CABLE IN THE TERMINATION AREA FOR BEND RADIANCE 1. GILBERT ' COMPLIANCE. 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 7. NEATLY BUNDLE AND DRESS CABLES TO THEIR RESPECTIVE PANELS OR BLOCKS.FEED EACH PANEL OR BLOCK BY AN D. SPLITTERS: (+1 INDIVIDUAL BUNDLE SEPARATED AND DRESSED BACK TO THE POINT OF CABLE ENTRANCE INTO THE RACK OR FRAME. 1. BLONDER TONGUE # c1 W.TESTING PROCEDURES: 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. (� 1. TEST CABLES AND TERMINATION HARDWARE FOR DEFECTS IN INSTALLATION AND TO VERIFY CABLING SYSTEM E. TAPS: > ,- PERFORMANCE UNDER INSTALLED CONDITIONS ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSIRIA/EIA-568-C.VERIFY 1. BLONDER TONGUE -i- Q PAIRS OF EACH INSTALLED CABLE PRIOR TO SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE.REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY DEFECT IN THE 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. CABLING SYSTEM INSTALLATION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CABLE,CONNECTORS,FEED THROUGH COUPLERS, PATCH PANELS AND CONNECTOR BLOCKS IN ORDER TO ENSURE 100 PERCENT USEABLE CONDUCTORS IN CABLES F. WALL PLATES: - INSTALLED. 1. BLONDER TONGUE 0.. ((12. TEST CABLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS DOCUMENT,THE ANSI/TIA/EIA STANDARDS,THE MANUFACTURER'S 2. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 0 vv��PROCEDURES AND BEST INDUSTRY PRACTICE.IF ANY OF THESE ARE IN CONFLICT,BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO 2.02 LINE EXTENDERS CD a THE ATTENTION OF THE PROJECT TEAM FOR CLARIFICATION AND RESOLUTION. k A. LOW-SPLIT BI-DIRECTIONAL AMPLIFIER SIMILAR TO BLONDER TONGUE.FREQUENCY RANGE 53 TO 870 MHZ. 3. TEST UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLES AS FOLLOWS: 2.03 CABLES 0E a. TEST TWISTED-PAIR COPPER CABLE LINKS FOR CONTINUITY,PAIR REVERSALS,SHORTS,OPENS AND A. DISTRIBUTION:RISER OR PLENUM RATED SERIES 11. O 0 PERFORMANCE AS INDICATED BELOW.ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED TO VERIFY CATEGORY PERFORMANCE. (��i/) n 0 TEST HORIZONTAL CABLING USING A LEVEL IV TEST UNIT FOR CATEGORY 6 PERFORMANCE COMPLIANCE AS B. DROP:RISER OR PLENUM RATED SERIES 6. SPECIFIED IN ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 C. 2.04 CONNECTORS ..... 1... p n b. CONTINUITY:TEST EACH PAIR OF EACH INSTALLED CABLE USING A TEST UNIT THAT SHOWS OPENS,SHORTS, A. F-TYPE FOR ALL CABLE. L.L POLARITY AND PAIR-REVERSALS,CROSSED PAIRS AND SPLIT PAIRS.TEST SHIELDED/SCREENED CABLES WITH A 2.05 SPLITTERS 0a a DEVICE THAT VERIFIES SHIELD CONTINUITY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE STATED TESTS.RECORD THE TEST AS A. RATED FOR OPERATION TO 1 GHZ. CD 4- ' PASS/FAIL AS INDICATED BY THE TEST UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS'RECOMMENDED 2.06 TAPS PROCEDURES AND REFERENCED TO THE APPROPRIATE CABLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CIRCUIT OR PAIR 1= C NUMBER.CORRECT OR REPAIR ANY FAULTS IN THE WIRING AND RETEST THE CABLE PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. A. MULTIPORT TAPS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE FACEPLATES TO ADJUST ISOLATION LEVEL.RATED FOR OPERATION TO 1 GHZ. , c. LENGTH:TEST EACH INSTALLED CABLE LINK FOR INSTALLED LENGTH USING A TDR TYPE DEVICE.TEST THE CABLES 2.07 WALL PLATES 0 Cy U FROM PATCH PANEL TO PATCH PANEL,BLOCK TO BLOCK,PATCH PANEL TO OUTLET OR BLOCK TO OUTLET AS A. PROVIDE F-TYPE BARREL CONNECTORS FOR INSERTION IN FACEPLATES PROVIDED BY TELEPHONE/DATA SUPPLIER 0 APPROPRIATE.THE CABLE LENGTH WILL CONFORM TO THE MAXIMUM DISTANCES SET FORTH IN THE WHERE FACEPLATES ARE SHARED WITH TELEPHONE/DATA DROPS AND SIMILAR FACEPLATES WITH F-TYPE BARREL w a ' /� .F.- ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C STANDARD.RECORD CABLE LENGTHS,REFERENCING THE CABLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CONNECTORS AT REMAINING LOCATIONS,AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.COORDINATE COLOR AND FINISH WITH O LJ ) '_. CIRCUIT OR PAIR NUMBER.FOR MULTIPAIR CABLES,RECORD THE SHORTEST PAIR LENGTH AS THE LENGTH FOR ARCHITECT. THE CABLE. PART 3"EXECUTION C/)J�) 4. FOLLOW THE STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS ESTABLISHED IN ANSI/TA/EA-568-C. 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS (�I�/) 5. PERFORM TESTING WITH A LEVEL IV TESTER.THE BASIC TESTS REQUIRED ARE: A. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM WITH THE LOCAL CATV SUPPLIER. I) a a. WIRE MAP B. LOCATION:INSTALL LINE EXTENDER AND ASSOCIATED PASSIVES ON WALL BRACKETS AT THE LOCATION OF C (�� b. LENGTH TELEPHONE/CAN TERMINAL BOARD.VERIFY THE SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER. �v 3: c. ATTENUATION C. INSTALL TAPS AND OUTLETS AT LOCATIONS DESIGNATED ON DRAWINGS.COORDINATE EXACT PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 'C d. NEXT(NEAR-END CROSSTALK) ENSURE TAPS ARE ACCESSIBLE TO THE OWNER WITHOUT SPECIAL TOOLS OR REQUIREMENTS. CD e. RETURN LOSS D. TEST COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL OPERATION OF SYSTEM.REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE ANY PART OF SYSTEM THAT FAILS TO I c f. ELFEXT LOSS PERFORM PROPERLY OR MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS AT NO COST TO OWNER. g. PROPAGATION DELAY E. DOCUMENT CABLE RUNS AND WIRE TERMINATIONS.LABEL CABLE TERMINATIONS PER ANSI/EIA/TIA 606 AND PROVIDE Li. 0 �0 ' h. DELAY SKEW DOCUMENTATION TO OWNER AS DESCRIBED UNDER SUBMITTALS. 0 1- •_-- I. PSNEXT(POWER SUM NEAR-END CROSSTALK LOSS) F. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: U J. PSELFEXT(POWER SUM EQUAL LEVEL FAR-END CROSSTALK LOSS) 1. SITE TESTS:PROVIDE OWNER WITH DETAILED TEST REPORTS AS OUTLINED THROUGH SUBMITTAL PROCESS. mmi::) 0 6. PROVIDE TEST RESULTS IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT,WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM INFORMATION PER CABLE: 2. INSPECTION:PROVIDE ACCESS TO OWNER FOR INSPECTION OF INSTALLATION QUALITY AT ANY TIME DURING OR 2:: E a. CIRCUIT ID UPON COMPLETION OF SYSTEM INSTALLATION. b. TEST RESULT,"PASS"OR"FAIL' G. ADJUSTING/CLEANING:PROVIDE ANY ADJUSTMENTS OR CLEANING NECESSARY TO SYSTEM UPON COMPLETION OF /� c. DATE AND TIME OF TEST CONSTRUCTION. W 0 N d. PROJECT NAME H. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING:DEMONSTRATE COMPLETE OPERATION OF SYSTEM IN PRESENCE OF OWNER AT A TIME 7. PROVIDE AN ELECTRONIC COPY OF THE TEST RESULTS,IN THE NATIVE TESTER SOFTWARE FORMAT,TO THE SELECTED BY OWNER FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF SYSTEM AND PROVIDE TRAINING FOR EFFICIENT OPERATION BY r , ARCHITECT ALONG WITH THE PRINTED TEST RESULTS. OWNER'S PERSONNEL. VCil) N U 8. PROVIDE A FULLY FUNCTIONAL VERSION OF THE TESTER SOFTWARE FOR USE BY THE ARCHITECT IN REVIEWING THE 3.02 LINE EXTENDERS < No - TEST RESULTS. A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. r- X. LABELING: B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. LABEL HORIZONTAL CABLES USING A MACHINE PRINTED LABEL AT EACH END OF THE CABLE AT APPROXIMATELY 3.03 CABLES 6-INCHES OF THE TERMINATION POINT.DO NOT USE HANDWRITTEN LABELS. A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROJECT NO. 2. LABEL PATCH PANEL PORTS AND TO PORTS WITH THE CABLE IDENTIFIER. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 19-123.1 3. LABELS TO BE TELECOM ROOM NUMBER,PATCH PANEL NUMBER AND PATCH PANEL PORT NUMBER.PROVIDE THE 3.04 CONNECTORS FINAL CABLE ID MATRIX TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL ONE WEEK PRIOR TO CABLE INSTALLATION. DRAWN BY 4. NOTE LABELING INFORMATION AT EACH OUTLET ON THE RECORD DRAWINGS. A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. Y. COORDINATION OF CONDITIONS:STRUCTURED CABLING FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS OF A GIVEN DESCRIPTION MAY B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. TC,TFF BE USED IN MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF CEILING OR WALL STRUCTURE.COORDINATE CEILING CONSTRUCTION,WALL 3.05 SPLITTERS TYPES,RECESSING DEPTH AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PRIOR TO ORDERING SPECIAL COMPONENTS INDICATED A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. CHECKED BY : IN THE DETAILS FOR SHIPMENT.WHERE MATERIALS SUPPLIED DO NOT MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION REPLACE THEM B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. TFF,JB AT NO COST TO OWNER. 3.06 TAPS 3.02 STATION CABLING A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. DATE A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 11.11.2019 B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 3.07 WALL PLATES ` 3.03 MODULAR JACKS A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. REVISION A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. END OF SECTION 3.04 WORK AREA OUTLETS A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 3.05 PATCH PANELS A. REFERENCE 3.01,GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 3.06 PATCH CORDS - A. FIELD TERMINATED PATCH CORDS AND JUMPERS ARE NOT ALLOWED.AT A MINIMUM,PROVIDE EQUIPMENT CONNECTION - CORDS FOR ONE-HALF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF CABLES INSTALLED AT EACH TERMINATION POINT.FOR EXAMPLE:A - TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET WITH FOUR CATEGORY 6 CABLES INSTALLED WOULD REQUIRE TWO CATEGORY 6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION CORDS AT THE WORK AREA OUTLET AND TWO CATEGORY 6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION CORDS ' IN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FOR A TOTAL OF FOUR CATEGORY 6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION CORDS. END OF SECTION SECTION 27 53 20•CABLE TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL 1.01SUMMARY A. WORK INCLUDED: 1. LINE EXTENDERS 2. CABLES 3. CONNECTORS 4. SPLITTERS 5. TAPS 6. WALL PLATES 1.02RELATED SECTIONS A. CONTENTS OF DIVISION 27,COMMUNICATIONS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.03REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.04SUBMITTALS A. SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. IN ADDITION,PROVIDE: - 1. SHOP DRAWINGS: - a. SUBMIT BLOCK AND RISER DIAGRAMS IDENTIFYING SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND INTERCONNECTION _ REQUIREMENTS.INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT AND PART NUMBERS. b. SUBMIT DETAILED INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS FOR FIELD TERMINATED CONNECTIONS. c. SUBMIT LAYOUT DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION OF INSTALLED DEVICES AND CABLE PATHWAYS. 2. ASSURANCE/CONTROL SUBMITTALS: a. TEST REPORTS:PROVIDE AN OUTLINE OF TESTS TO BE PERFORMED BEFORE,DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION. INCLUDE,AS A MINIMUM,EQUIPMENT FUNCTIONALITY,CABLE CONTINUITY,CABLE SHORTS AND PICTURE QUALITY. b. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS:PROVIDE COPIES OF MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SHEETS, RECORD DRAWINGS,OPERATIONS MANUALS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS TO OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. 1.O5QUALITY ASSURANCE SPECIFICATIONS A. QUALITY ASSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01, - ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. IN ADDITION,MEET THE FOLLOWING: 1. ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS:PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF HAVING BEEN ACTIVELY ENGAGED IN THE BUSINESS OF INSTALLING AND MAINTAINING BROADBAND/TELEVISION CABLING FOR AT LEAST 5 YEARS. 1.06 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 27 00 00,COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 01,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.07SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING,CATV INTERFACE EQUIPMENT,TAPS,ETC.AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND NECESSARY - FOR COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: INTERFACE . 1. PROVIDE THE ABILITY TO RECEIVE AVAILABLE CATV CHANNELS AS PROVIDED BY THE LOCAL CAN FRANCHISE VIA 1= E N G I N E E R I N G STANDARD CABLE-READY TELEVISION SETS(OWNER-SUPPLIED)AND/OR SET-TOP CONVERTERS. 2. COMPLY WITH FCC REGULATIONS AND CONFORM TO ANSI/IEEE 802.7 STANDARD FOR BROADBAND CABLE SYSTEMS. PROJECT 2019-0641 E 3. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT CAPABLE OF OPERATING OVER THE FREQUENCY RANGE FROM 0 TO 850 MHZ AT A MINIMUM. CONTACT BEN EVANS 4. PROVIDE SYSTEM THAT ALLOWS USERS TO TUNE TO DESIGNATED CHANNELS 2 THROUGH 71 ON CABLE-READY 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 + TELEVISION SETS(SUPPLIED BY OWNER)TO VIEW PROGRAMS AND OTHER BROADCAST INFORMATION AS PROVIDED Portland,OR 97204 TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com FILE:200\241 EQ?Lad\e1 EO.ai�Q6DWO2-eO 1 dwg 1 1 i/7 EDIT 911/20/2019 6:34 PM BY BENE PLOT: 11/20/2019 �7:35 PM BY BEN EVANS ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER,;TANGS ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. ����o PRaFFss �' 72777PE r ��`� 17-.N\ OREGON 2rq�GN�C 02 2p`�P�> • o RITE AID ELECTRICAL ROOM - EXPIRES: 12/31/20 o r, 1 • i >— 0 LL a 0-) a 92 EO , r 1— — — — -- 41.1.1M. 4 . . , V I i g n a.) O ° ° L_ / nom, � W 0 a r---- - . r D .c } =, EV) CyU 1 a) V) D E 1 I L 0 "' f- 0 ›- N EXISTING PGE TRANSFORMER C C 0 Ti cy) > I C 1 . 0 0 0 O a DEMOLISH ALL POWER SERVICE 0 — E4.1 EQUIPMENT, PROTECT 01.1" :•(9 LOW-VOLTAGE SERVICES. U PROTECT(2)4"C. SECONDARY ° , a la1 FEEDER STUBBING UP AT IL POWER SERVICE. COORDINATE 0 0 WITH PGE. - ' 0 0 V) V) POWER FED FROM - -_._.._.. 0 CD O40 L LANDLORD HOUSE I • ( 0 PANEL. COORDINATE I r"'^ NO LOCATION AND ACCE'.: ( - ' r WITH LANDLORD. NI °' I - \a L = _ / PROJECT NO. (x). __._. ft \1 i 19 123.1 �- 1 1 ii a 1 DRAWN BY 1-- '\ i I \ 0 0 0 TC, IFF I Ll II �42 r _ CHECKED BY : / fl CIRCUITS IN THIS IFF, JB I I AREA ARE FED FROM DATE = = = _ _ J RITE AID ELECTRICAL E i ROOM. COORDINATE 11.11.2019 I L . WITH LANDLORD AND RITE AID STORE REVISION VERIFY WHERE MANAGER. CIRCUIT IS FED FROM. I I I 1 .\ 0 0 0 1 1 \ \ \\-- — , I \`\\ DEMOLISH ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, ! �.\ CONNECTIONS, FEEDERS, LIGHTING, t -= = I CIRCUITS, PANELS, ETC. L \\ 1 [=- ==41 �\\\ ! \\ 1'� \� b " d I mo + . .11.. :c —I _ ` _ — _ o ,` ,---- I (x) J a I I .: f • _ _ I I L _ _ _ 1 . _ J.,....__iii_ ..... . _ ..._ „ DEMOLISH UNDER CANOPY DEMOLISH BLISS NAILS - - LIGHTING, POWER FED FROM & SPA SIGNAGE. I LANDLORD HOUSE PANEL. I ___' COORDINATE LOCATION AND I ` ACCESS WITH LANDLORD. — I I •1 — OVERALL DEMO PLAN - ELECTRICAL I INTERFACE N . 1 OVERALL DEMO PLAN - ELECTRICAL �,a ENGINEERING R CONTACTPROJEC2019-0641EVA D • 1 H 0 8' 16' 24' BEN EVANS E I • 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 am Portland,OR 97204 SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" Tt 1 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengneering.com ow p:\201912019-0641\cad\electical\0641ed2.1.dw I 0/11 2019 9:01:57 ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER TANGS ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0641E02.1.DWG - LAYOU11 1 E6IT: 11 20/2019 20/2019 6:51 PM BY MARKO I PLOT: 11/20/2019 7:01 PM BY MARK OLEARY GENERAL SHEET NOTES ��,PEDPRQFF6,,_ G1NE °� A. LUMINAIRE TYPE'A'1'AE'SALES 102: +146"AFF. � 7277PE, r /LUMINAIRE TYPE 'A'1'AE' SALES 103: +146"AFF -i G,"�. (+152"AFF VERSUS SALES 102 FLOOR). / OREGON B. EXIT SIGNS: UNSWITCHED /.:7,14S 02 Z��O Q� if K. 0'�- - - --:)i ' i C. LUMINAIRE TYPE C: +10'AFF. D. LUMINAIRE TYPE E: 134"AFF IN SALES 102/ 103. EXPIRES: 12/31/20 V) • 11.) 0 • 1 0 L 0 ir ° Q 0 - - - 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 2 a O o G • 1 SET DIMMING THRESHOLD TO 60 FC. W 2. PROVIDE 1" C. FROM LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL TO CEILING SPACE AT L I FRONT OF STORE FOR PHASE 2 STOREFRONT WORK. 0 M 1 _ © 3. ROUTE VIA LIGHTING RELAY CONTROL PANEL. 0 0 _. c � . r D rr _i_ ° � J � ir,./- E6.1 -7.,..r_E[d OFFICE U 0 0 -'C' i �,C 11S.11,C, 11041 ,C, m a) a� r (- 2m4l. -Q ------L----' :r MP1-12. 2MP1-12. 3 ®. 2MP1-1 . 0Ci) D E' s L. Ct) 2M 1-14 ®.2M 1-6. (I)1 I / FASTENERS '2A I .1-8. 0 E' A' ,A, (A' 0 C �, IP 2MP1-6. -�wP1-s• 2MP1-6. 2MP1-6. 2M- FASTENERS • ,A, �A' - 4E' _ C ,� GENERAL SHEET NOTES .\0,0pR°Fes 77j777P I- A. A. WALL RECEPTACLES AT 11'AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. .- --AJ -e- .2-'--i-- , OREGON B. ALL RECEPTACLES AND DATA OUTLETS IN OUTSIDE EXTERIOR SALES vG opo X01 TO BE MOUNTED TO BEAMS OVERHEAD. *q 4/602,D Q- _ Rk K. 0`1.°P EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I VI 0 SHEET KEYNOTES O > ._ (-1 - _ 1 QUAD RECEPTACLE AT POWER DROP. COORDINATE DROP HEIGHTS0 WITH ACE HARDWARE PROJECT MANAGER. L. o I_ 2. ROUTE CIRCUIT VIA ISOLATION TRANSFORMER FOR COMPUTER C v ° TERMINALS. a 0 0 _ C a . _ - 3. RECEPTACLES INSTALLED AT ELEVATION ABOVE SHOW WINDOWS. 0 ,_ 4. COORDINATE WITH EXISTING LOW-VOLTAGE UTILITIES AT BUILDING 0 0 - �- 1� - 0 (COMMUNICATIONRACAND CAN). EXTEND EXISTING SERVICE TO DATA II D L - 5. PROVIDE WEATHER RESISTANT WHILE-IN-USE COVER. n} 0 0 ) .4_ 1 1 7___ I 1 L6. ROUTE VIA LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL �. I .. PANEL SCHEDULE. D , c I OFFICE /'� f 1 ° ° 1104 1 7. PROVIDE LABEL: "GFCI SERVES REFRIGERATOR". (+ I �J MP't- 8. 7MP1-38. O•" STORAGE 0 E, I105I 2 (1) V) D E L G1-3. #10 CU I . ç (EWH3 J n H- P1-28 0n +24"AF 2MP1-38. FASTENED$" ..MIPW I-28. V v, _ -____________ 0 1. a) #10 CU_ cy) > - Y ENTIRE FASTENERS _ CIRCUIT P1-26. • p T - T O - . a 1- ._ II mom HARDWARE • 1 D ° r o HARDWARE L. a v) 0 WH-1 ) EXISTING WATER HEATER, ( TP1 h 1 . HARDWARE 0 DIVISION 22 TO RELOCATE 0 CD C3 FROM PREVIOUS TENANT N AC-3 ) PLUMBING II y I // I _ PROJECT NO. II u tMP1-28. x -71 �T 19-123.1 ��- \\ PLUMBING DRAWN BY UNISEX \ 4. O _-_- TC, TFF RESTROOMW \ , t �/ r +24�,4FF \ CHECKED BY r PLUMBING . ID i. '• i 0 0 ei L.J:wmP1-40.( AG AGI. I 3 �� TFF, JB 2MP1-i8� Ge2MP1-62. 111 _4 -.____2______,..„, 2M 1-48. PA L'IGy' E6.1 -- _ _.. DATE UNISEX 60,61,62. ,� }24" •FF PA EL'2MP1' UPPER SALES POWER TOOLS 0 11.11.2019 26, 34. 103 REVISION : RESTROOM- _ P1- 1. �`� SERVICE AREA Mil 1109 I 2M P 1-60. • I r,'I_.IT - •" _ .:- 0 _. - -�0 +36"AFF =-- 0 IG ra c EW1-1-2 t- 20,5, . - - O ` � MP1-32. To.28,30. f lP1-30. EEMPLOYEE ROOM 2MP1-50,52,54. P1-22. +24"AFF r' _ 2M "0. !� O - POWER POLES TO COUNTER AT 6'; I COORDINATE EXACT PLACEMENT WITH ACE HARDWARE RICAL I TOOLS PROJECT MANAGER. PAINT 57,58, 59. ROUTE WITH I 1 CONDUIT DOWN OUTDOOR POWER 2MP1-22. . ..., Al-ON NORTH SIDE p ..1T-1111IOF BtAM TO I SERVE DUAL CHANNEL/DATA • MP'fF516"uB RECEPTACLE. �O 1 19 COORDINATE EXACT LAWN&GARDEN 'C . EIN1'1YITHA• _ I rp - 3P1-59 O - I _ r � •. • - 2MP1-34. , +24"AFF 1 LAWN&GARDEN .MP1-30.- - I - - - \ ;:.•'22. L..,._.1_, 'MP1- o 1 OWER 1 '4401.'AINT A _ ---- - 11021 \ MP1-22• LAWN&GARDEN a.--I ,I PAINT _ IMPULSE --I V MP1-20. 111.111W ' •MPI-24. ,4. © { DUAL CHANNEL/DATk-.., 63,64. COORDINATE EXACT I • IG1-1. .G1-4. 2MP1-36. �2MP1-36. PLACEMENT WITH A. - I ' 4 • +24"AFF O HARDWARE PROJEC J� . AC-2 P CLEANING 2MP1-64. AWN&GARDEN ,\AP1-30. MANAGER 2MP1-63� - 1 - MP1-56. 2MP1-56. I -1 ' + •" - P1-56. 'I' • 40 --1 A r -r=r- 2M + - +AFF AC-1It +24" I I I1 COVERED \t4-,---0) EXTERIOR kl SALESIX01I -�- G1-2 I. � s. witmat.4& - MP1 W W ' -44P I 1 Gt-- OVERALL W 2MP1B. 1fi I PLAN - POWER - ' I - I I. INTERFACE N - ENGINEERING 1 OVERALL PLAN POWER R 0 8' 16' 24' PRatEc1 2019-0641 H CONTACT BEN EVANS H il 100 SW Main Street, Suite 1600 SCALE: 3132"=1'-0" Portland, OR 97204 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com p:\2019 2019-0541\cad\electrical\0641e3.I.dw 110/14/20199:19:32Ann ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MOD#FICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER FILE: 0 41E3.1.DWG LAYOUTg EDIT: 11/20/2019 7:01 PM BY MARKO PLOT: 11/20/2019 7:02 PM BY MARK OLEARY ,\0,.OPROFFS ( 2777c•,�5��G 4 N E$'A%2 P \ E_ - OREGON q �GNF 0 2.��:�Q� ')k K. 0'\- ' 1---‘\ I AmlEXPIRES: 12131/20 '� • 0 O > .— 0 o r` 1 L Q c 0 . . 0O0) E O a) — n,_ " O L W L ri_ o 8 a _ 0 J r ] c 0 oo cy U LI if1/41) 0 D E 7._ . L.- 0 (Dr. v) v) 0 1:3 11 J T c I• re`"i - W P O — LIL IGI _, OF— AHU-2 a • El ii r I p o 1,... 0 Li__, wP 2P1-4s. #10 cu. (1) 0 V N 0 O L P1-46, OO) o o QIll MIIIIII I) PROJECT NO. 19-123.1 DRAWN BY : 00 TC, IFF r ri° - r- _ CHECKED BY : .} . i TFF, .1B 12 El DATE : - I 1 1 1 11.11.2019 REVISION : ri WP $1°.\---( EF-1 ) 41Nmimmoo 2P1-4 w wPI IDS ©WP —S AHU-1 I I e l siil l `T L I I I I I f l_ I 1 I - -.�� t J . _,/k_ 41- 1 1 � 1�— �� „—rte. —,-3 t.-- ,—t.--.—�..— ,.„.,.._.:, L. 7 1 ROOF I PLAN - - -- - POWER I 1J 1I 1 • aap INTERFACE ENGINEERING N I ROOF PLAN POWER PROJECT 2019-0641 H 0 8' 16' 24' CONTACT BEN EVANS E3 . 2 100 SW Main Street, Suite 1600 SCALE: 3132"=1'-0" Portland,OR 97204 503.382.2266 wwwinterfaceengineering.com p:\2019 2019-0641 cod\eiectricol\0641e3.2.dw I 0/2_2/2.0193:32:18 nt ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER STANGE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0641 E3.2.DWG — LAYOUTS I T: 11/20/2019 4:47 PM BY BENE I PLOT: 11/20/2019 7:02 PM BY MARK OLEARY . .RED P R OFFd, ,c.D '‘ G1NAF,p/'9 41 72777PE r- • OREGON EN •9vG�F02,Z��Q� MAIN SERVICE (X)WIRE TROUGH G ERAL SHEET NOTES �k K. O'\-VP COORDINATE WITH PGE FOR PULL BOXIEXPIRES: 12/31/20 SECONDARY CONDUCTORS. X) X} 1 PROVIDE ENGRAVED MELAMINE LABEL AFFIXED TO PANEL BOARD, INDICATING � EXTEND CONDUIT AS (X) (X) ( ( SERVICE (X) SERVICE FAULT CURRENT RATING OF ALL EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR TO CALCULATE FAULT REQUIRED. METER METER FEEDER SCHEDULE IMPEDANCE TO DETERMINE AVAILABLE 3-PHASE SHORT CIRCUIT AND GROUND FAULT CURRENTS AT EACH BUS AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT DURING NORMAL CA (IV-1) CONDITIONS, ALTERNATE OPERATIONS, EMERGENCY POWER CONDITIONS, AND � W CI 7,x) 1p00A _ (X) 100A OTHER OPERATIONS THAT COULD RESULT IN MAXIMUM FAULT CONDITIONS. 1 77 3P A. SHOW FAULT CURRENTS AVAILABLE AT KEY POINTS IN SYSTEM /// i DOWN TO FAULT CURRENT OF <1000A AT 208V _i_ 200C ONE 3" DIAMETER EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL CORD B. INCLUDE MOTOR CONTRIBUTIONS IN DETERMINING MOMENTARY 0 • f AND INTERRUPTING RATINGS OF PROTECTIVE DEVICES. nn,, • i C PRIMARY FAULT LEVEL ASSUMPTIONS: OBTAIN DATA FROM C W ^ 400C I TWO 3" DIAMETER EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL CORD 0 UTILITY COMPANY. a E 2 T ^ (X) (X) ( 400S ) 2 SETS OF(4#310 CU IN 2" C.) O J TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER W O L C _ 1005 4#2 CU, 1 #8 CU GND., 1 #8 CU ISO. GND., IN 1-1/4" C. EXTERIOR INTERIOR 0 SHEET KEYNOTES (E) (2)4 NEMA 3R NEMA 1 C. X ( ) (X) 0 0C3 PANEL PANEL (---2--- __ 1 SERVICE EQUIPMENT PER PGE REQUIREMENTS -� 4•1 � 2 600A SERVICE BUS A ED ~ c 1 V) cy. U – (E) PRIMARY E6.1 \ COORDINATE WITH PGE \\ n 1 FOR UPGRADE OF (E)#2/0 TO WATER PIPE (PER AS-BUILT). �n �JJ TRANSFORMER (iF (E)#6 CU TO GROUND ROD (PER AS-BUILT). 115— ' °V°--�Q 4� �I �,., REQUIRED). a1'�©) B °f°–P-1.9 ooJ Q�© ✓� ',:� V 1 1 1 1 0 0 ® to o C92 ((]n� `� 'i'� CT/TERMINAL CABINET "' 1 DEMO ONE-LINE POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM _ 400CPER PGE REQUIREMENTS. 208Y/120 VOLTS, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE METER BASE _ 200C C O U �'- _ _ _ 1-114" C. PANEL 0lum y= .aiani2MP1 -- . j V 400A/3P PANEL U O O O : – – _ IG1 I D n_ o1,.. f — N –411—• IGG 1:111 a) o v) ..... ,._ RITE AID BUILDING AND "SHOPS C" BUILDING ARE COMBINING TO ONE BUILDING PER CODE. 0 0) 0 O • N No 0 Allk (E) TO UTILITY '7 4 PROVIDE#3/0 CU GROUND TO RITE AID MAIN V Incoming Electrical Service TRANSFORMERI . SERVICE 480V SWITCHBOARD LOCATED IN r--- lCOMBINATION UTILITY METER BASE AND 200A, RITE AID MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM Division of Responsibility 3P CIRCUIT BREAKER PER PGE REQUIREMENTS. (SE CORNER OF RITE AID BUILDING). PROJECT NO. Contractor Utility Contacts: SPARES FOR FUTURE CONFIGURATION OF BUILDING. Primary Conduit X Power Utility: 1 EXTEND EXISTING GROUNDING Wayne Brabham E4.1 DRAWN BY ELECTRODE Primary Conductors X 2213 SW 153rd Drive Portland General Electric TO SERVICE GROUND BUS. TC , TFF 2213 Trenching and Backfill X Beaverton, OR 97003 Phone: (503)672-5440 2 NEW N EL I N E POWER E R D I CHECKED BY Email:wayne.brabham@pgn.com O O DISTRIBUTION B U T I O N D IAG RAM TFF, JB Transformer X Work Order#: M2803404 208Y/120 VOLTS, 3 PHASE,4 WIRE DATE : Transformer Pad 1 Vault X 12.16.2019 Bollards X REVISION : Transformer Connections X DELTA Secondary Conduit X BID ADDENDUM 2 01/14/2020 Secondary Conductors X CIT Enclosure X C/T's X Meter Base X Meter X Electric Room Door Lock Box X (obtain from power company) Reported Fault Current at Transformer: N/A Notes: 1. Contact and coordinate all requirements and responsibilities with serving utility companies prior to submitting bid. 2. All service installation work shall be in strict compliance with the requirements of the serving utilities. Disclaimer: Interface Engineering, Inc. has contacted the utilities but has not received in writing the final requirements from the power utility. These drawings indicate our best estimation of their requirements. Prior to any construction contact the utilities and obtain in writing their requirements. ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - ELECTRICAL IENTERFACE N G I N E E R I N G PROJECT 2019-0641 E21- CONTACT L • 1 100 SW Main Street, Suite 1600 Portland, OR 97204 TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceeng Ineering.com .41111116 FILL2019-0641\cad\electrica;\0541 OUT I 10/14/2019 9:4a: 2 AM ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER STANGE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0 41E4.1.DWG - LAYOUTY I EDIT: 1%14/2020 3:16 PM BY BENE I PLOT: 1/14/2020 3: 16 PM BY BEN EVANS •\(<-°13PROFFss GIN /0 44 R 2019-0641 /± 2019-0641 4 72777E f Panel '2MP1' Panel 'Mil' LugOnly In NEMA 1 enclosure and 7; ;‘_ j� 120/208V,3 Ph.,4 W.; 400A Bus with 400A Main Circuit Breaker Flush Mounted Panelboard 120/208V,3 Ph.,4 W.; 100A Bus with Main Flush Mounted Panelboard Lighting Control Panel J11- 11 � OREGON Flush Mounted �G +�O Ckt. Load C.B. C.B. Load Ckt. Ckt. Load C.B. C.B. Load Ckt. Relay# Circuit Description Control Notes 9 NF 02 20 4� No. Description/Location (VA)IType A/Pole Note Ph. Note A/Pole (VA)IType Description/Location No No. Description/Location (VA)IType A/Pole Note Ph. Note A/Pole (VA)IType Description!Location No. 1 2MPI-2. Sales Area 102a Lighting TC PROVIDE 4-SCENE CONTROL SWITCH AS INDICATED ON LIGHTING Rk K. 0'�-�A Li 1 Fire Alarm Control Panel(FACP) 300Sales Area 102b Lighting G 20/1 2 A 15/1 977 L LF-102a LightsLower Sales 102 2 1 Register 1 Clean Power 360 R 20/1 C 20/1 180 R X01c Clean Power 2 2 2MP1-4. 9 g TC PLAN TO OVERRIDE TIME CLOCK SETTING UNTIL NEXT TIME 2) 1 EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I 3 SPARE 20/1 B 15/1 785 L LF-102b Lights Lower Sales 102 4 3 R-104b Office 104'Clean Power' 360 R 20/1 A 20/1 360 R Register 2 Clean Power 4 3)HOUSEKEEPING, E. 4 A ALL F. A EL MAL IMS CLOCK MODE, g g 3 2MP1-6. Sales Area 103a Lighting TC 3) 4)ALL OFF. LABEL SWITCHES. \ 5 AC-1 Main Entry 8641 M 15/1 C 15/1 1,487 L LF-103a Lights Upper Sales 103 6 5 Helpful Hub Clean Power 360 R 20/1 B 20/1 360 R Telecom Equipment Outlets 6 4 2MPI-8, Sales Area 103b Lighting TC 7 AC-2 Garden Entry 5281 M 15/1 A 15/1 1,446 L LF-103b Lights Upper Sales 103 8 7 SPARE 2011 C 20/1 SPARE 8 5 2MP1-10. X01 Covered Exterior Sales Lighting ALWAYS ON,LOCAL DIMMING ROUTE THROUGH LCP IN CASE CHANGE IS DESIRED IN FUTURE. (I) 9 AC-3 Service Area Entry 864 M 15/1 B 15/1 202 L LF-X01 Lights Covered Exterior Sales X01 10 9 SPARE 20/1 A 20/1 SPARE 10 6 2MP1-14. Rear Exterior Canopy Sales Area ALWAYS ON,LOCAL DIMMING ROUTE THROUGH LCP IN CASE CHANGE IS DESIRED IN FUTURE. • W 11 AHU-la Lower/Upper Sales 4,032 M 60/3 C 15/1 221 L LF-EMP Lights Employee Areas!RRs 12 11 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 SPARE 12 7 2MP1-14. Rear Exterior Sconces PC •,- 13 13 - 4,032 M - A 15/1 169 L LF-EMP 24/7 Lights Rear Service Area 14 13 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 14 8 2MP1-20 Sales Area 102 Receptacles TC 15 - 4,032 M - B 15/1 1,440 R R-102a Lower Sales 102 16 15 SPARE 20/1 A 20/1 SPARE 16 O -I"' 9 2MP1-32. Sales Area 102 Receptacles TC 17 AHU-1 b Lower!Upper Sales 288 M 15/3 C 20/1 720 R Restrooms 18 17 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 SPARE 18 10 2MP1-56. Show Window 102 Receptacles L.. 19 - 288 M - A 20/1 1,080 R R-102c Lower Sales 102 20 19 SPARE 2011 C 20/1 SPARE 20 TC 21 - 288 M - B 20/1 1,440 R R-102d Lower Sales 102 22 21 SPARE 20/1 A 20/1 SPARE 22 11 2MP1-26, Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC 23 AHU-2a Lower/Upper Sales 6,8161 M 80/3 C 20/1 360 R R-102e Lower Sales 102 24 23 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 SPARE 24 12 2MP1-28, Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC a 0 25 - 6,8161 M - A 20/1 1,080 R R-103a Upper Sales 103 26 Total Connected Load: Ph.A 720 VA 6 APs Panel Connected Load: 2.0 KVA 5.5 Amps 13 2MP1-30. Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC 0) a 27 - 6,8161 M - B 20/1 1,080 R R-103b Upper Sales 103 28 AmpsAmps14 2MP1-34, Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC E 0 PP Total Connected Load: Ph.B 720 VA 6Sub-Fed Connected Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 '` 0 29 Al-IU-2b Lower/Upper Sales 1,092 M 15/3 C 20/1 1,080 R R-103c Upper Sales 103 30 Total Connected Load: Ph.C 540 VA 4 Amps Total Demand Load: 2.0 KVA 5.5 Amps 15 2MP1-36. Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC 31 - 1,092 M - A 20/1 1,080 R Rear Sales 102 32 Notes: Accessories: 16 Spare 0 0 1` 33 - 1,092 M - B 20/1 1,260 R R-103d Upper Sales 103 34 1 17 Spare '33 n 35 EF-1 Restrooms 864 M 15/1 C 20/1 360 R R-103e Upper Sales 103 36 2. 18 Spare s- - G.L 37 EWH-1 Unisex Restroom 108 1,000 H 20/1 A 20/1 900 R R-104/105 Storage 105&Office 104 38 3. Provide Isolated Ground Bus 19 Spare 0 0 0 39 EWH-2 Unisex Restroom 109 1,000 H 20/1 B 20/1 360 R R-106 Service Area 106 40 4. 20 Spare .0) +- 41 EWH-3 Riser Room 1,000 H 25/1 C 20/1 720 K R-107 Employee Room 107 42 5, 21 Space r 3 ~ 43 SPARE 1 A 20/1 900 R R-X01 a Exterior Sales X01 44 Load Load Description Connected Subfed Total Demand Demand 22 Space tI) (T 45 Ceiling Equipment Outlets 720 15/1 B 20/1 720 R R-X01b Exterior Sales X01 46 Type Loads Loads(S) Loads Factor Load f nt GeneralNon-Continuous (KVA Typical) 23 Space 0 �iJ 47 PANEL IG1 720 S 100/3 1 C 20/1 360 R Service Area Power Tools 48 G (Non-Continuous) a.a0 0.00 0.00 100% 0.00 YP cel) 24 Space 49 - 720 S - A 20/1 360 R R-103f Power Tools 50 L Lighting 0.00 0.00 0.00 125% 0.00 51 - 540 S - B 20/1 360 R R-103g Tools 52 R Receptacles-to 10 KVA 1.98 0.00 1.98 100% 1.98 25 Space o 0 .- E 53 WH-1 Service Area 1,6901 WH 25/2 C 20/1 360 R R-103h Tools 54 over 10 KVA 0.00 0.00 50% 0.00 26 Space L. V} ` 4"..55 - 1,690 WH - A 20/1 900 R R-102f Above Shop Windows Receptacles 56 K Kitchen 0.00 0.00 0.00 100% 0.00 27 Space 0 57 Helpful Hub 1 360 R 20/1 B 20/1 360 R Helpful Hub 2 58 H Heating 0.00 0.00 0.00 100% a.00 28 Space O ro 0 59 Helpful Hub 3 360 R 20/1 C 20/1 720 R Kitchen 1 60 M Motors 0.00 0.00 a.00 100% 0.00 29 Space n� 61 Kitchen 2 360 R 20/1 A 20/1 360 R Kitchen 3 62 LM Largest Motor 0.00 0.00 0.00 125% 0.00 30 Space r W 63 102a Registers(Not'Clean'Power) 360 R 20/1 B 20/1 360 R 102b Registers(Not'Clean'Power) WH Water Heater 0.00 0.00 0.00 125% 0.00 31 Space 0) - • 73 65 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 66 C Continuous General Load 0.00 0.00 0.00 125% 0.0032 67 SPARE 2011 A 20/1 SPARE 68 Total: 1.98 KVA Inputs: PC Space I C L. 0 69 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 SPARE 70 .� 71 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 72 Abbreviations/Definitions: 0 I- : IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII �tiREa PRoxFss ��5 �G 11V FF' 'spy "c. X 72777PE T- OREGON JL4�F 02,le "k • �Rk K. 0'� ',P EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I t/') • > .— O 4– Lae a O a Q n 1 L memoso. "9 0– . LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE 0 0 .8 UL/IP DRIVER/ INPUT r _ H C TYPE E PP DPOWER LIGHT SOURCE WATTS MFG/CATALOG# NOTES n, AL DLINEAR P NOMINAL 8.5-INCH WIDE BY 3.6-INCH TALL BY FR STED A RG RATING LIC SUSPENDED AB E 24"/48"ADJUSTABLE WHITE UU (12 27 V)), 0-10 VPD MMING 5141 LU ENS;400 K; CRI >80 OM NAL REVALUME RLW8-XW SERIES COLUMBIA PROVIDE WITH 24"OR 48" (3.. 4) 8-FEET LONG STEEL BODY WITH ABS ENDCAPS MOUNTING HEIGHT INDICATED ON LIGHTING 39W LIGHTING, HUBBLE LIGHTING,OR CABLE MOUNTING /� 0 PLAN.COORDINATE PLACEMENT WITH DIVISION APPROVED ACCESSORIES AS NEEDED 0 V j E 23. S.,.. 0 (11.4 _1_, www+ 0 ) N AE SAME AS TYPE'A'EXCEPT WITH INTEGRAL PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL c 3 40 EMERGENCY BATTERY EMERGENCY BATTERY WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS AND 0) EMERGENCY TEST SWITCH _ c - L... 0 0 � B SURFACE MOUNT LED DRUM NOMINAL 17.64-INCH DIAMETER BY 8.44-INCH POLYCARBONATE JUNCTION BOX MOUNTING MATTE WHITE UL/IP DV(120-277V),0-10V DIMMING 1706 LUMENS;4000K;CRI>80 NOMINAL MILLENIUM ROUND MR17CD SERIES ( TALL MARINE GRADE DIE-CAST ALUMINUM 20W KENALL OR APPROVED 0 .c L. 0 0 v) 0 BE SAME AS TYPE'B'EXCEPT WITH INTEGRAL PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL 0 O 0 EMERGENCY BATTERY EMERGENCY BATTERY WITH ���///` N MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS AND < ``0 EMERGENCY TEST SWITCH I. r"'" PROJECT NO. 19-123.1 C CEILING PENDANT MOUNT 2'X 4'LED 48.75-INCH BY 24.75-INCH BY 3.5-INCH DIE-FORMED IMPACT SURFACE MOUNTING; MOUNTING HEIGHT WHITE UL MVOLT,0-10V DIMMING 4800 LUMENS;4000K; CRI >80 NOMINAL LITHONIA LIGHTING 2BLTX4 OR APPROVED DRAWN BY : MODIFIED ACRYLIC INDICATED ON LIGHTING PLAN. COORDINATE 30W PLACEMENT WITH DIVISION 23. TC,TFF CHECKED BY : TFF,JB DATE : D CEILING SURFACE MOUNT LINEAR LED 48.75-INCH BY 12.75-INCH BY 4.75-INCH DIE-FORMED IMPACT SURFACE MOUNTING; COORDINATE LOCATION WHITE UL MVOLT,0-10V DIMMING 3471 LUMENS;4000K;CRI>80 NOMINAL LITHONIA LIGHTING BLTX4 OR APPROVED MODIFIED ACRYLIC WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 30W 11.11.2019 REVISION : E WALL!CEILING MOUNT EMERGENCY EXIT/ NOMINAL 16-INCH WIDE BY 7.94 INCH TALL BY SUSPENDED CABLE 24"/48"ADJUSTABLE WHITE RED LED NOMINAL ECC R REM M6, LITHONIA LIGHTING OR LIGHTING COMBINATION UNIT 1.94 TO 4.32-INCH DEEP WHITE MOUNTING HEIGHT INDICATED ON LIGHTING 1.6W APPROVED. THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING. CONTRACTOR TO PLAN. COORDINATE PLACEMENT WITH DIVISION VERIFY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS PER 23. LOCATION. F WALL MOUNT LED SCONCE 11.5-INCH WIDE BY 9-INCH TALL BY 7-INCH ZINC-INFUSED SUPER COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT AND WHITE UL 120V 3119 LUMENS;3500K;CRI>80 NOMINAL LITHONIA LIGHTING WDGE2 P3 OR DEEP DIE-CAST ALUMINUM DURABLE TGIC CONDITION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 23W APPROVED THERMOSET POWDER COAT FINISH FE SAME AS TYPE'A'EXCEPT WITH INTEGRAL PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY EMERGENCY BATTERY WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS AND EMERGENCY TEST SWITCH • NOTES: 1 THIS LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE IS NOT COMPLETE WITHOUT A COPY OF THE PROJECT MANUAL CONTAINING THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2 DIMMING CONTROL PROTOCOL(0-10VDC,LINE VOLTAGE, DALI, ETC.)COMPATIBLE WITH LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 3 COORDINATE ALL CEILING TYPES WITH LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING LUMINAIRES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. . 4 SPECIFIED MANUFACTURERS ARE APPROVED TO SUBMIT BID. INCLUSION DOES NOT RELIEVE MANUFACTURER FROM SUPPLYING PRODUCT AS DESCRIBED. 5 PROVIDE SUBMITTALS THAT INCLUDE THE LUMINAIRE,LAMP AND DRIVER/BALLAST INFORMATION OF EACH LUMINAIRE,WITH APPLICABLE OPTIONS CLEARLY CHECKED OR HIGHLIGHTED. SUBMITTALS NOT INCLUDING THIS INFORMATION WILL BE RETURNED AS REJECTED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. 6 REMOTE DRIVERS/BALLASTS: UL LISTED FOR THEIR APPLICATION. DRIVERS/BALLASTS MARKED AS UL RECOGNIZED COMPONENT BUT NOT UL LISTED ARE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT NO COST TO OWNER. SCHEDULES - ELECTRICAL ,,,=. INTERFACE ENGINEERING PROJECT 2019-0641 CONTACT BEN EVANS E5 • 2 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 Portland,OR 97204 TEL 503.382.2266 www.intertaceengineering.com Q.:\2019 2019-0641 cod\eleccol\0641e5.2.dw 1 1/20 2019 12:29:1 PM ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER :TANGS ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FIL : 0 41E5. �2M.DWG — LAYOUT1 I EDIT: 11/720/2019 6:54 PM BY MARKO I PLOT: 11/20/2019 7:02 PM BY MARK OLEARY r���ED R OFFss 777PE >' / 72 /'' OREGON Customer's 4�` Sery ce Entrance Sealable Gutter y,Q K o��PQ- Bus / POWER PACK 1 EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I 115--uv °��g„ NEUTRAL 0 10 0 SfGg n 4_J I° og0 fl°I r____, p v), ® I° °k .l° ^ la°I PHASE I ik 0—i— H . W JT N E E Cabl 10 in OVERRIDE (OFF) SWITCH O L, Pulli LOCATED IN SAME a o Sect an SPACE AS LUMINARIES L „` 3. ° Min. TO NEXT REMOTE (u SENSOR IF REQUIRED oe A I ::: PROVIDE ONLY IF INDICATED / Q 0 -- ------ ON PLANS / CD a 75 in. 6 0 0 0I- _ M .- -. ._. a) Max. LOW VOLTAGE CABLE 0 , 0 18 in. 36in. CI- Min,[ Min. FOR MANUFACTURER t n) + 17 i /177 i 78 in. REQUIREMENTS —t`� LW 72 in. n Max. 000 +` 12 in. Min. Max. 4- in 12 in. E Test Bypass Mm. Min. Y Facilityi Y 24VDC REMOTE SENSOR \ V) 0- U Final Grade 2 CEILING-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR 0 0 D E 1 CT 1 DIRECT - CONNECT, WALL - MOUNT METERING0 V NOO SCALE CONTROL DIAGRAM 0c 0 t„ NO SCALE E-Ceiling Occupancy Sensor Detail CS > 0 _ C U _ / � FIRE RATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD OI. `U L.- ® i, 1 —0 a_ U WALL MOUNTED RACK n} 0 v) 4" 3" 2" 2" 2„ 2„ 2„ 2„ 4„ ././ W 0 i I I 1 1/4" THICK x 4"H X 30"W COPPER \ 0 CD 0 100 i 1U FIBER DISTRIBUTION UNIT�► mol mar T 1-1/8" Lf •� •� GROUND BUS r _L 1-3/4" MIa14 1U FIBER WIRE MANAGER �� 1-118" j j _-�I - 1U CAT6 DISTRIBUTION UNIT ii 1) CADWELD CONNECTION TYPE PROJECT NO. "LJ", WELD TO GROUND BUS b GROUNDING COMPRESSION BAR(TYPICAL) 19-123.1 CONNECTOR, BURNDY TYPE 18„ DRAWN BY "YGHA" OR EQUAL TC,TFF GROUNDING CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED -- — DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE CHECKED BY : TEE, JB 9/16" DIA HOLES (TYPICAL) rn 1 n DATE : U U � 11.11.2019 FINISHED FLOOR #410 BARE COPPER GROUND f o WIRE BOND TO NEAREST / REVISION METALLIC WATER PIPE. TGB J nT COMPLY WITH CEC 250-52 SPACE RESERVED FOR SERVICE PROVIDERS Ah #4/0 BARE COPPER GROUND E6.1 WALL SECTION WIRE BOND TO MAIN SWITCHBOARD GROUND BUS STAND OFF INSULATOR, 600V ) —12"CLEAR, MIN. 1/2" DIA BOLT. SECURE T FINISHED FLOOR GROUND BAR TO WALL PLAN 3 GROUNDING BUSBAR 1 NO SCALE E-Detail_Grounding_BusBar 4 TELECOM RACK ELEVATION DETAIL NO SCALE DETAILS - ELECTRICAL 0 INTERFACE E N G I N E E R I N G � jEc i 2019-0641 E .6 I 1 ^r1TAr' BEN EVANS 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 Portland,OR 97204 TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.cam p:\2019 2019-064i�cad\electrical\0541e5.1 dw 10/1 4/201 4 914.:22,6!,±1_ ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER STANGE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. FILE: 0�41E6.1.DWG — LAYOUT EDIT: 2 /2019 6:49 PM BY MARKO I PLOT: 11/20/2019 7:02 PM BY MARK OLEARY ,\�9yE9 P R OFFS_ ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST ���\,�?„7PE���A, NOTE: This is a standard symbol list and not all items listed may be used. OREGON 9� ✓GNE02,21`'\b Abbreviations NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE Lighting Switches and Receptacles k K. \--*"' NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION I EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I (E) EXISTING COMBINATION EXIT SIGN CEILING MOUNTED AND DUAL HEAD DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (MULTIPLE LETTERS INDICATE MULTIPLE NESC NATIONAL ELECTRIC SAFETY CODE EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING WITH BATTERY PACK. ARRROW(S) OPTIONS) (R) RELOCATE INDICATES DIRECTION IF SHOWN A=ABOVE COUNTER L!? NTS NOT TO SCALEG = GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER COMBINATION EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED AND DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY �I +� �-� (X) DEMOLISH , . EGRESS LIGHTING WITH BATTERY PACK. ARRROW(S) INDICATES P =ISOLATEDPENDANT MOUNTED GROUND CORD GRIPS. VERIFY PENDANT W OC ON CENTER DIRECTION IF SHOWN LENGTH (,f) C C -}- A AMPERES, AMBER s = SPLIT WIRED OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED AFCSIGN CEILING MOUNTED, ARROW(S) INDICATES DIRECTION IF U = USB PORT(S) 0 n 0) AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING ® SHOWN W =WEATHERPROOF CONTINUOUS USE COVER, GFCI W 0 PH PHASE PROTECTED, WITH WEATHER-RESISTANT RECEPTACLE r 0 AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED, ARROW(S) INDICATES DIRECTION IF SHOWN a PNL PANEL DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. SEE LETTER CODE LIST AT DUPLEX 0._ E AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION O RECEPTACLE FOR OPTIONS n PVC POLY-VINYL-CHLORIDE [�I RECESSED 1'X 4' LUMINAIRE w` uJ L. AIC AVAILABLE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY rV�Ji PWR POWER ® EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE '0 RECESSED LUMINAIRE 0 L. i— C QTY QUANTITY ® SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE. LETTER CODE DENOTES RECEPTACLE 0 U �--- AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE ® RECESSED LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY CONFIGURATION _x REQD REQUIRED CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT LX-XXR= NEMA CONFIGURATION TWIST-LOCK RECEPTACLE 3.L W BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM X-XXR= NEMA CONFIGURATION STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLE Q ^, RFI REQUEST FOR INFORMATION P = PENDANT MOUNT WITH CORD GRIPS. VERIFY PENDANT CT E W C CONDUIT, CLOSE, CONTROL I 0 I SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED 2'X 4' LUMINAIRE LENGTH 0 X= COORDINATE RECEPTACLE CONFIGURATION WITH EQUIPMENT •� E RM ROOM BEING SUPPLIED CA CABLE SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED 2'X 4' LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL RMC RIGID METAL CONDUIT EMERGENCY BATTERY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT ❑0s CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR (1) . �57-•CAT CATEGORY SHT SHEET P = PASSIVE INFRARED 0 [n C 0 a) CLG CEILING SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED 1'X 4' LUMINAIRE D = DUAL TECHNOLOGY I OI U = ULTRASONIC, 360 DEG RANGE SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE H = ULTRASONIC, HALLWAY PATTERN > COORD COORDINATE v (LOWERCASE) =VACANCY CONTROL DESIGNATION STD STANDARD I I SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED 1' X 4' LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL (/) _ c CU COPPER EMERGENCY BATTERY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT os WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR U .._ dB DECIBEL SWBD SWITCHBOARD P = PASSIVE INFRARED � 0) =_ SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL D = DUAL TECHNOLOGY (� TBD TO BE DETERMINED • EMERGENCY BATTERY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT v (LOWERCASE) =VACANCY CONTROL DESIGNATION p C 0 r DIA DIAMETER r 1 TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR U EH WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR/SWITCH DIM DIMENSION TYP TYPICAL 1 SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED STRIPLIGHT S = PASSIVE INFRARED WITH INTEGRAL "OFF" SWITCH — T = DUAL RELAY PASSIVE INFRARED WITH TWO INTEGRAL"OFF" 0DV) DIV DIVISION SWITCHES 8— 0 UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES =0= SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTED STRIPLIGHT WITH INTEGRAL D = PASSIVE INFRARED WITH INTEGRAL DIMMER TO OFF. CD D o C3 DN DOWN EMERGENCY BATTERY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT v(LOWERCASE) =VACANCY CONTROL DESIGNATION - N UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CO DTL DETAIL UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY Q WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE 0 PHOTO ELECTRIC SWITCH DWG DRAWING D = CONTINUOUS DIMMING PHOTOCELL PROJECT NO. S = SWITCHED PHOTOCELL V VOLTS, VOLTAGE f WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY 19 064] E EMERGENCY CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH DRAWN BY : EA EACH W/ WITH 2 = DOUBLE POLE SWITCH 3=THREE-WAY SWITCH BE W/O WITHOUT 4= FOUR-WAY SWITCH CHECKED BY EF EXHAUST FAN a THRU z(LOWERCASE)= LUMINAIRE CONTROL DESIGNATION WP WEATHERPROOF Miscellaneous D = DIMMER TFF, JB EL ELEVATION #10 M = MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD DATE : XFMR TRANSFORMERW=WEATHERPROOF SWITCH BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. ARROW INDICATES HOME RUN TO PANEL EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING WITH CIRCUITS AS NOTED. WIRE SIZE IS#12 AWG MINIMUM UNLESS V= LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH 12.05.2019 B-27,29,31. NOTED OTHERWISE. SHORT TICK MARKS INDICATE PHASE REVISION : FA FIRE ALARM Connections I Equipment CONDUCTORS. LONG TICK MARKS INDICATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. A SINGLE CURVED TICK MARK INDICATES INSULATED GREEN GROUND FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS CONDUCTOR. SECOND CURVED TICK MARK INDICATES "ISOLATED VFD COMBINATION ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WITH SAFETY GROUND" (GREEN INSULATION WITH YELLOW STRIPE) CONDUCTOR. FMC FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT DISCONNECT SWITCH BRANCH PANEL FT FOOT, FEET a COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER/FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH G, GND GROUND CIRCUIT BREAKER EP HEAVY DUTY FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERN DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER O CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX mow' 1 - FLUSH WALL MOUNTED BRANCH PANEL GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION El FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX GB HT HEIGHT GROUND BAR Q WALL-MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX ID IDENTIFICATION / MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL/SUB DISTRIBUTION PANEL IEEE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS MOTOR CONNECTION IG ISOLATED GROUND NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH 0 DUAL CHANNEL POWER/DATE POLE. INSTALL POWER/DATA POLE PER 1=1-' MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. IN INCH, INCHES KV KILOVOLT E TRANSFORMER Raceways KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING SPACE SHEET INDEX KW KILOWATT General E0.1 COVER SHEET- ELECTRICAL LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE CONDUIT ROUTED BELOW FLOOR/ GRADE E0.2 SPECIFICATIONS- ELECTRICAL —X—X— DEMOLISH - - E0.3 SPECIFICATIONS- ELECTRICAL LFMC LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT E0.4 SPECIFICATIONS- ELECTRICAL EXISTING WORK 0 CONDUIT ELLED DOWN E0.5 SPECIFICATIONS- ELECTRICAL LV LOW VOLTAGE E2.0 PARTIAL DEMO, FLOOR, AND CEILING PLANS - ELECTRICAL E3.0 SCHEDULES- ELECTRICAL MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS NEW WORK O CONDUIT ELLED UP MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER ak DETAIL NUMBER AND SHEET LOCATION CONDUITNVIRING CONTINUATION MIN MINIMUM a - COVER CONDUIT/WIRING STUBBED OUT WITH END CAP OR INSULATED PLASTIC ELECTRICAL MISC MISCELLANEOUS ( XX-X ) EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION, REFER TO SHEET 5.1 J BUSHING MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION LOCATION OKEYED NOTE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT MT, MTD MOUNT, MOUNTED N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT N/A NOT APPLICABLE 1 " INTERFACE ENGINEERING N NEUTRAL rkO.ECT 2019-0641 EO . 1 CONTACT Ben Evans 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 Portland,OR 97204 TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com p:\2019 2019-0641\cad\phase 11\electrical\0641e0 1.dw 11/25/201 10:17:07 AM FILE: 0 41E0.1.DWG LAYOUT1 I EDIT: 12/5/2019 6:42 PM BY BENE I PLOT: 12/5/2019 6: 47 PM BY BEN EVANS ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER STANCE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. c ..D PR0FFs_ 4:G 1 N .fy0yy � 72777PE � OREGON '/C`NP 0 2,'0'°Q� 9''k K. O'\-*- i""�"""� / 'EXPIRES: 12/31/20 I /// INTERIOR ADJACENT SPACE N.I.C. EXCEPT / V) / AS REQUIRED FOR / STRUCTURAL, MEPF ' / DISCIPLINES '- 0 4 ._ / / © C!7 c C .4._E2.0/ '... / 70 0 0 (3) ► •_� 1 ...........v. LJ I D 0 v_"" . 0 Ali 1_ li_, G, G. GE. (EM) 'G' G. 'G' 'G' ,G, 'G' 'GE' (EM) _ miu I I I r L 2Mimi 1-70. 1-7D. P1 70. �1-70. -70. il 11 I I I I _ I I yE Oa 2MP1-70. 2MP1-70. 2MP1-70. 2MP1-70. 2MP1-70. --� I11 IILIIIrf O 3 . 111 _ 1 _ 11 -1 (1) CD 0 6 L NEW CANOPY NEW CANOPY 111 111 L..- 0 d CL111 • in =ii 1., .. - 111 I1 ] a °.6 c 7 E 0 0 _.�,r V7/A I - . . ., ,...//, D E —.. C0 V) PARTIAL REFLECTED PLAN4111) ]i); > _ V) - SCALE: 3/32"= 1'-0" 0 8' 16' 24' 0 C ) !_EE SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" U C ifiL9 r 1::) •. — U S. "'"0 L •— L— Or AA / G1 3 a T FA INTERIOR ADJACENT ;AA EE hN� ' i W I SPACE N.I.C. EXCEPT , GA AS REQUIRED FOR 0 � STRUCTURAL. MEPP (E)CONDUIT TO LIGHTING RELAY CONTROL PANEL AT BACK OF STORE, G�\" ,, ►, PROJECT NO. L. DISCIPLINES TO (E) LIGHTING RELAY CONAPPROXIMATELY 70' IN TROL HORIZONTAL LENGTH. PANEL (E)2MP1 IS ADJACENT � A , - e 19-0641 RELOCATE ANYTIME FITNESS FIRES PRINKLER d BELL AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. ACE HARDWARE DRAWN BY : 0 PRIMARY SIGNAGE. (E) 2MP1-66,68,70. o 'N O " COORDINATE WITH SIGN INSTALLER 2MP1-66. y c CHECKED BY : FOR CONNECTION 1 OCAT •► _► a : alt' -r FNTS= -4E �� RE-FEED FROM EXISTING SIGNAGE TFF, JB FOR NEW SIGNAGE INSTALLATION. __ COORDINATE WITH SIGN INSTALLER DATE FOR CONNECTION LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. , , 12.05.2019 NEW CANOPY ABOVE NEW CANOPY ABOVEE'FE REVISION N :/// ACE HARDWARE SEC DARY SIGNAGE. 4)2MP1-68. I COORDINATE WITH SIGN INSTALLER— FOR CON JECTION LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. 0PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 3/32"= 1'-0" 0 8' 16' 24' ill, .. ., ... SCALE: 3132"=1'-0" it J / G� INTERIOR ADJACENT '// FE �N'� SPACE N.I.C. EXCEPT 4 ` �,'` AS REQUIRED FOR STRUCTURAL, MEPF 1 �.i��� i\ DISCIPLINES �" ,, 9 N 11 DISCONNECT ANYTIME FITNESS FIRE SRINKLER BELL �•R REUSE. g • ►_� (X) i C I! DEMOLISH EXISTING "I"t REMOVE AND PROTECT CAMERA. PULL BACK CABLING ANYTIME FITNESS SIGNAGE . FOR REUSE. COORDINATE WITH ANYTIME FITNESS VERIFY WHERE CIRCUIT IS FED FROM STORE MANAGER FOR RE-INSTALLATION LOCATION. AND EXTEND AS NECESSARY FOR NEW ANYTIME FITNESS SIGNAGE. 7.--1.--. - i PARTIAL DEMOLISH EXISTING CANOPY LIGHTING. � %/../ DEMO, VERIFY CIRCUIT AND REFEED FOR NEW LIGHTING; FLOOR, COORDINATE LOCATION AND ACCESS WITH LANDLORD. - � I N\IADN CEILING Yr., ELECTRICAL //// 1 r INTERFACE ENGINEERING PROJECT 2019-0641 ECONTAC- BM i5e PARTIAL DEMO FLOOR PLAN \ 100 SW Main Street, Suite 1600 0SCALE: 3/32"= 1' 0" 0 8' 16' 24' �' Portland, OR 97204 ;�A, ; 503.382.2266 --_, www,interfaceengineering.com SCALE: 3132"=1'-0" p:\2019 2019-06a1 cad\phase ii\electrical\0641 e2 e3 sans elevoiions.dw I 1 t/25/2019 Io-a` ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER,;TANGS ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC. PILE: 0641E2 E3 PLANS ELEVAT)ONS.DWG — Ag2 PLANS '{ EDIT: 1/8/2020 4:54 PM BY BENE PLOT: 1/8/2020 4:54 PM BY BEN EVANS ,. ���ED P ROFFss - <0 N• IN 6. `'" 72777P , r" 2019-0641 )-- 019-0641 ���� (E) Panel '2M P1' 120/208V,3 Ph.,4 W.; 400A Bus with 400A Main Circuit Breaker Flush Mounted Panelboard (E) Lighting Control Panel In NEMA 1 enclosure and OREGONAGN 0'`° Flush Mounted 9 E02,2 Q- Ckt. Load C.B. C.B. Load Ckt. 9-4- K O,� P No. Description/Location (VA)IType A/Pole Note Ph. Note A/Pole (VANType Description/Location No. Relay# Circuit Description Control Notes 1 2MP1-2, Sales Area 102a Lighting TC PROVIDE 4-SCENE CONTROL SWITCH AS INDICATED ON LIGHTING !EXPIRES: 12/31/20 2 2MP1-4. Sales Area 102b Lighting TG i-LAN TO OVERRIDE TIME CLOCK SETTING UNTIL NEXT TIME I Fire Alarm Control Panel(FACP) 300 G 20/1 A 15/1 977 L LF-102a LightsLower Sales 102 2 SEQUENCE. BUTTON 1)ALL ON,2)NORMAL TIME CLOCK MODE, 3 2MP1-6, Sales Area 103a Lighting TC 3)HOUSEKEEPING,4)ALL OFF. LABEL SWITCHES. ....r. 3 SPARE 20/1 B 15/1 785 L LF-102b Lights Lower Sales 102 4 4 2MP1-8. Sales Area 103b Lighting TC sm"' V) 5 AC-1 Main Entry 8641 M 15/1 C 15/1 1,487 L LF-103a Lights Upper Sales 103 6 5 2MP1-10. X01 Covered Exterior Sales Lighting ALWAYS ON,LOCAL DIMMING ROUTE THROUGH LCP IN CASE CHANGE IS DESIRED IN FUTURE. t/) W 7 AC-2 Garden Entry 5281 M 15/1 A 15/1 1,446 L LF-103b Lights Upper Sales 103 8 6 2MP1-14. Rear Exterior Canopy Sales Area ALWAYS ON, LOCAL DIMMING ROUTE THROUGH LCP IN CASE CHANGE IS DESIRED IN FUTURE. 0 4. 0 mow 9 AC-3 Service Area Entry 8641 M 15/1 B 15/1 202 L LF-X01 Lights Covered Exterior Sales X01 10 7 2MP1-14. Rear Exterior Sconces PC ( .1... 11 AHU-1a Lower/Upper Sales 4,0321 M 60/3 C 15/1 221 L LF-EMP Lights Employee Areas/RRs 12 8 2MP1-20. Sales Area 102 Receptacles TC Q 13 --- 4,032 M - A 15/1 169 L LF-EMP 24/7 Lights Rear Service Area 14 Sales Area 102 Receptaclesk.. g 9 2MP1-32. P TC 0 � 0) 15 -- 4,0321 M - B 15/1 1,440 R R-102a Lower Sales 102 16 10 2MP1-56, Show Window 102 Receptacles TC a) F 17 AHU-1b Lower/Upper Sales 2881 M 15/3 C 20/1 720 R Restrooms 18 11 2MP1-26. Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC 19 --- 2881 M - A 20/1 1,080 R R-102c Lower Sales 102 . 2 E 5 0 21 -- 288 M - B 20/1 1,440 R R-102d Lower Sales 102 22 12 2MPi-28. Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC a 13 2MP1-30. Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC 23 AHU-2a Lower/Upper Sales 6,816 M 80/3 C 20/1 360 R R-102e Lower Sales 102 2414 2MP1-34. Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC 1 O 25 --- 6,816 M - A 20/1 1,080 R R-103a Upper Sales 103 26 15 2MP1-36, Sales Area 103 Receptacles TC 1 V/ L. 27 -- 6,816 M - B 20/1 1,080 R R-103b Upper Sales 103 28 16 2MP1-66. (N)Primary Shop Signage PC VERIFY CONTROL SETTING WITH TENANT PROJECT MANAGER `',J 29 AHU-2b Lower/Upper Sales 1,092 M 15/3 C 20/1 1,080 R R-103c Upper Sales 103 30 Lima > F- 0- 17 2MP1-68. (N)Secondary Shop Signage PC VERIFY CONTROL SETTING WITH TENANT PROJECT MANAGER 31 -- 1,092 M - A 20/1 1,080 R Rear Sales 102 32 18 2MP1-70. (N)Front Shop Canopy Lighting0r � 33 -- 1,092 M - B 20/1 1,260 R R-103d Upper Sales 103 34 PC VERIFY CONTROL SETTING WITH TENANT PROJECT MANAGER 0 .J �. 35 EF-1 Restrooms 864 M 15/1 C 20/1 360 R R-103e Upper Sales 103 36 19 Spare L __XX "�" 37 EWH-1 Unisex Restroom 108 1,000 H 20/1 A 20/1 900 R R-104/105 Storage 105&Office 104 3$ 20 Spare E a W C 39 EWH-2 Unisex Restroom 109 1,000 H 20/1 B 20/1 360 R R-106 Service Area 106 40 21 Space EE Q 41 EWH-3 Riser Room 1,000 H 25/1 C 20/1 720 K R-107 Employee Room 107 42 22 Space N 0 43 SPARE A 20/1 900 R R-X01a Exterior Sales X01 44 23 Space 45 Ceiling Equipment Outlets 720 15/1 B 20/1 720 R R-X01b Exterior Sales X01 46 24 SpaceD E 47 PANEL IG1 7201 S 100/3 1 C 20/1 360 R Service Area Power Tools 48 • 25 Space �� t./) 49 --- 7201 S - A 20/1 360 R R-103f Power Tools 50 26 Space 0 "~ 51 -- 540 S - B 20/1 360 R R-103g Tools 52 27 Space �Vf// 53 WH-1 Service Area 1,690 WH 25/2 C 20/1 360 R R-103h Tools 54 28 Space • C W ' n1 55 - 1,690 WH - A 20/1 900 R R-102f Above Shop Windows Receptacles 56 29 Space W 57 Helpful Hub 1 360 R 20/1 B 20/1 360 R Helpful Hub 2 58 59 Helpful Hub 3 360 R 20/1 C 20/1 720 R Kitchen 1 60 30 Space 61 Kitchen 2 360 R 20/1 A 20/1 360 R Kitchen 3 62 31 Space /)0 32 Space V J 63 102a Registers(Not'Clean'Power) 360 R 20/1 B 20/1 3601 R 102b Registers(Not'Clean'Power) 64 Inputs: PC 65 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 360 O L (N)Primary Shop Signage 66 T 67 SPARE 20/1 A 20/1 360 L (N)Secondary Shop Signage 68 0) �- Abbreviations/Definitions: U 69 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 144 L (N)Front Shop Canopy Lighting 70 TO Timeclock On/Off,verify time settings with Ace Hardware Project Manager 71 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 72 HK House Keeping(Half-Off) E • Q9 E - 73 SPARE 20/1 A 20/1 SPARE 74 U 75 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 SPARE 76 PC Photocell On/Off 77 SPARE 1 20/1 C 20/1 1 SPARE 78 a 79 SPARE 1 20/1 A 20/1 1 SPARE 80 •si 0 81 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 ( SPARE 82 0) 3 Q 83 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 84 •mom COl''' W E Total Connected Load: Ph.A 26,438 VA 220 Amps Panel Connected Load: 72.8 KVA 202.1 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph.B 24,582 VA 205 Amps Sub-Fed Connected Load: 2.0 KVA 5.5 Amps PROJECT N O. Total Connected Load: Ph.C 24,474 VA 204 Amps Total Demand Load: 76.6 KVA 212.5 Amps 19-0641 Notes: Accessories: DRAWN BY 1, (E)Subfeed 2. BE 3. CHECKED BY : 4. 5. - DATE : Load Load Description Connected Subfed Total Demand Demand 12.05.2019 Type Loads Loads(S) Loads Factor Load G General(Nan-Continuous) 0.30 0.00 0.30 100% 0.30(KVA Typical) REVISION : L Lighting 6.15 0.00 6.15 125% 7.69 R Receptacles-to 10 KVA 19.44 1.98 10.00 100% 10.00 over 10 KVA 0.00 11.42 50% 5.71 K Kitchen 0.72 0.00 0.72 100% 0.72 H Heating 3.00 0.00 3.00 100% 3.00 M Motors 19.36 0.00 19.36 100% 19.36 LM Largest Motor 20.45 0.00 20.45 125% 25.56 WH Water Heater 3.38 0.00 3.38 125% 4.23 C Continuous General Load 0.00 0.00 0.00 125% 0.00 Total: 76.56 KVA • LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE UL/IP DRIVER/ INPUT GTYPE SURFACE'?MO�RNT L AR 4'LED 48-INCH BY3-INCH BY 4.37USING NCH COLD-ROLLED TRANSMSHI TRANSMISSIVE SATIN COORDINATE MOUNTING IING HEIGHT AND COORDINATE WITH UL,NG FINISH AWET POWER 120VSPLY 1232 LUMENS;4000K; CRI>80 NOM IN ACUITYLIGHT SOURCE WATTS LIGHTING SLOT 2 LED OR NOTES STEEL WITH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CEILING ACRYLIC CONDITION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARCHITECT LISTED 16W APPROVED TRIM GE SAME AS TYPE'G'EXCEPT WITH INTEGRAL PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY EMERGENCY BATTERY WITH MINIMUM 1100 LUMENS AND EMERGENCY TEST SWITCH NOTES: 1 THIS LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE IS NOT COMPLETE WITHOUT A COPY OF THE PROJECT MANUAL CONTAINING THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. SCHEDULES - 2 DIMMING CONTROL PROTOCOL(0-10VDC, LINE VOLTAGE,DALI, ETC.)COMPATIBLE WITH LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. ELECTRICAL 3 COORDINATE ALL CEILING TYPES WITH LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING LUMINAIRES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 4 SPECIFIED MANUFACTURERS ARE APPROVED TO SUBMIT BID. INCLUSION DOES NOT RELIEVE MANUFACTURER FROM SUPPLYING PRODUCT AS DESCRIBED. 5 PROVIDE SUBMITTALS THAT INCLUDE THE LUMINAIRE, LAMP AND DRIVER/BALLAST INFORMATION OF EACH LUMINAIRE,WITH APPLICABLE OPTIONS CLEARLY CHECKED OR HIGHLIGHTED. SUBMITTALS NOT INCLUDING THIS INFORMATION WILL BE RETURNED AS REJECTED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. 6 REMOTE DRIVERS/BALLASTS: UL LISTED FOR THEIR APPLICATION. DRIVERS/BALLASTS MARKED AS UL RECOGNIZED COMPONENT BUT NOT UL LISTED ARE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT NO COST TO OWNER. 4_,,z, INTERFACE ENGINEERING PROJECT 2019-0641 CONTACT Eat IE\ktiifil5Se 100 SW Main Street,Suite 1600 E 3 • 0 Portland,OR 97204 TEL 503.382.2266 www.interfaceengineering.com p:\2019\2019-0641\cad\phase ii\electrical\0641 e2 e3 plans elevotions.dwg 111/25/2019 10:45:04 AM ANY REPRODUCTION AND/OR MODIFICATION IN ANY FORM OF THIS DOCUMENT IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF BENNER aTANGE ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS,INC.